Untitled - NCRTM

- ,: < VOCATIONAL" REHBILITATION DEF[N
e!{ th}+ enes Of" SClCeS deglgned to make eloyab[ those who.h¢ a vation
Va9
Te:: of vOon rhno,bt e d!sabled, ty, d the tate
gOtc
: PgSdg2.-sdlsty mas+a tofssl . dos .ysicN or mentN #ltro, whch-.-
qetl0n qeligN f23ndivluats wth pfihmN ,ggies mast..be based upon comt
Th6
6mo¢,except :i] an adeqo¢_ psytoge+ "evatl :may-b@ substed in: behavior
yejc
&sor@ 3sg4 " e'hara6ted hy.etans bNafdr or iair,, aty: t car out.
ts¢ reta£tig must'Be based on aqatR-pso[ogteat eVUNisng standrdmed.=
A
tStL antigence. (eg . }fi With;respect/to e 0 sceNone the
lndlvldy(m&ijed
range 5::7071s oe of aer>,[-ehHlty+.r vocatmnal gehab!n, .TNo or three "ONe: in each
!] g; vt,bN +rehaift,n -sces.was roa to-mde (1) khe. met, andpheXaa:dt¢ldffNs
n
soflbv VoctionN:Rehihtatmn () IMidNs s--
trffdNofi)
bn U los pr;gNie or:s seriom restriction :su fidds, nvstausf oes!ve
to e.BiNd;.2a;:@.,e.at.e:gnt. of:bhe Assfan. of e StaSe.of-WasNom

FINAL REPORT
STATEWIDE PLANNING FOR
COMPREHENSIVE
REHABILITATION SERVICES
VOCATIONAL
STATE OF WASHINGTON
C. CARSON
DAVID
Director
Project
PLANNING COMMISSION
STATEWIDE
VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
FOR
Capitol Center Bldg.
610
Washington.
Olympia,
Period of Planning Project
Inclusive
23, 1967 May 22, 1969
May
plannlng program was supported by a grant, under Section 4(a).(2) (b),
This
the Rehabilitation Services Administration, Social and Rehabilitation
from
Service, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Washington, D.C.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter Page No.
I SUMMARY
II INTRODUCTION
InformatiOn o__n Establishment o__f
Backsround
Planning Program
Statewide
Scope
Objectives
The Promise and Reality o__f Rehabilitation
,Sym_P0sium
Planning
Agency
Promise and Reality of Rehabilitation
The
Planning David C. Carson
Agency
for Psychological Service Needs in
Planning
Centers R. Kenneth Barnes..
Rehabilitation
Relationship Between State and Local
Potential
Associations and Vocational
Psychological
Statewide Planning Salvatore G.
Rehabilitation
13
DiMichael
Aspects of Research in Personnel
Relevant
and Training- Jeffrey G. Shapiro..
Selection
Servicesand Community Action
Rehabilitation
Guy A. Renzaglia
Programs-
III THE PLANNING ORGANIZATION
Designated Or,ganization 37
The Plannin$ Commission 37
Statewide Advisory Committee 39
Task Forces
of responsibility
Areas
list of names see Appendix)
(For
16
24
39

Chapter Page No.
IV
Re$ional Committees
of selection
Method
list of chairmen, see Appendix)
(For
Subcontractors
Greenleigh Associates Inc.
Legisi-ative Council
Interasency L1alson
and Facilities Planning Program,
Workshop
H. Jeynes
Payson
Cqmprehensive Health Planning
Program Management Group
at the universit of Washinston,
Meeting
1967 (For minutes, see Appendix)
September,
Services to the Deaf
Agencies involved, purpose of council, etc..
Trips to Rehabilitation Facilities
The Staff
Permanent
and temporary
Part-time
Consulants
Functions (Donated)
Staff
METHOD OF OPERATION
Acknowledgements
of Regions, selection of regional
Determination
selection of task forces, etc
chairmen,
Direction of task forces by Assistant Director..
Description of task force responsibilities
41
41
43
43
43
44
44
44
45
45
45
45
46
47
48
50

Task Force Guidelines
Task Force I The Prevalence of Disability...
Force II Workshops-Facilities and
Task
Resources
Task Force III- Interagency Coordination
Force IV Vocational Training and
Task
Changes
Technical
Force V Barriers to Employment of the
Task
Handicapped
FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
of the Prevalence and Incidence of Handi-
Estimates
Persons
capped
Estimates of Vocational Rehabilitation Need
The Physically Disabled
Poverty
Prevention of Disability
State Institutions
Adult Corrections
State Hospitals
Mental Retardation
Juvenile Delinquency
Sensory Handicapped
Veterans' Facilities
Implications
Why the Need?
Adequacy of Current Services
Size of the Commitment
Page No.
51
55
61
66
72
77
80
82
92
93
94
94
¸95
95
96
97
98
I00
i00
I00
102

Rehabilitation?
DVR Eligibility Requirements
Disability
Blind
Deaf
Dental Health
Prosrams
The Aging
Rehabilitation
Correctional
of Correctinl Pr.ogam
Description
A. Price
Cecil
to Conjugal'Visiting
Alterna'tives
Donald R. Johns, PhoD
Economic Opportunity Programs
and Workshops
Facilities
Rehabilitation Center
Comprehensive
Evaluation and Service Center
Employment
"Interim State Plan for_Workshops and
From
Facilities," by Payson H. Jeynes
The Military Rejectee
Assistance
Public
Statement E.M. Oliver
by
Migrants
Security and Vocational Rehabilitation
Social
by Donald Po Holden
Statement
Youth
Disabled
by Donald Hamilton
Statement
Workmen's Compensation
Page No.
102
103
107
109
109
112
117
117
i23
130
135
136
138
147
154
154
160
160
162
164

nt.ergency Coordination of Service _rograms
of Public Assistance, William Pope.
Department
for the Blind
Services
of Blindness
Prevention
Teacher-Counselor
Employment Security Department, Mrs. Maxine Daly
of Health
Department
Spielholz, M.D. and Rhesa Penn, M.D.
Jess
of Labor and Industries
Department
J. Petrie
Harold
of Institutions
Department
R. Conte, M.D.
William
State Employment Service
MDTA Program
Public Welfare
Education ,...
Voluntary Organizations
Policy
Manpower
Rehabilitation as a Public Market
Manpower
Paul M. Ellwood, Jr., M.D
Coordination with Other State Planning
Poverty
Mental Health Planning
Retardation Planning
Mental
of Secondary Special Education
Survey
G. Newton Buker, Ph.D
Regional Medical Program
The
Area Stroke Patient Bed Need
Seattle
Justus F. Lehmann, M.D
Comprehensive Health Planning
Government Reorganization
.Administrative spect s
Relations
Public
E. M. Oliver..
Editorial,
Pase No.
167
168
169
169
170
171
175
177
182
182
182
184
184
187
187
189
192
196
199
202
203
206
206
208
-20g

and Operations Studies of
Administrative
Agency
Rehabilitation
House
Harbridge
Coordination Through Multi-
Interagency
Centers
Service
Centers
Multi-Service
New Concepts with Multi-Service Centers..
Locations of the State
Administrative
Rehabilitation Agency
Vocational
Reorganization Priority" Inaugural
"The
Governor Daniel J. Evans
Address,
Recruitment, Training, and Utiliza-
Personnel
tion
from "What New Programs and Which
Excerpt
Services?" H. J. Socolofsky
New
Needs in Rehabilitation, U. S.
Personnel
Education and Welfare
Health
Counselor Education Program
Rehabilitation
R. Forster, Ph.D
Jerald
of Completed Research
Utilization
the Information Explosion, Research
Managing
Brief, DHEW, 1969
Special Plannin$ Topics
Barriers
Architectural
Force V Report Bruce Johnson, Chairman
Task
Transportation
to Congress
Memorial.
for the Blind
Registry
legislation
Proposed
National Rehabilitation Association
Development and Placement
Job
from Report of Governor's Task Force
Excerpts
Executive Organization- Brewster C. Denny,
on
Chairman
Vl THE COMPOSITE WORKING PLAN
The Size of the Problem
Pase N °
Financing 239
211
212
212
213
214
215
215
217
218
219
222
223
225
226
227
227
228
229
231
.231
232
Z37
237

Personnel to do the Job
Training Programs
Sabbatical Leave
Manasement Study
Record Keeping
and Cooperation Amon$ Asencies
Coordination
Patterns of Service
Better
Government....
Evaluation and Service Centers
Employment
the Disadvantaged
for
Comprehensive Rehabilitation Center
Multi-Service Centers
Dr. H. T. Buckner Rehabilitation Center
The
Injured Workmen, Seattle
for
Coordination with Education
Rehabilitation and Health
Seattle Artificial Kidney Center
Blind
Migrant Workers
Indians
Labor Orsanizations
The Public Served
How Shall Services be Delivered?
A Needed Assessment of the Federal Prosram
Why. the Emphasis on Vocational Rehabilitation?..
Page No.
242
243
244
244
245
245
245
247
248
248
249
249
250
251
251
252
252
253
253
254
256
257
258

REFERENCES
APPENDICES
Will Disability Rates Rise or Diminish?
A Look at Washington Rehabilitants
Lead Time in Staffin$
Information GapBe$ins Early
Directory
APPENDIX A- Organizational Chart
APPENDIX B Chairmen of Regional Committees..
APPENDIX C Advisory Committees ..
D Proposed Comprehensive Correctional
APPENDIX
Plan for Public Offenders
Rehabilitation
Percy Bell and Gecil A. Price
E A Meeting of Research Personnel
APPENDIX
of Washington, September 8, 1967.
University
Page No.
259
260
264
265
266
272
278
280
282
283
298
310

CHAPTER I
SUMMARY
particular chapter is printed separately. It contains
This
brief description of the project and all of the recommendations of
a
Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation for changes in
the
delivery of services to the handicapped and disadvantaged citizens
the
the state. Partially because of the timing at the end of the second
of
of thetwo-year project, it has been necessary that this longer
year
report, REHABILITATION ADVANCE, be bound without the summary chapter.
distribution of the longer volume will be to libraries,
The
agencies both federal and state, offices of Vocational
government
and a few others. The summary volume which will be
Rehabilitaton,
in greater quantity will be distributed to all those receiving
printed
larger volume, plus many other people in the power structure of
the
state. Inquiries concerning these two volumes should be addressed
the
to Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, P. O. Box 528, Olympia ,98501
are thus following the requirements in the Federal guide-
We
which state:
lines,
an essential means of achieving the objective of provid
As
rehabilitation services to all handicapped persons by
ing
i, 1975, or earlier, the State shall publish and
July
distribute the information contained in the final
widely
to the groups and organizations participating in
report
planning, to other interested groups and to the public
the
at
large.

CHAPTER II
INTRODUCTION
BackgroundInformation o__nEstablishment o__f Statewide PlanningProgram
1965 Amendments to the Vocational Rehabilitation Act,
The
Public Law 89-333, authorized a two-year program of grants
Federal
states to help plan the development of comprehensive vocational
to
services. The maximum annual grant to any one state
rehabilitation
$I00,000. Washington State received. S66,550 for its first year
was
operation, and $72,769 the second year, a total of $139,319 for
of
two years. The nationwide effort began in 1965, and in Washington
the
the planning project began May 23, 1967.
State
law and federal regulations specified that planning
The
be directed toward the orderly developmentof vocational
should
within each state, including services provided by
rehabilitation
nonprofit agencies, with an overall objective ineach state
private,
making vocational rehabilitation services available, by July i,
of
to all physically handicapped individuals needing services.
1975,
was made for grants to be given either to the
Provision
vocational rehabilitation agency or to a planning agency
state
by the Governor for this specific purpose. In the State
established
Washington @overnor Daniel J. Evans decided that the study would
of
developed by a commission which he appointed. With approval of
be
grant application by the federal agency and the release of funds,
the
Washington State got under way.
Scope
as
follows:
The scope of the study was outlined in the grant application
statewide planning study shall include: (i) estimates
The
present and projected needs of the handicapped through
of
(2) assessments of the adequacy of present programs
1975;
resources in terms of present and projected needs;
and
(3) recommendations for the development of adequate
and
rehabilitation resources and programs vocational Within
the state.
goals of the Division in-terms of kind and quality
Current
services, as well as quantity, shall be studied and
of

Obec tives
made. The current rehabilitants of the
recommendations
will be evaluated to determine the need for any
Division
in present services. Attention will be given
revisions
planning for services to categories of disabled persons
to
which appear not to have been adequately served.
adequacy of existing vocational rehabilitation facili-
The
will be determined. Considermtion will be given to
ties
services, vocational rehabilitation centers, psy-
medical
and psychiatric services, etc. which may be
chological
for the rehabilitation of the handicapped. Full
required
will be given to other studies being made,
consideration
those relating to sheltered workshops and facil-
especially
The study shall also concern itself with the ade-
ities..
of training opportunities and the availability of
quacy
personnel, with the adequacy of salaries for pro-
trained
staff, and other items felt to be important to
fessional
the needs of the handicapped.
meeting
project shall also study the size of various disability
The
their rates of growth, and services and re-
populations,
available to them. Disability categories to be
sources
will include, but not be limited to: blind, deaf,
studied
mentally ill, mentally retarded, older
heart-cancer-stroke,
public offenders, economically and culturally
citizens,
the military rejectee, the disabled of low
disadvantaged,
welfare recipient, rural disabled and urban dis-
income,
abled, and disabled youth.
objectives of the study are also quoted in full from
The
grant application:
the
To identify by number and category through sample studies
i.
the handicapped population and by the use of current
of
past studies and reports those disabled within the
and
who are in need of vocational rehabilitation
state
services.
To prepare a written plan which will identify, analyze
2.
evaluate program goals, and to present a planned
and
indicating staff and financial support needed
program
achieve a program which will provide full geographic
to
and include all programs offering vocational
coverage
services. Included will be planning for
rehabilitation
special facilities and workshops for the handicapped.

To determine the need for and utilization of special
3.
for the handicapped.
facilities
To identify the barriers that prevent or delay needed
4.
rehabilitation services for the handicapped.
vocational
To identify vocational rehabilitation resources required
5.
meet future needs, including necessary legislative
to
community support, costs and steps required to
action,
the achievement of statewide goals among the
facilitate
and voluntary programs at state and local
governmental
These will be expressed in both interim-and
levels.
long-term goals.
To determine the ways in which governmental and voluntary
6.
may be coordinated and, if necessary, reorganized
programs
develop services to meet demonstrated needs more
to
effectively.
State was one of the last of the states to apply
Washington
the grant. It was specified at first that the grant period would
for
March i, 1967. However, the Project Director was not selected
begin
much later. He began employment on June 20, 1967. As some of
until
costs of the Planning Commission had been spent on May 23, 1967,
the
became the formal date of beginning of the planning project.
this
After a year the grant was renewed for the second and final year.
difficulty with the planning project as outlined is
The
inevitably it concentrates on one state. There is very little
that
from other states. This method of operation seems to insure
input
there will be 50 separate .plans for the 50 separate states, just
that
the present vocational rehabilitation programs in the 50 states
as
separate. There is a remarkable diversity of rehabilitation
are
in the 50 states. The planning projects help perpetuate this
programs
diversity.
a number or regions of the United States, however, the
In
directors of the comprehensive statewide planning programs
project
brought together quarterly by the appropriate federal officials.
were
helped insure some regional direction. In the Federal Rehabili-
This
Services Administration Region IX, with headquarters in San
tation
no meetings of this kind wereheld. The Regional Assistant
Francisco,
Commissioner for Rehabilitation Services did not call such a meeting.
grant application specified that there would be a coopera-
The
agreement between the States of Oregon and Washington for state-
tive
planning to meet the needs of the handicapped in the two states.
wide
of the use of established and proposed rehabilitation facili-
Because
ties, educational institutions, and private agencies which are not

dictated by geographical boundaries, and because the activities
always
the people and business flow across state boundaries, it was deemed
of
to disabled persons to have the bi-state agreement. Although
important
cooperative agreement was never signed by the appropriate officials
the
twoproject directors, Dan W. Schausten of Oregon and David C.
the
of Washington, advised each other of the program plans, methods
Carson
obtaining report materials, previous studies reviewed and analyzed,
of
proposed methods of implementation of program findings. The
and
of the two planning projects participated in public and private
staffs
in the two states. The Commission is particularly grateful
meetings
to Mr. Schausten and his staff for their fine cooperation.
planning project was hampered by the difficulties
The
both in 1967 and 1968 by the Rehabilitation Services
experienced
and the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation in the
Administration
of Washington. Federal budget reductions dealt catastrophic
State
to these two agencies, forcing them to concentrate on immediate
blows
rather than long-range planning. The mood of the agencies
salvation
depressed. Smooth functioning became jerky. Staff members forced
was
deny services to the handicapped were distressed. Vocational
to
in Washington State at least, has been shaken by the
Rehabilitation,
of fiscal year 1969. These wounds will be long in healing.
events
therapy from the Rehabilitation Services Administration was
Possible.
forthcoming.
not
In Addition
Commission members, have been unusually conscientious
The
attendance at meetings and participation in other activities
about
the Planning Commission. They have worked to enact legislation
of
by the Commission. They hae been individually and
recommended
supportive of the staff. They have made fact-finding
collectively
to notable rehabilitation facilities within and without the
trips
They have chaired.regional committees and participated on
state.
forces. The staff was able to be together almost throughout
task
entire period. This continuity, both of secretarial and pro-
the
members, contributed substantially to the smooth function-
fessional
of the office. Temporary staff members were brought in to help
ing
peak periods.
at
this time the assistance of psychologists was solicited
At
the staff of the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation.
by
symposium was held at the American Psychological Associationmeet-
A
in San Francisco, California, on..September2,..1968... The..appro-
ing
title, of.this..symposium was THE PROMISE AND REALITY OF RER-
priate
AGENCY PLANNING. As this symposium was authorized by the
ILITATION
Commission, and because, the papers contain information
Planning
to the planning project, these papers are reprinted in full
.relevant
as
follows:

Promise and Reality of
The
Agency Planning
Rehabilitation
for Psychological
Planning
Needs in Rehabilitation
Service
Centers
Relationship Between
Potential
and Local Psychological
State
and Vocational
Associations
Statewide
Rehabilitation
Planning
Aspects of Research in
Relevant
Selection and
Personnel
Training
Services and
Rehabilitation
Action Programs
Community
SYMPOS IUM
THE PROMISE AND REALITY OF REHABILITATION AGENCY PLANNING
David C. Carson
Chairman-
Director
Project
Commission for Vocational
Planning
Rehabilitation
Olympia, Washington
Kenneth Barnes
R.
Services Administration
Rehabilitation
and Rehabilitation Service
Social
of Health, Education,
Department
Welfare
and
D. C.
Washington,
G. DiMichael, Director
Salvatore
for the Crippled and
Institute
Disabled
York City, N. Y.
New
G. Shapiro
Jeffrey
Health Services for the Deaf
Mental
Porter Neuropsychiatric
Langley
Institute
San Francisco, California
A. Renzaglia, Coordinator
Guy
Counseling
Rehabilitation
Illinois University
Southern
Illinois
Carbondale,
symposium was presented at the 76th Annual Convention of the
This
Psychological Association on September 2, 1968 at the Mark
American
Hotel in San Francisco. It was co-sponsored by the Division
Hopkins
Psychological Aspects of Disability and the Division of Psychologists
on
in Public Service.

THE PROMISE AND REALITY OF REHABILITATION AGENCY PLANNING
by
C. Carson, Project Director
David
Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation
Planning
Washington
Olympia,
rehabilitation, like many other services programs
Vocational
the United States Government, has expanded haphazardly. Although
of
than fifty years old, it has come to serve rather well the needs
less
one segment of the vocationally handicapped--the young, well-
of
orthopedic patient. Spotty success with the mentally ill,
motivated
retarded, and public offenders has been noted in some
intellectually
in the past decade. Rehabilitation techniques have not been
states
used on those most needy, i.e., the socially disadvantaged,
widely
the rural poor.
most of the money for vocational rehabilitation
Although
from the Federal government, a large measure of state control
comes
exists, with varied levels of efficiency.
training and standards for staff members have
Professional
slow in coming. Research has been a seldom-used tool. Depen-
been
for the handicapped has been induced or continued by lack of
dency
services.
rehabilitation
the 1965 Amendments to the Federal law, grants were
In
to the states for planning for rehabilitation programs so that
made
1975 all persons eligible for services would have them available.
by
to $i00,000 per year per state for two years was offered. Little
Up
control was imposed. Planning grants, although 100% Federal
Federal
were not even requested by some states. Some state agencies
money,
have been wary of the scrutiny they do permit.
symposium members will discuss the benefits obtained
The
the rehabilitation planning projects, with emphasis on personnel
from
and the use of psychologists in rehabilitation programs,
selection;
rehabilitation centers, and community action programs.
comprehensive
rehabilitation receives $500,000,000 in Federal
Vocational
annually now. State and other matching funds are also provided
funds
rehabilitate handicapped adults. Those served include the physi-
to
disabled, the intellectually retarded, the mentally ill, the
cally
offenders, and the socially disadvantaged. There has been a
public
of agencies, both governmental and private, which serve
proliferation
the handicapped.

more persons of working age become disabled each
However,
than become rehabilitated. Nearly four million disabled people
year
in the backlog needing vocational rehabilitation services. The
are
in 1965 appropriated money to pay "...the cost of planning
Congress
the development of a comprehensive vocational rehabilitation
for
in each State, including the orderly development of services
program
resources (public and nonprofit private) so that by July I, 1975,
and
sooner, vocational rehabilitation services will be available to
or
handicapped individuals in the state. This planning shall include,
all
other things, estimates of present and projected vocational
among
needs through 1975; assessment of the adequacy of present
rehabilitation
and resources in terms of present and projected needs; and
programs
and description of the specific steps necessary for the
delineation
of adequate vocational rehabilitation resources and
development
programs within the state."
planning has been partly successful in that in some
This
the rehabilitation agency has obtained realistic goals and
states
the best ever public support through planning.
the past, part of the vocational rehabilitation program
In
have been characterized by this couplet of Alexander Pope:
could
Much was Believ?.d, but little understood,
And to be dull was construed to be o_.
four other participants in this symposium are each
The
leaders helping rehabilitation, an adolescent, become
distinguished
transformed. We are attempting to respond to this wisdom:
without action is futile;
Planning
without planning is fatal.
Action

FOR PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICE NEEDS
PLANNING
REHABILITATION FACILITIES
IN
by
Kenneth Barnes, Ed.D., Chief
R.
of Rehabilitation Facilities
Division
of Health, Education, and Welfare
Department
Washington, D. C.
facilities in the United States are experi-
Rehabilitation
a number of changes which necessitate our planning for new
encing
of rehabilitation services, and for improved techniques of
patterns
rehabilitation services to the handicapped and disadvantaged.
providing
are 1105 rehabilitation workshops and 185 rehabilita-
There
centers--as well as countless rehabilitation clinics, halfway
tion
and one-stop multiservice centers--known to the U.S. Rehabili-
houses,
Services Administration's Division of Rehabilitation Facilities.
tation
facilities typically offer their client populations a variety of
These
services including evaluation, psychological counseling, per-
formal
adjustment training, medical management, and vocational training.
sonal
(1959) denotes that within this framework, there are several
DiMichael
for providing psychological services to clients. Potentially
avenues
services may be rendered by counselors, psychometrists, staff
the
and outside psychologists, each operating at his level
psychologists,
competence, and with clients whom he is qualified to serve by
of
training and experience.
its very nature, the rehabilitation facility furnishes
By
setting, through a team approach, focusing on the changing needs
the
the disabled person, to accomplish what the counselor and the
of
agency cannot do as well on an individual basis.
rehabilitation
Presenting this paper, three points are made. First, the
In
facility is more than just another service that can be
rehabilitation
It offers, through a variety of psychological evaluations,
purchased.
evaluations, work sample testings, job-try-outs, and its
vocational
therapeutic milieu, a process the dominant value of which
unique
is the non-verbal aspect of work.
largely
as discussed in The Report of the National Citizens
Secondly,
Committee on Vocational Rehabilitation (1968), rehabilitation
Advisory
confronted by a new kind of specialized problem; namely, the tremen-
is
number of men, women, and children--in addition to the "frankly"
dous
and mentally disabled--whose handicaps are primarily social,
physically
educational, and economic. To cope with the problems and
cultural,

of these disadvantaged is to visualize "need groupings" that
needs
and to implement progress to meet these particular types of
exist
need.
thirdly, the rhetoric of the psychologist abounds in
And,
manipulation and verbal interpretations. Admitting and accept-
verbal
the success of the psychological model for upper and middle class
ing
it is submitted that we cannot solve the awesome problems of
America,
disabled and most disadvantaged unless we apply the more non-
many
work model or environmental manipulation model, not reluctantly,
verbal
enthusiastically, throughout the rehabilitation processes offered
but
facilities.
in
the above points in mind, the position stated here is
With
psychological services in rehabilitation facilities must be
that
to the total needs of the handicapped or disadvantaged client.
oriented
since the fully functioning, competent person in our modern
Further,
society is expected to be gainfully occupied, work itself
industrial
a special role to play in evaluating and supporting one's progress
has
toward being the "complete being."
agencies will continue to serve the physically
Rehabilitation
target group of the 1940's and both the physically and
handicapped
handicapped of the 1950's. Beyond these diagnostically recog-
mentally
groups, however, the American public of the late 1960's is
nizable
that vocational rehabilitation make contributions to the
demanding
of the nation by serving the variety of groups identified by
welfare
or more sociological characteristics lately labeled the "culturally
one
The culturally disadvantaged is defined in Section 15
disadvantaged."
the 1968 Vocational Rehabilitation amendments as (a) handicapped
of
as defined in section Ii (b) of this Act, frankly physically
individuals
mentally disabled; individuals disadvantaged by reason of their
and
or advanced age, low educational attainments, ethnic or cultural
youth
prison or delinquency records, or other conditions which con-
factors,
a barrier to employment; and (c) other members of their families
stitute
the provision of vocational rehabilitation services to family
when
is necessary for the rehabilitation of an individual described
members
clause (a) or (b)." Therefore, in serving this vast group it is
in
to be aware that it now becomes incumbent on rehabilitation
important
and facilities to mount a program to serve the needs of not
agencies
the disabled who represent their primary mission, but also many
only
of disadvantaged who may need the services, setting and
thousands
upon self-help characteristic of the rehabilitation model,
emphasis
to assist them in their quest for personal dignity and well-being.
pervasive problem that perplexed rehabilitation personnel
A
the last score of years was the matter of eligibility for service.
in
upon a time, the same rehabilitation counselor who would have
Once
eligible for service a John Kennedy for his "bad back," also
declared
most likely would have rejected an Oswald for "no diagnostically

disability." These unimaginative administrative and
identifiable
legal, interpretations were resolved by the 1965 and 1967
perhaps
Rehabilitation Act amendments which clarified the concept
Vocational
disability to emphasize the behavioral disorders and the disadvan-
of
taged.
now to the "nuts and bolts" of the kinds of psychological
And
envisioned as meeting the needs of clients to be served in
services
rehabilitation facilities.
evaluation based on professional understanding
Psychological
standardized testing in the assessment and prediction of individual
of
of aptitudes, abilities, and interests may well represent the
patterns
for the evaluation process. Such evaluation can and should
backbone
an integral part of the rehabilitation process for most rehabili-
be
clients. Psychometric testing is accomplished by both the
tation
and the rehabilitation counselor--each at his level of
psychologist
As discussed by Wright and Cull (1968), rehabilitation
competence.
are expected to function generally in the provision of
counselors
evaluation at Level B (as identified by the A.P.A.
psychological
of Representatives). It is important that the rehabilitation
Council
be well-grounded in psychology, since evaluation in rehabili-
counselor
is the basis for rehabilitation diagnosis and for vocational
tation
If not qualified to test the rehabilitation counselor
planning.
secure these services from a qualified psychologist--for it is
should
rehabilitation counselor's responsibility to see that all clients
the
those necessary services which will insure satisfactory voca-
receive
social, and economic adjustment.
tional,
the past several years we have seen the introduction and
In
use of another evaluation technique known as "vocational
expanded
Gregman (1968) commented that the field of rehabilitation
evaluation."
hailed this process as a panacea in overcoming the limitations of
has
psychological tests. On the other hand, psychologists
standardized
questioned its use because reliability and validity in the
have
and use of most work samples have not been proved. The
construction
has the attraction of face validity, of course. Three
technique
bases to vocational evaluation, job try-out, work sample
historical
and therapeutic milieu are an integral part of the process
testing,
being used today.
Evaluation via simulated tasks also appears a
Vocational
tool to test the non-verbal client, the illiterate, the
suitable
damaged, and others for whom the limitations of many standard-
brain
psychological tests are obvious. In his paper on ized "Simulated
Walker (1968) states that in using simulated tasks, a more or
Tasks,"
direct measure of learning ability is obtained by replicating
less
job or learning situation to which the client will have to go
that
leaving the rehabilitation facility.
upon
i0

technology of client evaluation, that of "work
Another
is built upon the findings of the vocational evaluation
adjustment"
the general principles of human behavior and its capability for
and
A good work adjustment program is designed to enhance those
change.
which relate to real life work criteria and which are identi-
aspects
by the vocational evaluation process as being correctable
fied
deficiency in the client's behavior affecting his employability.
and Cohen (1966) report that over half of the
Speiser
facilities in the United States have vocational evalua-
rehabilitation
or work adjustment programs, the majority of them having been
tion
in the past two years. At this early stage in the develop-
established
of the relatively new vocational evaluation and work adjustment
ment
it is recognized that there is no clear-cut understanding
technique,
the precise results that can be expected fr6m them and how they
of
fit into the over-all pattern of rehabilitation facility services.
will
can be said, however, that they are non-verbal psychological tools
It
like the three-legged stool, may stand as equal partners in the
which,
development and assessment of evaluation services.
summary, the ways of the past are no longer adequate to
In
needs of the present. In modern rehabilitation center planning,
the
no longer need, nor can we afford the luxury of fragmented or
we
tightly structured services. Rather, the Center must be
traditional,
in character, creative and flexible in outlook,
multi-dimensional
and highly oriented along functional lines. Only in this
adaptable,
can we reach the new and growing disabled and disadvantaged popula-
way
it is our challenge as well as our opportunity.
tions;
ii

Bregman, Morton,
References
"Vocational Evaluation; Use and Misuse,
Evaluation and Work .Adjustment Bulletin,
Vocational
Wisconsin: I, 2, p.6, Spring 1968
Menomonie,
Salvatore G., Pscholo$ical Services in Vocational
DiMichael,
Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing
Rehabilitation,
Office, 1959
S., and Cohen, M., "The Current Status of Vocational
Speiser,
and Pre-Vocational Evaluation Training Programs in the
Evaluation
States," Report of Trainin$ Institutes on Factors of Work
United
p.5, May 1966
Evaluation,
S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, National
U.
Advisory Committee on Vocational Rehabilitation,
Citizens
of the National Citizens Advisory Committee on Vocational
Report
Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing Office,
Rehabilitation,
p.5, June 1968
Keith, and Cull, John, "Psychological Testing in the
Wright,
Setting," Richmond, Virginia: (Unpublished paper),
Rehabilitation
1968
12

of Statewide Rehabilitation Planning
Relationship
Psychological Associations
With
G. DiMichael, Ph.D., Director
Salvatore
for the Crippled and Disabled
Institute
New York City, New York
primary aim of statewide rehabilitation planning is to
The
about social action in behalf of handicapped people, some of
bring
are being helped and many more who should be served. The major
whom
of statewide planning meshes nicely with the objectives of state-
aim
associations of psychologists and indeed also with the bylaws of
wide
American Psychological Association. In formal organizational
the
of psychologists there is clear expression of intent to
statements
the personal and social life of individuals and groups. In
improve
area of rehabilitation, we find no political controversy but
the
a fairly unanimous conviction on the values of giving special
rather
to groups of handicapped people. In view of the close over-
services
of interests on the part of statewide rehabilitation planning
lapping
state psychological associations, we would hope that joint efforts
and
be made that will benefit everyone involved, especially the handi-
will
capped.
some states a continuing relationship between the rehabili-
In
agency and the state psychological association already exists.
tation
is no denying that the relationship can be stepped up and in-
There
There will be many common areas of concern, a number of
tensified.
we will mention in this paper. Where the states do not have such
which
we would hope that they would be set up.
relationships,
would heartily hope that state psychological associations
We
both the ready inclination and vigor in taking the initiative for
show
on rehabilitation planning as an occasion for more pro-
capitalizing
common effort. As a parallel illustration, we could mention
ductive
in the area of organized medicine, a nationwide effort has been
that,
to encourage states to set up a committee on rehabilitation.
made
state organizations have formal support and continuing encourage-
The
from the American Medical Association. We would hope that the
ment
psychological associations would set up a special committee on
state
on several fronts.
rehabilitation
area, for example, could deal with the referral of
One
who come to the attention of psychologists. There is no
clients
that psychologists can look to the rehabili-tation agencies to
doubt
some special services, not otherwise available to the clients
provide
on September 2, 1968, at the annual meeting of the
Delivered
Psychological Association.
American
13

they serve. In addition, there is decided advantage in having
which
help of psychologists to identify handicapped clients and provide
the
with opportunities for rehabilitation and for more productive
them
to society.
contributions
another front, we would look for leadership by the state
On
associations in encouraging training courses for psychol-
psychological
in universities within the boundaries of the state. We know
ogists
well that there is a dearth of psychologists trained in working
too
the handicapped. We would hope that state psychological associ-
with
would bring to the attention of prospective psychology trainees
ations
importance and value of working with handicapped people. We would
the
hope that the universities would work together, at least on a
also
level, to conserve the training resources and to see that over-
state
and duplication is brought to a minimum.
lapping
another front, we would expect that professional consult-
On
assistance to the state rehabilitation agency would be provided
ative
the psychological association. There is a need for developing
by
standards and guides for inclusion of handicapped groups, such
better
the mentally retarded, the behaviorally disordered, the emotionally
as
and the minimally brain damaged to mention but a few groups.
disturbed
behaviorally disordered are mentioned in legislation but guides
The
the identification and eligibility of such groups are not ex-
for
described in functional terms for most rehabilitation agencies.
plicitly
more can be done in helping the rehabilitation agencies
Considerably
refine criteria and guides for evaluation, treatment, service and
to
follow-up.
area for common effort is that of helping to support
Another
for substantially increased appropriations that could be used
requests
by state agencies in behalf of handicapped people. At
advantageously
present time, this is a crucial area in view of the intense com-
the
between agencies and due to the many demands being made on
petition
income. It is our belief that the state psychological associ-
state
have not sufficiently devoted themselves to this practical
ations
crucial area. In view of the lack of controversy about the values
and
rehabilitation, we would think that the state psychological associ-
of
would have no fear of stirring up a problem in the political
ation
Indeed, there is a wholesome bipartisan climate behind the
arena.
effort at the present time.
rehabilitation
would also expect that the psychological associations
We
be continuously concerned with efforts for improvement in
would
and quantity of rehabilitation services. This is no easy
quality
at the present time because of necessarily limited resources
matter
manpower and appropriations. We have to see that the services of
in
are brought to as many people as possible, with high
psychologists
However, the notion that considerable time spent with clients
quality.
indicative of high quality is an attitude that must be scrutinized
is
14

great care. On the financial side, we must see that professional
with
are established which are fair to both the rehabilitation agency
fees
and to psychologists.
in the larger state agencies there should be a
Certainly
consultant on staff. This position is found with con-
psychological
infrequency, and perhaps this is a partial index of the fact
siderable
state psychological associations should be more intensively con-
that
cerned with the problems of handicapped people.
brief, there are many ways, only some have been mentioned
In
this paper, in which state psychological associations can foster
in
and better professional help to the handicapped. The occasion
more
statewide rehabilitation planning could serve to spearhead a mount-
of
and visible effort to enhance the services of psychology and psy-
ing
in behalf of the handicapped. State psychological associ-
chologists
gain their strength from the services of individual psycholo-
ations
as leaders of their peers. We would hope that a number of psy-
gists
would now assume leadership and serve as catalysts for
chologists
about concerted and well directed efforts to enhance the
bringing
of the state and local psychological associations with those of
aims
objectives of statewide rehabilitation planning.
the
15

TRAINING, AND MANPOWER RECRUITMENT
SELECTION,
REHABILITATION i.
IN
G. Shapiro, Ph.D.
Jeffrey
Health Services For The Deaf
Mental
Langley Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute
The
Francisco, California
San
is little need to document the growing demand for
There
services, and the lack of traditionally-trained man-
rehabilitation
to meet this demand. Further, the inability of training insti-
power
to meet the training needs is also generally accepted. This
tutions
has often been responded to by hiring nonprofessional person-
dilemma
This is usually seen as a method of temporarily filling the gap
nel.
until professionals can be recruited, trained, and employed.
may in many cases be the workers of choice,
Nonprofessionals
if they can be selected carefully. This paper will discuss
however,
new ideas in regard to recruitment and training of personnel,
some
then detail a source from which new nonprofessional workers could
and
be found.
from theory articulated by Carl Rogers (1951)
Developing
Charles Truax (1963), a concept of help-giving can be constructed
and
is in only a very limited respect dependent on professional
which
as preparation (Shapiro, 1967). The important variables in
training
are similar to personality variables: they are inter-
help-giving
characteristics which are habitually used by an individual,
personal
than learned behaviors which one puts on and takes off in the
rather
counseling situation.
specific
has suggested that genuineness, empathy, and warmth
Research
effective counseling traits in changing client behavior and person-
are
(Truax and Carkhuff, 1967). From this research has come a pro-
ality
which is not particularly complicated, and which verifies the
posal
previous beliefs of many professionals. Very simply, there is now
The original version of this paper, presented at the American
i.
Association Convention September 2, 1968, in San
Psychological
California, was supported in part through National
Francisco,
of Mental Health Grant No. 12306-02 and by a Research
Institute
Training Center Division Grant (RT-13) from the Social and
and
Service, Department of Health, Education, and
Rehabilitation
Washington, D.C. Manuscript preparation was aided
Welfare,
Social and Rehabilitation Service Grant RD-2835-S-68.
through
16

evidence that some counselors are more effective than others, and
good
have more positive impact on their clients than do others.
regularly
that the characteristics of these more helpful counselors are
And,
obvious personality traits which are effective in changing be-
fairly
havior in a variety of settings.
implications of this belief have led us (and many others)
The
experimentation. If the personal qualities of genuineness, empathy,
to
warmth predict those more effective counselors, perhaps the other
and
traditionally thought to be necessary for counseling
characteristics
less important. Training in an academic institution has been
are
a necessary prerequisite to be a counselor in most pro-
considered
agencies. A bachelor's or perhaps even a Master's degree
fessional
required for consideration for a position. If one believes that
was
characteristics are the important variables in effective
personality
however, one might wonder if nonprofessionals who were in-
counseling,
herently therapeutic might not make effective counselors.
concept was investigated at a residential rehabilitation
This
of over 300 beds in Hot Springs, Arkansas. The cliente is a
center
one, and the principal mission of the center is to provide the
mixed
who are called students, with the counseling and vocational
clients,
necessary to control their own lives after two to nine months
training
training. In a series of studies directed by Charles Truax, and
of
outstanding support of the training team in Hot Springs, some
with
conclusions were reached.
interesting
taken from the staff at the Rehabilitation
Secretaries
were found to be effective counselors. With day-to-day super-
Center
by regular staff members, they proved to be successful. The
vision
counselors were given a full case load, and were asked to
untrained
coordinate the case and deal on a day-to-day basis with problems
both
might come up. The secretaries who counseled the students were
which
by referral sources from around the state to have been just
perceived
useful to their students as trained counselors. Furthermore, there
as
no major differences between those counseled by trained and those
were
by untrained staff in regard to students' progress through
counseled
the Rehabilitation Center (Truax, 1967).
study, and several others which could be quoted, have
This
in our minds a thorough re-examination of the nature of help-
raised
Theoretical work by Albee (1968) and Berenson and Carkhuff
giving.
have also influenced our thinking.
(1967)
general theory which makes this work relevant to hiring
The
in rehabilitation is that the skills which must be learned
practices
those who will be hired as nonprofessionals are less important
by
their over-all therapeutic and motivational thrust. Rehabili-
than
after whatever physical restorations are necessary, is in
tation,
part an interpersonal process. The rehabilitation client must
large
choose a career objective, must be trained for that career, must find
17

job, and must stay on the job. All of these steps are undertaken
a
the presence of a counselor, trainer or employer, as well as other
in
who are undergoing the same process. The interpersonal variables
peers
are effective in counseling and psychotherapy can be effective
which
other roles as well. As one example, teachers in normal classrooms
in
are rated as more therapeutic are able to help theirstudents earn
who
grades and assimilate more knowledge than those teachers who
better
rated as less therapeutic (Aspy, 1965). The same findings hold
are
although to a less striking degree, in 200 rehabilitation clients
ture,
the Hot Springs Center (Truax and Carkhuff, 1967). That is, those
at
instructors offering higher levels of genuineness, empathy,
vocational
warmth elicited from their students more cooperation in the courses,
and
more dependable behavior, and a better quality of work.
this point, it may be useful to discuss the question of
At
Again, most basically, the therapeutic potential of the
training.
is often more important than the content of the training. Up
trainer
now many agencies have used as trainers individuals who were senior
to
the organization, were tired of seeing clients on their own, were
in
facile, or were advanced in research techniques. None of
verbally
kinds of people are necessarily better trainers. We should begin
these
choose as trainers those individuals who have showed themselves com-
to
in helping clients. They may not necessarily be able to verbal-
petent
what they are doing, but they can serve as role models for those
ize
will be soon acting in the same position that they (the trainers)
who
did, as well as providing the same therapeutic thrust for the
once
staff that they did for their clients.
as counselors differentially affect their clients,
Just
many instructors differentially affect students, so trainers
and
affect counselors or instructors-to-be. All of us
differentially
attended training sessions which have had impact on us and on
have
rest of the audience, which have opened up to us the possibility
the
we could be serving our clients in a more helpful fashion. And
that
have also sat through programs which have deadened us, made us
we
away, and which we have forgotten as soon as we got over the
turn
headache they elicited.
both in academic institutions where they are
Trainers,
teachers or professors, and in training sessions in our own
called
have the same dual effects. Some make possible a positive
agencies,
in those who will serve clients, and some do not. It should
change
possible to pick out those rehabilitation workers who have been
be
moving their clients and let others watch them work. The
really
workers should be given a preliminary set to attend to the
other
instructor's style, rather than his subject matter. The same
model
be done for counselors and for others in the rehabilitation team
can
provide service and who are expected to change their clients.
who
direct interaction between trainers and staff should have
Further,
impact upon staff, helping them in turn to be more thera-
therapeutic
peutic with their clients.
18

these trainers may not be the individuals who will
Again,
become administrators, or who enjoy attending meetings, or who
ever
been with the agency for long periods of time. They are simply
have
effective than others. They should be encouraged to take part
more
in training, either in discussion groups or through example.
A New Source of Rehabilitation Personnel
it has been argued that the differences between
Thus,
and ineffective helpers, and effective and ineffective
effective
are relatively unrelated to professionalization. These
trainers,
are unimportant, however, if rehabilitation agencies are
matters
able to choose between prospective employees. And, at the
not
time, this is the case. In many agencies, especially at the
present
levels of employment, almost anyone with the degree require-
higher
is a good candidate for a job. Many agencies are not in the
ments
of trying to choose between a number of highly qualified
difficulty
Instead, they are busy recruiting, near and far, to try
applicants.
find someone who ht be interested in working for them. For
to
reason, much of the above is beside the point. Agencies are not
this
the position of choosing the most helpful, for the most part, but
in
finding someone.
in
discussing new personnel, we in rehabilitation must
Before
that our services are considered far less important than
understand
work of many other segments of American society. We must also
the
to understand why certain forces in our society are perfectly
learn
happy to keep us relatively unimportant.
the present time there is a widespread lack of accep-
At
of the spending of tax dollars for welfare programs in this
tance
The ease with which the United States Congress passed the
country.
items for the military as compared with the difficulty
big-budget
which War on Poverty money is appropriated is an example of the
with
of those who are elected. We begin with only a small per-
commitment
of the funds to be appropriated, and we are cut still further
centage
there is trimming to be done. On the other hand, past, present,
when
future wars account for well over 50% of the national budget, and
and
expanded rapidly and with little controversy whenever the pro-
are
fessionals in command, the army, request such growth.
correlate of the power of the military is our country's
A
to a period of military training for young men. This is
commitment
as a way for a boy to become a man, to stabilize hisself-concept
seen
his interests, and to develop a way of life which will be useful
and
him in the future. Older teen-agers who get into trouble with the
to
are often given a choice between a term in prison or joining one
law
the armed forces. Students in college who are unsure of their goals
of
who are earning failing grades, are often encouraged to "grow up"
or
taking a two-year hitch in the military. This belief in the military
by
a positive training experience goes beyond any expectation that the
as
19

man is "serving his country"; serve he may, but he is also
military
to be well served by the military. It is also not vitiated
thought
the strong anti-military, anti-draft stands of a sizable minority
by
college students and a probable majority of college students in
of
more prestigious schools. Although some students otally reject
the
kind of regimentation and philosophy forced upon those who are
the
for the military, more are rejecting the current adventure in
trained
and accept the military as a reasonable problem-solving device,
Vietnam,
so also presumably accept its training as a generally reasonable
and
structure.
than fifty years ago William James (1910) suggested
More
nations ought to adopt a moral equivalent to war. By this he
that
a draft army of young men who would spend several years in some
meant
occupation, one which required the positive qualities then
service
to the military. Essentially, James was arguing that every
attributed
chooses for itself an area of strong commitment, and that one
society
to overcome the emphasis on the destructive forces of warfare was
way
direct society's energies in another direction.
to
we redefine America's goals so that a period of time
Can
in rehabilitative work will be considered the kind of service
spent
young men and women might wish to give to their society? Can
which
learn to believe that a two-year Peace Corps experience, a one-year
we
experience, a one-year rehabilitation experience will accomplish
VISTA
same ends we currently expect from the armed forces? I do not
the
to suggest that we should draft men and women for reconstructive
mean
with individuals or groups who could use rehabilitative services,
work
that this work be both available and recommended to the youth of
but
country.
this
service has already been pioneered by the Federal
Voluntary
with the Peace Corps, VISTA, and other programs. These
Government
however, select only the most able, and so large numbers of
groups,
men and women who might make some contribution are selected out.
young
Job Corps has a different bias, and though administered as a train-
The
and service agency selects out the unpoor and the able.
ing
and Riessman (1965) and others have discussed the use
Pearl
large groups of nonprofessionals in providing human service to others.
of
they have concentrated upon the poor, their concepts can be
Though
to a full-scale program of Voluntary Service for Youth. Several
adapted
groups (Latter Day Saints and Friends, among others) have had
religious
experience administering similar programs.
extensive
fully-developed service will have a measurable impact on
A
in young America, on the quality and extent of social
unemployment
offered to all Americans (and, other nations as well), and in
services
value structure of Americans. Grandiose? Certainly! But possible.
the
20

such a program will require that funds at least
Establishing
to those now paid to army recruits be available for those
equivalent
want to develop themselves through building men and societies.
who
program will not be as selective as the Peace Corps and VISTA now
This
in regard to skills, nor as restrictive as the Job Corps in terms
are
poverty-level background. Just as almost any male can expect to
of
accepted if he volunteers for the armed forces, almost any male or
be
should expect to be accepted for a job in some area of voluntary
female
service.
this choice should be recommended to individuals
Further,
are searching for a way of finding their bearings. The opportunity
who
take part in developing an individual or small group of persons,
to
in that way to effect the course of the whole society, is a very
and
one. For those who wish it, voluntary service can provide the
special
opportunities for travel as does the armed forces at the present
same
time, as well as training in a skill which will later be marketable.
anyone who presently sees the army as a growth experi-
For
this plan of voluntary service should be at least acceptable.
ence
many who do not accept the armed forces this plan should be a
For
one. It will expose young men and women to the exhilarating
welcome
that they can help others. This will presumably have a
possibility
more positive long-lasting effect on their lives than forced time
far
the armed forces. It will also help advance the society in general,
in
providing manpower for services which today are not provided.
in
people who volunteer for such a program should have
Young
major say in the area of their work. Some will prefer physical
a
others teaching, others desk positions with service agencies.
labor,
however, will undoubtedly choose to be involved in direct con-
Some,
tact with underprivileged or client populations.
is at this.point that we in rehabilitation should become
It
As noted earlier, some individuals with what are now
interested.
minimal amounts of training have been shown to be effective
considered
counseling, and in other social service occupations. The plan out-
in
above will provide the manpower needed to service the programs
lined
we and our clients believe are needed. It will give us enough
that
to work with that the selection procedures which have been
individuals
can be used, and clients will be receiving the best services
developed
available for the taxpayers' dollar (Savino and Schlamp, 1968).
program should also provide rehabilitation services
This
a base from which to develop further recruitment and training.
with
will be able to encourage those who are most effective to stay
We
us in regular staff positions after their voluntary service
with
is over, or to go to Universities or other training institutions
period
more advanced preparation. The program is dependant upon a re-
for
of the society to training individuals for service, rather
commitment
destruction. If America chooses growth and development within
than
21

outside our nation, vast amounts of money now spent on armaments
and
be reconverted. The large numbers of young men who are not doing
must
which provides goods will become more visible. Many of those
work
in the army, and many of those unemployed, will be engaged
formerly
service-type employment. In some areas they will be building roads
in
schools, and in others, tearing down roads and schools to lay out
and
More interesting to us in rehabilitation services, they will
parks.
the front-line of manpower to service those who need help.
provide
our country will allow for a period of voluntary service the money
If
be found to buy the services. The money is available, just as it
can
available for Vietnam. The real question is whether the people
was
America want it strongly enough. And it is the job of those of
of
in planning for further rehabilitation services to show that the
us
are great enough to call forth the willingness.
needs
22

References
Albee, G.W. Models, myths, and manpower. Mental Hygiene, 1968, 52,
i.
168-180.
Aspy, D. A study of three facilitative conditions and their
2.
to the achievement of third grade students.
relationships
Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Kentucky, 1965.
Berenson, B.G. and Carkhuff, R.R. (Eds.) Sources of gain in coun-
3.
$ an__d psychoth_erapy. New York: Holt, 1967.
selin
James, W. The moral equivalent of war. Popular Science Monthl X,
4.
7--7, 400-412.
1910,
Pearl, A. and Riessman, F. Ne__w Creers for th__e o: the nonpro-
5.
in human service. New York: Free Press, 1965.
fessional
Rogers, C.R. Client-centered therapy. Boston: Hougton-Mifflin,
6.
1951.
Savino, M.T. and Schlamp, F.T. The use of nonprofessional rehabili-
7.
aides in decreasing re-hospitalization. Journal of reha-
tation
bilitation, 1968, 3--4, 28-31.
Shapiro, J.G. Therapeutic conditions beyond the psychotherapy
8.
Arkansas Rehabilitation Research and Training
encounter.
Center Discussion Papers, Vol. I, No. 8, 1967.
Truax, C.B. Effective ingredients in psychotherapy: An approach
9.
unraveling the patient-therapist interaction. Journal of
to
Counselin$ .Psychology, 1963, IO, 256-263.
Truax, C.B. The use of supportive personnel in rehabilitation
i0.
Process and outcome. In G.R. Leslie (Edo),
counseling:
personnel i__nrehabilitation centers. Washington, D.C.:
Supportive
of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1967.
Department
Truax, C.B., and Carkhuff, R.R. Toward effective counselin$ an__d
ii.
Chicago: Aldine, 1967.
psychotherapy.
23

PLANNING FOR REHABILITATION AND COMMUNITY ACTION
A. Renzaglia, Ph.D.
Guy
and Director, Rehabilitation Institute
Professor
Illinois University
Southern
Illinois
Carbondale,
eloquence of our previous speakers in presenting the
The
and extent of comprehensive planning for psychological services
need
rehabilitation centers and by professional associations leaves me
in
bit uncertain (even apprehensive) about the significance of my topic--
a
observations on rehabilitation psychology and community programs.
some
are being written on the need and significance of state and
Volumes
planning for health and welfare service; directives and memos
national
out glowingly the importance of comprehensive health facilities
spell
multi-service centers; and committees of all kinds are being
and/or
to represent communities, districts, regions, states, and so
formed
Chances are that what I have to say is in most part a reply of
on.
many utterances, borrowed from here and there, and perhaps even
these
to many of you. Yet, planning for comprehensive statewide
boring
is a reality and it behooves us as rehabilitation psycholo-
services
and counselors to consider seriously our role and possible
gists
in this movement.
impact
An Aroused Psychology
trust you have noticed with me the emphasis at this APA
I
on social service and social responsibility. At every
Convention
I attended so far, speakers have chided APA members for fail-
session
to become significant forces in social planning and in action
ing
Leaflets have been circularized in many meeting places
programs.
the membership to attend an informal discussion group, whose
urging
mind you, is to make "psychology more socially relevant."
objective,
a far cry from the conventions of former years. Then the voices
What
the socially and community oriented psychologists were a small din
of
a larger roar and only a few rallied to the cause. Now there is
in
obvious sense of urgency, an optimism or belief that psychologists
an
have something concretely to offer, and, more so, that we have a
do
of moral responsibility to take action. No longer can we pretend
kind
psychologists have no stake in what occurs in life's arenas, nor
that
we hide behind the notion that social planning is outside the pale
can
psychology, and that rightfully such is the responsibility of poli-
of
jurists, religionists, moralists and the like. The force
ticians,
this movement has generated in the recent past and now is to me
that
most encouraging.
24

course, rehabilitation psychologists and counselors
Of
take a measure of pride in this recent emphasis, since they
should
long advocated socially relevant activities on the part of their
have
For some time now they, with other community psychologists,
members.
argued for a conitment to and involvement in community, state,
have
national socio-economic problems. This some have done through
and
training programs (witness the increasing number of courses in
their
psychology, community resources, and community development
community
in such programs), involvement in social planning, and assistance
now
the development of community-based programs of all kinds. It is
in
obvious that psychologists (as our previous speakers have pointed
now
must be involved in planning of comprehensive community services
out)
all levels of organization and locale. Certainly we have a lot to
at
about the prevention, management and control of social and human
say
and it is equally clear that psychologists through their
difficulties,
and organizations can help train or provide the manpower for
influence
these burgeoning services.
spport Personnel
corollary and even more recent concern has been (and is)
A
matter of support personnel in the helping profession. Our next
the
Dr. J. G. Shapiro, will present some clear evidence that
speaker,
aides can be trained successfully as agents of change, and there
these
ways to identify those most likely to succeed. In any event, it
are
gratifying to note the many programs at this convention at which
is
are exhorting psychologists to become a part of this enter-
speakers
Some universities are responding to this demand for personnel
prise.
welfare and rehabilitation agencies, others are playing a more
from
game of "wait and see," while the more traditional are
cautious
in their refusal to venture in training for new careers.
adamant
(1968) recently advanced some cogent arguments for university
Adams
and commitment to training undergraduates for the help-
participation
services: "Undergraduate education in the helping services, if
ing
and broadly conceived and planned, can be the finest study
properly
the humanities." And he goes on to say that "such an education
of
not take away from the liberal arts curriculum but makes a sub-
does
addition." He sees such training as "exciting," "vital,"
stantial
and "innovating" a challenge to higher education
"creative,"
I share his enthusiasm.
and
here are some encouraging signs that there is an awaken-
So
a powerful urge to embroil psychology and its resources in the
ing,
of rehabilitation, welfare, corrections, and other social
arenas
It is now encumbent on us to reflect on the multifarious
services.
that psychologists can make an impact on social problems and
ways
make our voices heard in statewide planning units. The
vigorously
given to every state to develop a comprehensive plan of voca-
charge
rehabilitation, for instance, whereby all handicapped people
tional
be serviced by July of 1975, is both an awesome prospect and
will
It is in this respect that my remarks will be limited
exciting.
25

viable and powerful force behind (and integral to) compre-
today--a
rehabilitation in its mission to activate and service commun-
hensive
ities.
Need for Planning and Action
from the clear recognition by all responsible profes-
Aside
and agencies that the number of individuals who become handi-
sionals
yearly outstrip the number being rehabilitated, and the fact
capped
there is now quite a backlog of handicapped people needing rehab-
that
services, a number of other imminent factors dictate immed-
ilitation
planning (as it does the reshuffling of resources) if the dream
iate
rehabilitation (and comprehensive community services) is to become
for
reality. Some of these are:
a
an alarming proliferation of agencies now involved in
i.
vocational rehabilitation services to the
providing
handicapped;
the inclusion of socially-culturally disadvantaged
2.
disenchanted) as appropriate clientele for
(and
vocational rehabilitation agencies;
recent ammendments to the Vocational Rehabilitation
3.
which broadens the responsibilities of divisions
Act
of vocational rehabilitation; namely,
assessment and evaluation of poverty groups
a.
service;
for
early identification of handicapped conditions
b.
more extensive service to the teenaged
and
and
handicapped;
the obvious trend toward providing services to
c.
of the handicapped and even to living
families
in which handicapping conditions prevail;
units
the corollary movement of planning statewide health and
4.
services in such departments as public health
restoration
and mental health.
a member of the State Board of Vocational Education and
As
in Illinois, I have become acutely aware of the number
Rehabilitation
private and governmental agencies that are now engaged in providing
of
rehabilitation services to the handicapped, more so than
vocational
visible to many of us even where the action is. Excluding private
is
at least eight governmental agencies in Illinois provide
agencies,
to the handicapped, all of which were traditionally subsumed
services
DVR agencies, or at least these functions were assigned by execu-
in
order as their responsibility. An array of fragmented services
tive
being provided by such agencies as the Department of Labor, Public
are
Assistance, Public Instruction, Children and Family Services, Mental
26

Office of Economic Opportunity Action Programs, Housing and
llealth,
Development, and now the Model Cities Programs. Some of these
Urban
are developing rather comprehensive services and acquiring
agencies
with the expertise to do so; others have only ventured into
personnel
areas of rehabilitation, but zealously and with powerful
certain
at their command. While this proliferation speaks positively
resources
the increased awareness of the need for and acceptance of the rehab-
of
process, coordination has been lacking and overlap and ill-
ilitation
responsibilities prevail. Many have lamented this topsy-
defined
development of rehabilitation in the states and voices have been
turvy
urging a more coordinated and concerted effort. Byproducts of
raised
fragmentation seem to be duplication of services, unclear bound-
this
of responsibilities, concentration in certain areas and neglect
aries
others, vying for clients, shunting of clients from one agency to
of
andeven inefficiency in operations. Obviously, the answer
another,
lie in augmenting nor perpetuating the present situation, and
doesn't
as a member of the rehabilitation team, should also
psychologists,
their voices to push for coordination of some sort.
raise
Some Positive Si$.ns
the above commentaries on the frationated nature of
While
in most stages is rather pessimistic, I do want to
rehabilitation
also the many concerted movements now in force that may well
recognize
precursors to an over-all coordinated scheme.
be
The Rehabilitation Services Administration (previously
i.
Rehabilitation Administration) and their state
Vocational
have long advocated cooperative efforts
counterparts
state agencies. Witness the excellent work now
between
done in cooperative programs between the Division
being
Vocational Rehabilitation and public schools, correctional
of
and units, mental hospitals, community action
facilities
special schools, workshops and similar. Amazing
programs,
in rehabilitating hitherto difficult populations
studies
handicapped people have been reported.
of
The recent reorganization in the Department of Health,
2.
and Welfare leading to the creation of the
Education
and Rehabilitation Service also attests to the
Social
conclusion that more efficient and effective
inescapable
for the handicapped is likely to be achieved
service
coordination of social and rehabilitation services.
through
too numerous to mention and somewhat isolated attempts
These
cooperation between service agencies are visible signs of an even
at
movement--a concerted drive to comprehensive and coordinated
greater
for the handicapped citizen.
services
27

acceptance of many socially and cultural handicapped by
The
for service is certainly one of the most forward steps taken in
DVRs
war on poverty; yet it is a tremendouly ambitious obligation to
the
Apparently, vocational rehabilitation agencies were given
assume.
awesome task in recognition of the manner and effectiveness with
this
they dispatched their services to the physically,mentally, and
which
handicapped. And they have indeed demonstrated over the
emotionally
the soundness of their process for rehabilitating the handicapped;
years
also had a cadre of personnel to match. Since the mission before
they
is staggering, they need whatever support and leadership psycholo-
them
can give, but active participation is necessary. Immediately,
gists
agencies need help in defining the population to receive service, and
VR
extent of their services; in recruiting sufficient subprofessionals
the
man their units; a source of consultants, determining methods of
to
this population; establishment of community-based units,
reaching
approaches; and on sundry other issues. It saddens me,
motivational
one, to hear VR administrators wail, "How can we possibly serve
for
those people?"
all
added function of DVRs and a timely one, is that of
Another
and evaluating for service and referral the unemployed-
processing
populations. Once again VR agencies have been singled
underemployed
as th__e units most prepared and knowledgeable to take on this basic,
out
service. Let yourself conceive for a moment
first-step-in-the-process
implications and extensiveness of this charge, and I suspect you,
the
DVR personnel, will also cringe with the enormity of it. Need-
like
to say, DVRs need encouragement and help of all kinds, perhaps
less
in obtaining trained assessors and evaluators, and psychology must
most
to their needs. This is another sign of the times making it
respond
that departments of psychology and professional psychologists
imperative
aside their pretentious notions and arguments over the merits of
put
versus applied, professionals and/or subprofessionals,
experimental
then truly turn over their resources to training well-qualified
and
assessors and support personnel.
the 1967 National Rehabilitation Association Conference,
In
then Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare, John W. Gardner,
the
some of the promises for rehabilitation that were likely to
described
from the reorganization of the Department. Foremost among
accrue
welcome, yet seemingly beyond the scope of present resources,
these
the following possibilities:
are
i. Special services for children and youth;
Provisions for the early identification of handicapping
2.
and
conditions;
3. More and better services for the teenage handicapped.
28

he proposed that the rehabilitation community
Further,
more of its thinking to the family. He said,
direct
we were to improve the conditions in which a handi-
If
person lives, we should be addressing ourselves
capped
his entire family unit, and even to environmental
to
that extend beyond the family. Those of
circumstances
who have been working with juvenile delinquents
you
how important those circumstances can be. The
know
environment represents stability and inspiration
home
some, a place of conflict and frustration for
for
and for some, of course, home or family life
others,
non-existent.
are
this proposal, we can visualize different activities
From
the field or district worker. Somehow he must become less
for
Somehow he will come to give heavy attention to the
office-bound.
that sustain the disability and that mitigate against
conditions
change for the client. Another brief quote from
effective
Gardner's speech:
Mr.
our approach is family centered, and if it takes
If
account the environment in which rehabilitation
into
occur, we may be more successful in rehabili-
must
th handicapped person himself; we may help
tating
disorganized and distraught families into
transform
of strength and purpose; and we may succeed in
units
the foundation for a stronger and sounder
building
order.
social
here we have a global perspective of service for the
So
from prevention to fulfillment, and a promise of such
handicapped,
available to those virtually out of the cradle and before the
being
What more can the behavioral scientist and practitioner ask
grave.
For who among us has not speculated on what could be done in
for?
society with a comprehensive charge and plan of service, massive
our
in the social milieu, to head off deprivation, misery,
intervention
human waste. Urgently needed is an over-all approach for each
and
framed by social and behavioral scientists, community repre-
state
legislators, and the many other involved parties, as
sentatives,
well as the financial and personnel resources to launch it.
Who's Plannin$
planning for comprehensive health and welfare is
Statewide
a concern of other than the state vocational rehabilitation
also
In Illinois, for instance, the Department of Mental
departments.
supported by a planning grant, embarked on such a plan,
Health
prodded by the comprehensive Mental Health Centers Act
undoubtedly
1963 and its amendments. To complicate matters even further, the
of
Department of Public Health has recently been designated by
Illinois
Governor, at the request of the Department of Health, Education,
the
Welfare, as the agency responsible for over-all health planning
and
the state. Purportedly, the latter would subsume in its plan
in
29

more restricted plans of other health management and treatment
the
Mental Health, Vocational Rehabilitation, Children
agencies--i.e.,
Family Services, Division of Alcoholism Commission, Narcotics
and
Addictive Drugs, and similar agencies. All efforts are now in
and
initial stages (formulation of numerous committees, assessment
the
present status and services, and formulating a pla of attack),
of
one must pause to consider the many difficulties, complications
but
responsibilities thrust on the backs of these planners. Should
and
agency develop their own plan? It makes a good deal of sense.
each
will each be integrated into an over-all plan without slighting
How
or the other Who will be responsible for eventually coordinat-
one
such an all-embracing proposal? Will psychologists make them-
ing
heard? Quite clearly they have a tremendous stake in the final
selves
to the future of health management, treatment and
product--guidelines
enhancement.
A Be$innin $
have managed to touch only briefly on a number of crucial
I
that confront rehabilitation generally and of course psycholo-
issues
in rehabilitation, in particular, since they are directly
gists
So far I have pointed out that the issues of our times and
involved.
movements being launched by state and federal agencies make it
the
that rehabilitation psychologists and counselors take an
imperative
role in rehabilitation planning and action programs; that full
active
of psychology's potential and future course is now at
realization
stake; and that we are welcomed and needed as partners in planning.
then is a partial solution, a first step, to resolve
What
lack of concerted effort or, positively, to weld the rehabilita-
the
movement into a comprehensive community force? In this respect,
tion
National Citizens Advisory Committee on Vocational Rehabilitation
the
has submitted a list of recommendations to the Secretary of
(1968)
Education, and Welfare that are quite far-reaching in scope,
Health,
as a group they certainly underscore (if not outrightly so, then
and
design) the need for careful planning and coordination of all
by
Like the Advisory Committee, I am deeply convinced and
resources.
on the merits of "decentralization and dispersal" of rehabilita-
sold
offices "in major population centers to provide services in
tion
wNere disabled people live." The practice of locating
neighborhoods
in downtown and plush areas of the community, estranged from
offices
target areas in which handicapping conditions are prevalent,
the
should be relegated to the past only.
recommendations that particularly stood out for me and
The
to which I want to react are contained in the following quote:
and
by vocational rehabilitation agencies of
Establishment
multiservice centers in ghettos and other
one-stop,
areas where the incidence of disability is high."
30

suspect this has become a deeply assimilated and etched dream of
I
which I cherish for rehabilitation, for as a member of the Youth
mine
Center Study Group some five years ago I became indelibly
Opportunity
with the notion and merits of comprehensive, neighborhood
impressed
It was clear then, as it is now, that total services had to
centers.
brought to the neighborhoods where the "action is," and that some
be
indigenous to these areas could be trained and employed to
leaders
man these centers.
help
Comprehensive Rehabilitation Center.s
We Are Over the past five years, experiences with multi-
Where
centers such as Youth Opportunity Centers, Gateway Centers,
purpose
Centers, Concentrated Employment Centers, Comprehensive
Neighborhood
Health Centers and the like have contributed much to our under-
Mental
of the do's and don'ts of community-based services. In many
standing
these experiences have heightened the issues and controversies,
ways
even more to the confusion. There is still no agreement on how
adding
the centers should be nor how they should be organized,
comprehensive
and services dispensed. Should we push for what is a prevalent
manned,
valued concept today, the idea of "community-based service"? Some
and
to argue that the community must be permitted to take over
continue
operate such centers, particularly in ghetto areas, but who is to
and
organize, train and finance these community forces? Most, of
arouse,
cherish this dream of "a community activated and organized to
course,
its own problems" concept, rightfully assuming that such a
handle
would thereby be psychologically prepared and resourcefully
community
mobilized to prevent, treat and rehabilitate its human casualties.
are less optimistic that communities will ever become
Others
involved, and they are accepting a modified plan of community parti-
so
The latter group shares the rationale for community involve-
cipation.
and participation but in cooperation with and under the leadership
ment
an established and on-going agency or agencies. Even when the
of
plan and organize their own services, they argue, the
communities
(clients) will soon perceive them in a manner similar to
consumers
services the establishment, or as an "agency umbrella."
agency
so they feel that community operated and sponsored services of
More
kind are subject more to petty jealousies and interest groups
this
are the"freer" state agencies. Too many have witnessed the
than
among factions in the community for power in these community
struggle
programs, and the unfortunate consequences; some have also been
action
over noting the ease with which the executive directors have
soured
these centers in their own limited images often at the
perpetuated
of the community.
expense
have experiences with state-federally (agency) sponsored
Nor
been too refreshing or innovating. The hopes and dreams of
centers
Opportunity Centers, as a comprehensive and innovating service
Youth
unemployed and under-employed youth, were never realized in many
for
communities. Admittedly, they did bring somewhat together an array
31

specialized services for youth, but in the main they were fashioned
of
existing state employment services. Some attribute this to the
after
that the personnel and leadership manning these centers were
fact
primarily from existing emplo[ent centers, and because of
recruited
experience, they tended to fashion youth opportunity centers in
their
with these experiences. It must be recognized, of course,
accordance
was and is a shortage ¢ competent personnel, an it may well be
there
youth opportunity cente. ,ere prematurely opened. Perhaps it
that
have been sounder to dela the opening of such centers until a
may
of personnel were recruited and trained to implement the intent
pool
the movement. To add to that, if the cooperation of universities,
of
psychologists in particular, had been sought or volunteered to
and
prepare these personnel, perhaps the results would have been different.
Illinois, the Department of Mental Health has taken the
In
in establishing community=based centers .hrough their zone
leadership
Some centers are raher comprehensive, embracing many
programs.
ordinarily the responsibility of oher agencies (such as
services
rehabilitation, employment services, etc.), and some are
vocational
limited. Many are at a disadvantage because they have not
rather
involved the community, and others have trouble getting
adequately
and service from other state agencies. Patients are still
cooperation
around from center to agency for services, but at least services
shunted
been brought to the community itself--not isolated from it. New
have
and many other states have done likewise. Missouri, on the other
York
has concentrated on community action programs (human development
hand,
gateway projects) and programs sponsored by the labor department
and
employment programs). Here in California a number of
(concentrated
rehabilitation or service centers have been formed, I
comprehensive
Some are still flourishing, while others have dissolved
understand.
for want of coordination and support.
to me in all of these experiences with community
Distressing
centers was and is the obvious lack of interest and involvement
service
psychologists as a whole whether in universities or in the field.
by
all the behavioral scientists, the psychologists should be deeply
Of
and most willing to invest their resources in the future of
supportive
movement. Another disquieting feature of these efforts has been
this
extent to which vocational rehabilitation agencies are letting
the
be pre-empted by other agencies. VR agencies are seemingly
themselves
their responsibilities for services and by default, others
abdicating
taking over. In any event, it is quite clear even from this
are
and fragmented review that planning is essential to success,
sketchy
unless all are involved and soon, we may witness even more confu-
and
sion as time goes on.
Considerations While I am still deeply committed to the
Some
of Community Rehabilitation Centers, in which multiple
establishment
(now provided in many areas by various agencies) be made
services
to clients as soon after initial contact as possible, I am
available
at all certain just how to proceed. Experiences as previously
not
out, have not clearly marked the path to follow what worked
pointed
32

one locale, didn't in another; programs for the black ghetto areas
in
to call for a different pattern of organization and control of
seem
than for white target areas; and centers for urban areas
programs
may be quite different from those established for less popu-
generally
areas. Perhaps all that can be done now is to continue raising
lated
issues and once considered, proceed in a tentative and experi-
relevant
fashion, always prepared to modify practices as experiences
ential
Some considerations follow:
dictate.
An experienced colleague of mine reiterates strongly
i.
position of considering this whole movement experi-
the
approach it openly, free of stron involvement;
mentally;
it out for six months or a year; evaluate the proce-
try
reaction and results; alter as necessary and
dures,
redesigning per subsequent conclusions. I trust
continue
it is possible to initiate these programs in a spirit
that
openness, no strong a priori biases, clearly from a
of
assuming that answers (especially general ones)
position
still unknown, and that we must be flexible enough
are
discover what works in each locale. You may, of
to
recognize that this approach is neither new nor
course,
does it insure success.
Careful consideration should be given to the organiza-
2.
and control patterns of these comprehensive
tional
centers. In one part of the Advisory
rehabilitation
report they advocate that VR agencies
Committee's
such centers, while in another they recom-
"establish"
that VR agencies "take the initiative to establish"
mend
in appropriate areas. Implicit in the latter
these
are patterns of organization and control
recommendations
different from that implied in the former. Yet, if
quite
of comprehensive services to areas is to
coordination
a reality, somehow the resources and services of
become
health, welfare and education agencies should
pertinent
combined with those in the community and be made
be
available at the center to area residents. How
directly
may become a reality is still uncertain. Some VR
this
have proposed an informal arrangement (Allied
agencies
Council) in consort with many other state agencies;
Agency
have or are preparing and establishing such centers
others
their own and then inviting other services to join
on
Recently, following along with the intent of the
them.
in HEW, some states are considering legislation
.changes
a means of effecting coordination. Certain legislative
as
in Illinois, for instance, are pushing for a "super"
leaders
and welfare agency, under which such centers would
health
coordinated. It may well be that some mandate is neces-
be
to bring about this end. Other factors to consider
sary
in the organizational and control pattern are:
33

Leadership in initiating the above may well be the
a.
of VR agencies;
responsibility
How to involve the community throughout the planning,
b.
and control phases;
formulation
Whether these centers should attempt to service large
c.
areas or whether small neighborhood centers should
urban
My personal predilection is for a large,
prevail.
facility in the heart of a needful urban area
central
responsibility is to coordinate and provide both
whose
and backup support to smaller neighborhood
services
Funding of these centers should be independ-
centers.
of the whims or peculiar status of any one agency.
ent
this respect, while I suspect my point of view isn't
In
popular, I would like to see developed a thoughtful
too
whereby sufficient funds are allocated for each
plan
area sucnt to provide thorough and compre-
major
rehabilitation services to its handicapped. It
hensive
be the responsibility of the central, coordinating
would
then to allocate funds for neighborhood projects
facility
centers based on immediate needs.
and
I suspect that little objection would be voiced if these
d.
(central) rehabilitation centers were
comprehensive
agency control as long as community involvement
under
more pronounced in the neighborhood centers. In
was
one of the functions of these central facilities
fact,
be to encourage urban tracts or neighborhoods to
could
action and establish programs designed to meet
take
specific needs and under their direction. These
their
centers could provide direction, consultation,
central
necessary funding to implement and sustain action
the
in the neighborhoods.
A network of comprehensive service to a large urban
e.
includes then a large central facility under state
area
and smaller neighborhood centers coordinated
control
the center but under local control. As the
through
needs consultative, perhaps mobile, coordinating
center
so too should the local units provide outposted
teams,
to work right in the heart of neighborhoods.
personnel
the dream of making a significant impact on conditions
If
to and maintaining disability, deprivation and
leading
is to materialize, then provisions must be
alienation
to intervene where it counts in the home and
made
and in the community in which these conditions
family
Needed are community workers and planners,
thrive.
aides, neighborhood social workers and
rehabilitation
who not only work with (and refer) the handi-
similar
individuals, but who help mobilize and organize
capped
34

Who is to administer and supervise these larger centers as
4.
as coordinate the efforts of neighborhood and urban
well
Should it be an existing agency or one newly
tracts?
for that purpose? It must be pointed out that even
created
the advent of a super or general welfare agency in
with
the experiences and successes of VR agencies perforce
states,
consideration. Why not propose that VR agencies
deserves
the leadership and organize it along the lines that
assume
proven to be successful? Here is an agency that has
have
over the years a sound working philosophy, an
demonstrated
network of field work activities, a valid method
established
case management, and most of all, they now possess a
of
of professionals for supervisory and consultative
supply
Since the focal point of these centers is rehabili-
purposes.
the agency responsible for vocational rehabilitation
tation,
the logical choice. Any other choice would be at variance
is
existing practice and the intended purposes of the
with
of "comprehensive rehabilitation."
concept
of Universities Universities have an obvious and impor-
Role
part to play in this movement and it is imperative that they
tant
the bold steps consonant with this social action philosophy. The
take
of the battles in the academic family should be borne immediately
brunt
those involved in rehabilitation psychology and in rehabilitation
by
and perhaps by example, we may attract other social and
counseling
scientists into the action arena. What then are some courses
behavioral
action?
of
It is time we accepted more often (yes, even ferret out)
i.
to become members of planning and implementa-
invitations
groups. We should welcome and participate vigorously
tion
groups planning for comprehensive rehabilitation and
in
action, dare to speak out in support of progres-
community
movements and less and less be content with sitting
sive
in some kind of pompous judgment of those who confront
back
issues.
reality
I would even encourage that we move to cross-appoint staff
2,
action programs of various kinds shared staff.
with
close ties and channels for mutual feedback would
The
in many ways our training and research potential.
enhance
There should be no longer any qualms about training support
3.
in rehabilitation, and with the tie-in mentioned
personnel
most could be trained realistically in the field.
above,
supporting staff as rehabilitationaides, community
Such
evaluation aides, therapy aides, administrative
workers,
behavioral technicians, and others like them are
aides,
much sought personnel today.
35

Professional programs for psychologists, counselors,
4.
etc. should be reassessed and revised to
evaluators,
reflect the changing emphases in the helping professions.
New degree programs should be inaugurated in the Associate
5.
Arts degree (such as aides and technicians), Bachelor's
of
administrators, workshop supervisors, pro-
(institutional
etc.) and in graduate programs to meet new career
grammers,
demands.
Active participation in continuous training programs for
6.
staff is another way in which universities can
agency
their resources and knowledge felt. Along this same
make
I am a firm believer that we educators and trainers
line,
the helping professions should be continuously involved
in
some measure of service, whether in a campus unit or in
in
outside agency, to keep current with existing practices
an
reality.
and
7. Then, of course, we
shouldn't forget evaluation and research;
is in this domain that our special forte lies, and it
it
be unfortunate if we ever defaulted in this responsi-
would
As suggested, these comprehensive centers need to
bility.
established on an experimental base and data has to be
be
and interpreted into new procedures. This is
accumulated
university personnel can be of real service. More-
where
these centers will most likely provide an excellent
over,
for field research of all kinds opportunities
laboratory
for graduate trainees and staff members alike.
retrospect, I seem to have wandered considerably, factual
In
some sections, exhortive in others. Yet, perhaps to the reader it
in
quite obvious that I am indeed a biased presenter, for I am and
is
long advocated that if psychology (and counseling) is to reach
have
mature and valid base for existence, it must become a vital force
a
social planning and action. While not all my colleagues would so
in
I am heartened by the signs in the profession as a whole. So
agree,
am I an adherent of functional training programs in universities,
too
designed.to meet the demands of socio-economic living-working
programs
and test of the worth of higher education may well be the
units,
facility with which they can tool up to society's demands.
in rehabilitation work should not be afraid to speak out,
We
with reservation and caution. While it may be not only bold
albeit
presumptious of me to speak out on a main social issue that con-
but
us now (the concept of comprehensive rehabilitation centers),
fronts
did stick my neck out. I'm not sure anything was resolved, but I
I
there was some germane issue to consider in planning this venture.
trust
may all boil down to nothing more than "nothing is certain now,
It
let's get about it."
but
36

Desisnated Organization
CHAPTER III
THE PLANNING ORGANIZATION
designated organization for the planning project was
The
Statewide Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation
the
of 15 members. The grant application provided for their
comprised
as follows:
appointment
One member from the office of the Governor;
member of the House of Representatives selected by
One
Speaker of the House of Representatives;
the
member of the House of Representatives selected by
One
Minority Leader of the House of Representatives;
the
member of the Senate selected by the MajoritY Leader
One
the Senate;
of
member of the Senate selected by the Minority Leader
One
the Senate:
of
members selected by the Governor representing a broad
Ten
area of concern in the field of vocational re-
statewide
In addition to members representing the
habilitation.
members should be selected from the following
public,
labor., commerce and industry, education, vocational
fields:
medicine, services for the blind, private
rehabilitation,
aiding the disabled, Governor's Employ the Handi-
agencies
Committee.
capped
The Planning Commission
Planning Commission functioned as the policy board for the
The
providing overall leadership and administrative guidance
project,
the Statewide Planning Project. The Commission has met regularly,
for
least every second month, for sessions-that lasted either one or
at
days. The membership, as appointed by Governor Daniel J. Evans
two
in 1967, continued intact without change. The officials selected
early
the first meeting served throughout the two,year period. Their
at
and affiliations follow: David W. Peyton, Chairman, Program
names
and Planning Assistant, Office of the Governor; Roger C. Larson,
37

of the members of the Planning Commission for Vocational
Some
in Washington State meet in Olympia in 1967. They
Rehabilitation
left to right: The Hon. John Merrill, State House of Represen-
are,
Senator Robert C. Ridder; Austin St. Laurent; Mrs. Helen
tatives;
Roger C. Larson; The Hon. Alfred O. Adams, M.D.; Donal R.
Powers;
M. o; oLo rd G. Marquardt; Mrs. Beryl Gridley;
Sparkman,
David C. Carson; Clarence T. Freeman.
38

Associate Professor, Department of Physical Education
Vice-Chairman,
Men, Washington State University; and Donald Po Holden, Secretary,
for
State Supervisor, Division of Vocational Rehabilitation.
S tat ewid e Advisory Commit tee
Statewide Advisory Committee was composed of the members
The
the task forces, individuals selected initially by job title and
of
previous services to vocational rehabilitation.
following:
For example, thetask forces sought their members from the
of cities County commissioners
Mayors
superintendents County extension agents
School
officials Representatives of disability groups
Labor
education directors Legislators
Special
Leaders Members of Coordinating Council
Civic
and other medical News, Media
Physicians
State personnel
personnel
Rehabilitation County Health officers
Vocational
staff members
letters of invitation were sent to these people to attend
Individual
meetings held in each of the eight geographic regions into
regional
the state was divided for the project. The.meetings were held
which
the daytime in public places. Accompanying the invitations
during
small packets of materials describing the Planning Commission,
were
objectives, and scope. At themeeting they were invited to par-
its
further in the work of the Planning Commission. Those that
ticipate
to do so became members of the task forces. Much of the
elected
of the task forces was done during 1968. The names of the in-
work
who served on the. task forces are listed in the Appendix.
dividuals
Task Forces
operational plan provided for the creation of six task
The
in any one of the eight regions. None of the regional groups
forces
to have more than five task forces. The task force titles
elected
listed as follows:
are
Force I Prevalence of the Disabled
Task
Force II Facilities Sheltered Workshops Rehabili-
Task
Resources
tation
Force III- Interagency Coordination
Task
Force IV Vocational Training and Technical Changes
Task
Force V Barriers to Employment of the Handicapped
Task
Task Force VI Selected Locally
39

c
o o
:r
m o
I." 1 0
f 0 h
0
m 0

Assistant Project Director, Allan Go Wood, functioned
The
the staff coordinator of the task forces. He attended many of
as
meetings, furnished copies of relevant documents to the task
the
and conferred regularly with the leaders of each task force
forces,
assure that they would continue to progress with their study.
to
task forces themselves,-however, were given considerable latitude
The
their methods of operation and in their reports. This diversity
in
attested to by the conflicting reports prepared by some of them.
is
This diversity was welcomed.
Regional Committees
task forces were organized in regions. Eight regions
The
the state were designated on the basis ofdemographic data supplied
of
the State of Washington's Planning and Community Affairs Agency.
by
regional committee was headed by a chairman or by a co-chairman
Each
by the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation.
selected
of these chairmen were themselves members of the Commission,
Several
of the leaders were Legislators. All the committees operated in
Two
politically nonpartisan way. Efforts were made to include the
a
of both labor and industry, .all major disability groups, and
views
like. Partisans of particular viewpoints were welcomed, but did
the
not dominate the regional committees.
Subcontractors
Greenleigh Assoeiates, Inc.
in the planning project Greenleigh Associates, Inc.,
Early
management consulting firm in New York City, was asked to do a
a
This study was to provide the Commission with information
study.
where in government vocational rehabilitation serviceS should
about
After the contract was signed, but before any work was done on
be.
information about the contract was provided the leaders of a
it,
of state agencies. These leaders of other state agencies
number
to object to this study and it was cancelled.
tended
of the reasons for the objection was that Governor Daniel
One
Evans had appointed a task force of eminent citizens of thestate
J.
make recommendations about where all of the executive agencies of
to
government should be placed. The leaders of these many agencies
the
consulted as to their own recommendations for their agencies and
were
It was felt that the Greenleigh Associates, Inc. study, being
others.
as it was on one agency alone, would be unable to have the
focused
and the vision of those involved in the Governor's task force
breadth
on
executive reorganization.
41

authors of REHABILITATION IN WASHINGTON STATE PROGRAMS PROVIDED
The
STATE AGENCIES are photographed together with the book. Left to
BY
David C. Carson, Project Director, Planning Commission for
right:
Rehabilitation; John B. Welsh, Jr., Attorney for the Wash-
Vocational
State Legislative Council; E. M. Oliver, Director, Division of
ington
RehablJtationo Since 1945 Mro Oliver has been the chief
Vocational
officer for Vocational Rehabilitation in Washington
administrative
State.
42

Legislative Council
Legislative Council of the State of Washington has par-
The
importantly in the work of the Planning Commission for Voca-
ticipated
Rehabilitation. The Legislative Council is an official non-
tional
body created by the State Legislature td provide legal and
partisan
services to the Legislature. Members of the State House of
other
and the State Senate from both parties participate
Representatives
the work of the Legislative Council. Mr. Don Sampson is the
in
secretary. One of their attorneys, John B. Welsh, Jr., was
executive
by the Legislative Council to work part-time for the
assigned
Commission.
Planning
principal services were provided by the Legislative
Two
One of these was a compilation of laws relating to Voca-
Council.
Rehabilitation, a review of rehabilitation services of six
tional
state agencies and the interagency agreements which have
different
the effect of laws concerning vocational rehabilitation.
second function was the drafting of laws recommended
The
the Planning Commission. The staff of the Legislative Council
by
done and is doing this task. The printed report of these find-
has
REHABILITATION IN WASHINGTON STATE--PROGRAMS PROVIDED BY STATE
ings,
was the result of this study authorized by the Planning
AGENCIES,
through a contract signed with the Washington State Legis-
Commission
lative Council in November 1967.
Interagency Liaison
the State of Washington a Workshop and Facilities
Within
Program financed by federal funds has been the responsibility
Planning
Payson H. Jeynes of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, in
of
The Planning Commission has worked with Mr. Jeynes and others
Olympia.
assist in his planning. Our Task Force II on Workshops Facilities,
to
Resources served as the regional advisory committee for this re-
and
facilities service. The aim of the Planning Commission
habilitation
to provide services for all those individuals who need help from
is
facilities, and resources so that by 1975 everyone in the
workshops,
needing these services will be able to receive them.
state
Comprehensive Health Planni$.
the time Comprehensive Health Planning was authorized
At
1967, Governor Daniel J. Evans specified that it would be handled
in
the Planning and Community Affairs Agency of the State of
through
Prior to the staffing of the program with full-time
Washington.
a program management group made up of planners from other
people,
in the Health, Welfare, Manpower, Budget, and management
agencies
services was set up. The project director of the Planning Commission
43

Vocational Rehabilitation was appointed to this Program Manage-
for
Group and served regularly on it. This helped to insure that
ment
Comprehensive Health Planning would have some flavor of vocational
the
It also insured that the major coordination of activ-
rehabilitation.
provided by the Program Management Group would influence the
ities
Commission.
Planning
Meeting of Planners University of WaShington
meeting called by the staff of the Planning Commission
A
Vocational Rehabilitation was held in September 1967, at the
for
University of Washington.
number of state agencies and university departments were
A
This is reported in further detail in Chapter V.
represented.
(See. Appendix for Minutes).
Services to the Deaf
series of meetings concerning services to the deaf were
A
by the project director of'the Planning Commission for Voca-
called
Rehabilitation. Invited to the meetings were representatives
tional
professional organizations providing services for the deaf: public
of
State School for the Deaf, specil education section of the
schools,
Superintendent of Public Instruction, State Health Department,
State
Department of Institutions, private non-profit groups providing
the
for the deaf, university departments providing special
services
and the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. Some deaf
therapy,
were also invited in each instance.
leaders
series of meetings resulted in a permanent council of
The
the deaf. The purpose of the council is to coordinate
agenciesserving
agency services and to assist in legislative and other endeavors.
Trips t__o Rehabilitation Facilities
Commission assumed that the cooperation of other agencies
The
be required if the State of Washington would have a Comprehensive
would
Center and a Vocational Evaluation and Work Adjustment
Rehabilitation
Accordingly, staff members of several other state agencies
Center.
Washington State were invited to accompany Planning Commission
in
and staff on fact-finding tours of similar facilities in other
members
Included were representatives of Central Budget Agency, Depart-
states.
of Institutions, Department of Labor and Industries, Department
ment
Public Assistance, Employment Security Department, and the Division
of
Vocational Rehabilitation. The reports of these activities are
of
described further in Chapter V.
44

The Staff
staff of the Planning Commission has been composed of
The
following individuals:
the
were:
Consultants
C. Carson, M.A., Project Director
David
G. Wood, B.A., Assistant Project Director
Allan
J. Simila, Administrative Secretary
Mary
C. Benedict, Secretary
Mary
The following part-time and temporary clerical employees
Mead
Marjorie
Johns
Joyce
Alix Trager
Engle
Darlene
Howard
Maryrose
Consultants have included the following listed individuals:
William Wolfe, Director of Department of Special
Dr.
University of Texas
Education,
Hoyt Ponder, University of Washington
Dr.
Jeffrey G. Shapiro, Arkansas Rehabilitation
Dr.
and Training Center
Research
Albin, Computer Programmer, University of
Wayne
Washington
Ayers, graduate student in the Vocational
Andrea
Counselor Training Program, University
Rehabilitation
Washington
of
Lurie, graduate student in the Vocational
Joseph
Counselor Training Program, University
Rehabilitation
of Washington
Staff Functions "Donated"
Division of Vocational Rehabilitation graciously offered
The
provide staff assistance and other services to the Planning Com-
to
for Vocational Rehabilitation. They specifically authorized
mission
services for two research analysts and one public relations
half-time
In addition, all the bookkeeping and accounting services were
man.
by the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. For payroll
provided
the staff of the Planning Commissionwas served by the
services
of Vocational Rehabilitation. Thetime actually served by
Division
the three half-time staff members was minimal. They are:
45

Gibson, Research Analyst
Norman
Mead, Research Analyst
Jean
Elton Troth, Information Officer
M. Oliver, Director of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation,
E.
as Consultant to the Planning Commission.
served
functioning of the office of the Planning Commission
The
Vocational Rehabilitation, like the functioning of many other
for
offices, was largely influenced by the clerical staff. The
similar
operation is attributable in great part to the administrative
smooth
Mary Simila. She assisted admirably the other staff
secretary,
and was able to help get them to push the project toward
members
The other permanent secretary, Mary Benedict, worked
completion.
the task forces. She was largely responsible for the cler-
with
services to the task forces. She was able to complete this
ical
work with a minimum of supervision.
important
Jean Mead has been a valued and loyal member of the
Mrs.
of Vocational Rehabilitation for. several years. As research
staff
with overall supervision of the library of Vocational
analyst
she has learned which resources are available in
Rehabilitation
She not only helped provide these sources to the Planning
print.
she worked to help improve the style of the writings of
Commission;
Commission. Much of her work has had to be done after her reg-
the
employment was completed. Graceful touches in this and other
ular
materials of the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabili-
written
are often the product of Jean Mead. The Commission is par-
tation
grateful to Mrs. Simila, Mrs. Benedict, and Mrs. Mead for
ticularly
yeoman service.
their
M. Oliver has been State Director of Vocational Rehab-
E.
in Washington State since 1945. His national reputation
ilitation
vocational rehabilitation is deserved. The assistance.given
in
Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation and its staff
the
Mr. Oliver and the other staff members of Vocational Rehabili-
by
is hereby gratefully acknowledged. Mr. Oliver, on behalf
tation
the agency, applied for the grant which funded this two-year
of
proect. He served conscientiously the Planning Commission
long
as its Consultant.
Planning Commission hereby acknowledges with gratitude
The
assistance given it by the Office of the Governor and by officials
the
other governmental agencies. The contribution of the private sector
of
rehabilitation has been an important one. Some 700 of these indi-
in
who worked on the task forces and in other ways have been given
viduals
of appreciation signed by Daniel J. Evans, Governor of the
certificates
of Washington, in appreciation for their "valued contribution and
State
dedication in planning services for the handicapped and dis-
continued
advantaged to enable them to become employable."
46

CHAPTER IV
METHOD OF OPERATION
November 1967, the organization of the state into regions
In
task forces began. The Assistant Project Director was assigned
and
this responsibility.
one person would be supervising the fact-gathering
Since
of the study, the size of the regions, both in terms of popula-
phase
as well as geography, was considered to be important. Existing
tion
divisions were considered. The six districts of the Division
state
Vocational Rehabilitation were rejected as being too large, making
of
difficult to bring representative people together for meetings.
it
13 divisions of the state used by the State Planning and Community
The
Agency were studied. These were also rejected as the time
Affairs
would not allow for the organizing and completion of the
schedule
in so many regions.
survey
the state was divided into eight convenient
Ultimately,
determined by concentration of population and accessibility
regions
to a suitable meeting place. (See map on preceding page.)
each of the eight regions a general chairman was selected.
For
two regions two persons served as co-chairmen. Appropriately
In
scheduled organizational meetings were arranged in each region.
sufficient time to allow for a response, letters of
In
were sent to county health officers, county commissioners,
invitation
school superintendents, heads of state agencies, labor union
county
mayors of.cities, heads of hospitals and institutions, presi-
leaders,
of chapters of the Washington Association for Retarded Children,
dents
of Economic Opportunity staff members, members of health coun-
Office
members of the Coordinating Council for Occupational Education,
cils,
of the Community College Board, county extension agents, and
members
of Vocational Rehabilitation staff members, as well as
Division
Enclosed with these invitations were information sheets
legislators.
the scope and purpose of the planning project. The letter
explaining
invitation asked the person if he would come to work. Approximately
of
one hundred people attended each o2 the eight regional meetings.
was planned that the task forces.would meet monthly for
It
six months. Most of the meetings were held in 1968,
approximately
the reports of the task forces being received by regional chair-
with
in the autumn.
men
47

47( )

attempt was made to assist the task forces, particu-
An
in routine ways. For example, a task force secretary could
larly
one copy of the minutes of a meeting to the project office,
send
the project office staff would make appropriate copies and
where
them to the task force members. Copies of relevant
distribute
were provided task force members. Final reports of one
documents
force were sent to similar task forces throughout the state.
task
Assistant Project Director contacted the chairman of each task
The
on a regular basis, attended a number of the meetings, and
force
the task forces to gather information helpful to them-
encouraged
and to the Planning Commission. Guidelines for the final
selves
were distributed.
reports
Force I, on the Prevalence of Disability, had
Task
assistance from the staff and from graduate students employed
special
to gather data.
Force II, Workshops, Facilities, and Resources, had
Task
its objective a comprehensive study of workshops and facilities.
for
the eight study groups was Payson Jeynes, State Supervisor
Assisting
Facility Services for the Division of Vocational
forRehabilitation
Mr. Jeynes served a dual purpose in his consulting
Rehabilitation.
He served the Planning Commission as he gathered information
role.
be incorporated into his Interim State Plan for Workshops and
to
Facilities.
proved to be a satisfactory arrangement and Mr. Jeynes
This
helpful in providing expert direction to the task forces as they
was
to assess the kinds and quality of workshops and facilities
sought
available to certain handicapped people in this state.
now
helpful to this.phase of the study was a comprehensive
Also
detailed directory by Betty Marion, Charles Freeman, Carolyn
and
and Larry Paustian, graduate students in Vocational Counsel-
Fisher,
at the University of Washington. Dr. Jerald Forster provided
ing
direction and editorial comments. It was published in the
general
of 1968 by the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabili-
summer
tation.
members of the five task forces in each region met as
The
Almost without exception they worked conscientiously to
scheduled.
their tasks. In so doing they learned about the present
complete
to rehabilitate the handicapped and disadvantaged, heard
program
reports of its limitations, and suggested improvements.
candid discussions about vocational rehabilitation
The
the task force meetings and the resulting frank reports taught
in
participants how marvelous this program of vocational rehabili-
the
can be and how inadequately it is now serving the people of
tation
State of Washington. More community leaders have seriously
the
the rehabilitation program than ever before. Their
considered
48

are sensible, practical, reflect their concern for
recommendations
in the delivery of services.
improvements
------A PROBLEM FOR TASK FORCES, TOO
in the social sciences is inherently difficult;
Research
can one construct a project that meets all the
rarely
for scientific precision and o.rderliness that
criteria
some of the elegant research designs One
characterizes
in the physical sciences. For obvious reasons,
finds
research is even more difficult.
evaluative
Guidelines for Task Forces
E. Carroll, Director
Terence
Institutes on Rehabili-
Nat'l
tation and Health Services
the following page is a brief description of the several
On
forces. Each person invited to a regional meeting was handed
task
a sheet to help him decide on which of the task forces he would
such
It was felt that self-selection was the best technique.
serve.
guidelines prepared by the staff for each of the task
The
were handed the members after they had selected a particular
forces
force. These guidelines were modeled after those of the State-
task
Rehabilitation Planning Project of the State of Texas. The
wide
guidelines were designed by John Fenoglio and the other assist-
Texas
project director there, before he became Project Director in the
ant
State of Washington. Copies of the guidelines follow.
49

WASHINGTON STATE PLNING COMMISSION FOR VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
Task Force I The Disabled
TASK FORCES
purpose of this group is to determine the prevalence of disability in the
The
The categories of disability are broad ones which include physical limita-
region.
emotional problems, intellectual retardation, and cultural deprivation.
tions,
who are in prisons, reformatories, jails, mental hospitals, schools for the
Those
and special education classes have handicaps. Most of the 80,000 adults
retarded,
Washington State who cannot read at the sixth grade level are handicapped
in
Those receiving public assistance generally are handicapped. The
vocationally.
person and the migrant farm worker often is handicapped. Handicapping
displaced
tend to increase with age and with poverty. Determine who has what dis-
conditions
how many have multiple handicaps.
ability,
Force II Rehabilitation Facilities Sheltered Wrkshops Rehabilitation
Task
Resources
purpose of this task force is to study the kinds of agencies listed above.
The
presently available in your region should be studied to determine the need
Those
them, the need for changes in them, the need for new ones. What disability
for
are served by them? How effective are the staff members? How does the
groups
unit cost compare with other such institutions? How well do they diagnose,•
per
and/or train the vocationally handicapped? Are adequate services available
treat,
or not in your region?
Task Force III- Interagency Coordination
problems are multiple and interrelated and do not fit into a single
People's
for service by any one agency. There has been a proliferation of agencies,
category
public and private. Poor organization, duplication, gaps in services, cross-
both
and confusion are hurtful to the handicapped and induce or continue de-
purposes
Services should be provided in a frugal way. The purpose of this task
pendency.
is to study interagency coordination and to recommend improvements in the
force
delivery system of services to the handicapped.
Task Force IV Vocational Training and Technical Changes
This task force has four primary objectives:
To identify present training facilities
i.
To consider needs for new, improved, or expanded
2.
acilities
training
TO determine what gaps exist in present vocational
3.
training
To enumerate technical changes which presently
4.
require job training or retraining
Task Force V Barriers to Employment of the Handicapped
purpose of this task force is to consider those regulatory, architectural,
The
informational, legislative, educational, and other barriers to the
financial,
of the handicapped. The elimination or the reduction of these barriers
employment
the goal.
is
Task Force VI Selected Locally
Chairmen are encouraged to organize additional task force(s) to meet
Regional
needs.
local
50
DGG 2/23/68

1-30-68
WASHINGTON STATE PLANNING COMMISSION FOR VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
TASK FORCE I THE DISABLED
Guidelines
order to really know the correlation between the disabled and the services
In
to them it is important to determine the number of disabled residing
available
in this region. Useful data might be obtained by:
A comprehensive survey of categories of disabled persons within
Ao
region at present through:
our
Local office of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
i.
State Department of Public Assistance
2.
Services to the Blind
3.
Social Security Administration, Disability Determination
4.
Schools Local and State offices
5.
Community agencies, i.e., Red Cross, Heart, Cancer,
6.
Associations, etc.
Tuberculosis
Other sources which you may develop, both private and public
7.
B. Recommendations should
Be based on providing comprehensive vocatlonal.rehabilltatlon
i.
to all the disabled who need, desire and would most
services
likely be eligible for such services by 1975.
Be put on a priority basis in order to meetimmediate needs
2.
to plan for long range needs
and
kinds of information helpful to members of this task force will be
Certain
by the staff. Present and projected population figures, the numbers
provided
kinds of medical, dental, psychological, and other staff members, and the
and
will be provided where possible.
like
¸51

TASK FORCE I qUE, STIONNAIP.
Services available to the disabled include: I. Diagnostic;
Io
Treatment; and 3. Evaluation and training. In your research did
2.
find the disabled appropriating these available services; if so,
you
what degree? If not, why not? In what wys might they be improved?
to
Note your impressions by the following categories:
A. Physical disabilities
Psycho social disabilities
C. Mentally Iii
D. Mentally Retarded
E. Blind and Visually disabled
F. Deaf
G. Aged
H. Migrant Workers
I. Others
52

What recommendations do you suggest, from the viewpoint of the
II.
you have contacted for new, mproved or expanded services,
handicapped
order that comprehensive vocational rehabilitation services might
in
provided for your reglon/county?
be
53

Disability Categories
(Applicable to Agencies for the Blind)
Blind
Visual Impairments
Other
Impairments
Hearing
Deaf
Totally
Orthopedic deformity or impairments except
Other
(make maximum breakdowns
amputations
as paraplegia)
such
or Amputation of Members
Absence
Personality Disorders
Mentaland
Disorders
Psychotic
Disorders
Neurotic
Alcoholism
Addiction
Drug
character, personality, and
Other
disorders
behavior
Conditions
Cardiac
Circulatory Conditions
Other
Diseases
Respiratory
System Disorders
Digestive
Retardation
Mental
if possible; mild, moderate,
(breakdown,
severe)
and
Cancer
Stroke
Impairments
Speech,
if possible; such as Functional,
(breakdown,
Palate, laryngectomies, Aphasia)
Cleft
Others
All
maximum breakdowns feasible; such as
(make
Palsy, Arthritis, Multiple Sclerosis,
Cerebral
Dystrophy, Parkinson's Disease,
uscular
Diabetes, Haemophilia, etc.)
Colostomies,
54

WASHINGTON STATE PLANNING COMMISSION FOR VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
TASK FORCE II WORKSHOPS FACILITIES AND RESOURCES
set of Definitions and Guidelines is furnished to provide direction for
This
research. The definitions are established by statute.
the
DEFINITIONS:
Rehabilitation Facility
facility operated for the primary purpose of assisting in the rehabili-
A
of handicapped persons:
tation
1. Providing one of the following types of services:
Or
Provided:
Testing, fitting or training in the use of prostheses.
(a)
Pre-vocational or conditioning therapy.
(b)
Physical therapy or occupational therapy.
(c)
Adjustment training.
(d)
(e) Evaluation, treatment, or control of special disabilities.
Where there is provided an integrated program of medical,
2.
psychological, social and vocational evaluation
vocational,
and services under competent professional supervision.
The major portion of such evaluation and services is furnished
i.
the facility.
within
All medical and health services are prescribed and/or super-
2.
by a physician.
vised
Sheltered Workshop
place where any manufacture or handiwork is carried on and which is
A
primarily to provide gainful employment for severely handicapped
operated
persons:
As an interim step in the rehabilitation process toward
i.
employment in the competitive labor market; or
permanent
While employment opportunities for them do not.exist in the
2.
labor market.
competitive
55

Rehabilitation Resource
comprehensive rehabilitation planning, a program of activities is
For
rehabilitation "resource" when
a
The program meets neither the Federal definitions of
i.
facility" nor "sheltered workshop", and
"rehabilitation
The program treats chronic, non-self-terminating physical,
2.
or emotional handicapping conditions, and
mental,
The services of the program contribute significantly to a
3.
plan with a vocational objective, and
rehabilitation
The program accepts direct referrals from DVR, with or
4.
payment of fees, costs, etc. by DVR.
without
in this task force will function as the regional advisory committee for
Those
State of Washington Workshop and Facility.Planning headed by Payson H.
the
Rehabilitation Facility Services, P. O. Box 528, Olympia, Washington
Jeynes,
The aim of the planning is to provide services for all those individ-
98501.
who need help from workshops, facilities, and resou=ces so that by the
uals
1975 everyone in the state needing these services will be able to receive
year
them.
5.6

GUIDELINES
Guidelines may be modified to serve as workable instruments suited to
These
area being studied.
the
vocational rehabilitation process is cnplex, and in effect, represents a
The
of the services of numerous facilities and disciplines on the problems
focusing
the disabled person. One counselor working alone woid rehabilitate very
of
people, but with a comprehensive range of services available to draw upon
few
can do an effective job for his clients. For this reason workshops, facili-
he
and other resources are essential factorsin providing for comprehensive
ties
vocational rehabilitation services.
The following points are suggested as guidelines for task forces:
i. Analysis of regional workshops.
General sheltered workshops
A.
Number of Handicapped served.
I.
2. Range of skills required to do the variety of jobs offered.
Specialized workshops
B.
By type of disability.
i.
Blind or visually disabled.
a.
Mentally retarded.
b.
Mentally ill.
c.
Orthopedic impairments.
d.
e.
Cerebral palsied.
Epileptic.
f.
Aged.
g.
By rehabilitation goals or type of operation. What produced.
2.
Evaluation.
a.
Personal habits.
(i)
Work adjustment.
(2)
Employment potential.
(3)
Terminal.
b.
For those considered unable to ever work
(i)
the competitive job market.
in
Severely disabled.
(2)
Aged.
(3)
Staffing
C.
Is staffing adequate?
i.
Does staff meet professional standards?
2.
Are volunteers being effectively utilized?
3.
Utilization of present workshops, facilities, and resources
D.
Are services available to all the disabled in ourregion
i.
need or request them?
who
Are there overlaps in services offered by various workshops,
2.
facilities, and resources?
Projection of needfor additional workshops, facilities, and resources
E.
How many more disabled can be expected to need services in
i.
region by 1975? (Correlate with findings of Task Force I)
.this
How must workshops, facilities, and resources be modified or
2.
to accommodate these needs?
expanded
57

TASK FORCE II .QUES.TIONNAIRE
What workshops, facilities, and resources in the region or county are now pro-
I.
the following types of personal treatment services to the disabled?
viding
A. Diagnosis(Name)
Is there, in the region or the county, a comprehensive workshop,
i.
or resource for disability diagnosis?
facility,
a. If yes, describe it
all present workshops, facilities, and resources being utilized
Are
the disabled?
for
a. If yes, how?
b. If no, why not?
What are the present capacities of diagnostic workshops, facilities,
3.
resources serving the disabled?
and
What additional diagnostic workshops, facilities, and resources are
4.
needed?
58

B. Treatment (List by types of service offered)
Are all workshops, treatment facilities, and resources being utilized
I.
the purpose of providing vocational rehabilitation services to
for
disabled?
the
If yes., how?
a.
b. If no, why not?
What are the individual and combined capacities of workshops, treatment
2.
and resources in terms of the number of disabled they can
facilities,
serve at one time?
Wha additional workshops, treatment facillt±es, and resources in
3.
opinion, would best accomplish the goal of this study?
your
C. Evaluation and Training (List sope of each)
59

How are present evaluation and training workshops, facilities,
i.
resources being utilized in the vocational rehabilitation of
and
the disabled?
How many disabled individuals can be served currently by these
2.
facilities, and resources?
workshops,
Write your own analysis of the workshops, facilities, and resources in
II.
region or county, based on what you have observed during the course
your
this study. Please make recommendations for new, expanded or modi-
of
workshops, facilities, and resources on a priority basis.
fied
60

WASHINGTON STATE PLANNING COMMISSION FOR VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
TASK FORCE III INTER-AGENCY COORDINATION
Guidelines
11/21/67
problems are multiple and interrelated and do not fit into a single
People's
for service by any one agency; therefore, to m6et clients' needs,
category
must have access to many types of specialized services. Consequently,
agencies
are dependent upon one another if they are to provide adequately for
agencies
their clients.
might assume that these agencies would be fully aware of each other's
One
and would constantly refer cass to each other. Unfortunately, this
services
not generally the case. It has been found that agencies in general do not
is
what other agencies are doing or planning, even if they both are concerned
know
the same category of disability. Much of this problem is owing to lack of
with
media through which thinking and information could be exchanged.
communication
To study these problems this task force is to:
and analyze current inter-agency coordination.
Study
together members of thevarious local agencies that provide
Bring
services to the handicapped and exchange information.
Survey the agencies serving the region.
ways by which closer coordination can be accomplished
Recommend
all community agencies both private and public to
between
in greater benefits for all the handicapped population in the
result
region.
Suggested means for achieving these goals:
Ascertain existing agencies functioning in the region.
1.
Determine its authority (federal, state, local, public, private,
a.
etc.)
Determine its purpose {type of service provided or which
b.
category)
handicap
Coordinated with which community services or agencies.
c.
Procedures for Inter-Agency Exchange
2.
Determine referral procedures
a.
criterion
(1)
data required
(2)
standard fees
(5)
inter-agency staffing
(4)
Joint programs
b.
to sponsor activities of mutual,benefit
(1)
leadership training
(a)
operate common facility
(b)
Consider adequacy of present and projected inter-agency coo.rdination and
5.
ways in which closer cooperation between agencies providing
recommend
can be developed to provide adequate vocational rehabilitation
services
to fulfill the need of the handicapped individuals.
services
.61

TASK FORCE III UESTIO,NNAIRE
questionnaire is provided for optional use in cgnJunction with the
This
Force III Guidelines. It is not intended to be comprehensive or
Task
but merely a beginning for the task force members to pur-
all-inclusive
and study in depth those areas of interest to the local community.
sue
I. What local agencies are providing services to the handicapped
A. Whattypes of srvices are provided?
B. Cost of service?
C. Restrictions--age, sex, type of disability, etc.
II. Referral Policy
A. What method is used?
B. What are the sources of agency referrals?
62

C. Is there a system for reporting back on referred clients?
IIl. Coordination:
Is the present interagency Coordination satisfactory? If
A.
what do you recommend?
not,
B. Do agencies exchange information and confidential records?
C. Are there any interagency agreements?
D. Are there any anticipated future interagency problems?
If so, what do you recommend?
Request any other recommendations, comments, gripes, etc.,
IV.
may be beneficial in providing better vocational re-
which
services to the handicapped individuals in your
habilitation
region/county.
hatarrangements have been made for regional planning, on a
V.
basis, for services to disabled persons?
continual

Name of Aency:
2. Address of Agency:
TASK FORCE ,II,I
SUPPLEMENTARY WORKSHEET
SRVEY OF AGEN$IES AND ORq,ANIZATIO
3. Structure of Agency (if percentage, indicate)
Federal
Mu{cip State
lity
a
Local
County
Non-Profit
Private
4. Source of Referral:
Physician
Service
Employment
Welfare
Institution
Educational
Association
Health
Individual
Other
5. Type of Service Provided:
Service
Medical
Counseling
As'itance
Ffnancial
Shelter
Service
Psychiatric
Placement
Research
Other
6. Cost to Client:
None
Ability to pay
On
fee
Regular
(explain
Other
64

7. Services Restricted
Type of Disability
Sex
*If checked, please describe restrictions: i.e., Ages 10-16 only, etc.

TASK FORCE IV GUIDELINES
VOCATIONAL TRAINING AND TECHNICAL CHANGES
1-30-68
the disabled individual frequently is at the fFinge of the job market
Since
terms of vocational skills and training, too many times he is among those
in
hired and first fired." The task force on vocational training and
"last
change has four primary objectives:
technical
To identify present training facilities
i.
To consider needs for new, improved, or expanded
2.
facilities
training
To determine what gaps exist in present vocational
3.
training
To enumerate technical changes, which presently
4.
require job training or retraining.
general, vocational training for the handicapped in industry is handled by
In
training, or formal apprenticeships for the skilled trades.
on-the-job
education programs are administered through the public school system,
Special
education for a variety of disabilities which include the blind,
providing
sighted, physically handicapped, neurologically impaired, deaf,
partially
retarded, those requiring speech and hearing therapy, and the emotionally
mentally
Work habits rather than job skills are stressed in secondary school
disturbed.
education programs.
special
the program for the education of the migrant worker is relatively new
Although
the curriculum of the publicschools, it is now receiving greatly increased
in
Is it recognized as one aspect of education in your local school
attention.
district?
to rehabilitation and available to the handicapped in our area are
Related
programs for adults and out-of-school youth who attend classes on
educational
part-time basis. Special needs for full-time continuing education are met
a
public schools, vocational-technical schools, community colleges, business
in
and other colleges and universities. The Federal Manpower Development
colleges
Training Act offers retraining for those who are unemployed and for those
and
need upgrading and are capable of handling more than they are at the present
who
Training in basic education skills is also offered through MDTA. More
time.
40 different separate training programs are being provided directly through
than
funds. Studies of these services may indicate some areas where over-
Federal
lapping can be avoided.
1965 literacy is being promoted through the Adult Basic Education program,
Since
adults are encouraged to complete high school through the Adult High School
and
Diploma program and the program for the Certificate of Educational Competence.
66

TASK FORCE IV UESTIONNAIRE
VOCATIONAL TRAINING AD TECICAL CHANCE
order to accomplish the purposes of this study, it may be
In
to survey your community as to the numb#r and types of train-
propriate
ing. facilities available to the disabled.
the facilities in your community presently providing vo-
List
training to the disabled and briefly describe the type
cational
of raining offered:
What other present training facilities might be utilized for
2.
disabled?
the

Which educational programs are being utilized? (check where
3.
appropriate)
Adult Migrant Education SpeCial Education
What disabling categories? (list)
Are local labor unions participating in on-the-job training or
4.
for the disabled?
apprenticeships
If yes, which one, and in what ways?

What industries or businesses are presently providing on-the-
job training to disabled persons?
What others could be utilized?
69

6. What technical changes will require'new training facilities?
7. nat new training facilities will be needed?
In what ways are the present training needs of your region be-
8.
met, and in what ways might they be improved?
ing
7O

9. rite your reeomendations for future training needs
71

11/21/67
WASHINGTON STATE PLANNING COMMISSION FOR VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
TASK FORCE V BARRIERS TO EMPLOYMENT OF THE HANDICAPPED
Guidelines
guidelines for surveying the barriers confronting the handicapped
Suggested
in his pursuit for developing his maximum potential.
individual
regulatory, architectural, financial, manpower, social, cultural, age,
Consider
awareness, barriers, and other deterrents that are prevelant in your
public
community.
I. Regul.atory Barriers
Restricted Services
A.
Age groups-
i.
Locality requirements
2.
Specific disabling categories
5.
Unrealistic physical standards
4.
Undue emphasis on immediate vocational objectives
5.
Appropriations effects on
B.
Manpower and recruiting
1.
Facilities and services
2.
Percent of handicapped population served
S.
Backlog awaiting service
a.
individuals unaware of vocational rehabilitation
b.
possibilities
Recommend actions necessary to overcome, both present and
C.
II. Financial Barriers
barriers that effect the rehabilitation processes
future,
your community
in
Sources of program support
A.
Private support
1.
a.
endoents
civic organizations
b:
contributed services
c.
Local
2.
city
a.
county
b.
State and federal
S.
adequacy of support
a.
special education in public schools
b.
Anticipated future fund requirements
B.
Sources
1.
Aount
2.
Procedures for procuring funds
S.
4. Support in poverty areas
72

III. Public Awareness
is generally recognized that the ±nterests of the local population
It
best served where there is sustained local interest and participa-
are
This is especially true of this statewide planning for compre-
tion.
vocational rehabilitation services for a11 handicapped Washing-
hensive
tonians.
Public awareness programs should set A. orth"
Size and nature of the disabled population
1.
Needs of the handicapped
2.
Contribution to local, state and national economy
3.
Numbers presently utilizing vocational rehabilitation services
4.
Emphasize responsibility community has for care of its own
5.
Commission's Public Information Program should:
B.
Incorporate the use of all news media for creating a public
i.
of the Statewide Planning Project and its purpose.
awareness
Publicize the task forcefunctions and areas of responsi-
2.
bility.
Enlist the aid of all professional organizations in defining the
C.
Project and its purpose to professionals in all allied fields.
Study and recommend a system of public information and public
D.
programs to inform the general public on:
relations
Basic knowledge of the handicapped and disabled
1.
Referral information
2.
Available vocational rehabilitation facilities and services
3.
Needed vocational rehabilitation facilities and services
4.
IV. Architectural and Design Barriers
Identify present physical barriers of the handicapped individual.
A.
should include his entire environment; home, training area,
This
place of employment, transportation, transient facilities,
.workshop,
area, etc.
recreational
Recommend procedures and methods to mitigate or eliminate all
B.
barriers
existing
Recommend specific design characteristics and features to be
C.
in future facilities and equipment which will be or
considered
may be utilized by the handicapped.
73

questionnaire is provided for optional use in conjunction with
This
Task Force V Guidelines. It. is not intended to be comprehensive or
the
but merely a beginning for the task force members to pur-
all-inclusive
and study in depth those areas of interest to the local community.
sue
Financial and Legislative
methods of financing services for vocational rehabilita-
What
programs are currently in use in your community?
tion
a.. 1r state government
b. by city and county government
c. by non-profit agencies
d. by private agencies
e. y federal government
f. by others

What anunts of money have been spent for operation of vocational
2.
services and facilities in your area?
rehabilitation
a. this year
b. last year
c. ten years ago
What has been done; what is being' done now; and what should be
3.
about applying for federal grants-in-aid to help provide
done
rehabilitation services for the handicapped in your
vocational
region?
4. Recommendations
Public Awareness
to change, expand, or rescind current legislation to im-
a.
Vocational Rehabilitation srvices to the handi-
prove
capped
to initiate new legislation for correcting current defici-
b.
and providing adequate services in anticipation of
encies
future needs
What are the key local organizations and agencies which have
I.
most interested, and helpful, in VR programs?
been

ho are the key individuals in the community who can or should
2.
expected to take the lead in securing local action on be-
be
half of Vocational Rehabilitation?
nat officers and administrative units of city and oo'ty gov-
3.
can be counted on for help in sscuring local support?
e.ent
hat is being done in your region/countyto increase public
4.
and information about VR services to secure public
awareness
for improving services and facilities; and to encour-
support
individual use of these services and facilities when
age
needed and available?
hat are the best methods to .use in carrying out the public
5.
objective in your region? County? Community?
awareness
a.
public meetings
open houses at VR facilities
b.
speeches to local clubs, or groups
c.
printed leaflets
d.
newspapers
e.
radio and T spots or programs
f.
other
g.
76

CHAPTER V
FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Estimates of the Prevalence and lnc±dence of HandieappedPersons
principal concern of the Planning Commission for Voca-
One
Rehabilitation was the determination of the number and kind
tional
disabled persons in the State of Washington. The determination
of
incidence of vocational disability was necessary in order to
of
the correlation between the disabled and the services
establish
to them and to plan for adequate future services.
available
THE COISSIONRECOMMENDS:
the Department of Planning and Community Affairs (or
That
successor agency) in cooperation with the Division of
its
Rehabilitation, the Departments of Health,
Vocational
Public Assistance and Employment Security,
Institutions,
and the Regional Medical Program:
expand studies to identify thehandicapped in
1.
state;
the
study private and voluntary organizations as
2.
as state organizations which provide
well
services to these handicapped;
determine the number of disabled who seek
3.
who are rejected for these services;
services
and
recommend the allocation of staff to serve fully
4.
disabled people.
all
is defined as the total number of handicapped
Prevalence
in the State of Washington at a given point in time. Inci-
people
is defined as the number who become handicapped during a one
dence
period.
year
methods involved included the assignment of a.task
The
in each regional committee of the state. .Of all the task
force
these encountered the greatest problems. In the summer
forces,
1968 a conference of task force leaders was held, plus staff
of
of the State Planning and Community Affairs Agency, the
members
of Vocational Rehabilitation, university staff members
Division
77

staff members of the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehab-
and
Two graduate students at the University of Washington in
ilitation.
Counseling were employed for two months each in 1968
Rehabilitation
do esearch in this field.
to
studies were considered. Two'reports were parti-
National
helpful. The two most influential were CHRONIC CONDITIONS
cularly
ACTIVITY LIMITATION, UNITED STATES,. July 1961-June 1963, National
AND
for Health Statistics, Series I0, No. 17, U. S. Department of
Center
Education and Welfare, Public Health Services, May 1965,
Health,
D.C.; and DISABILITY WORK AND INCOME MAINTENANCE: PRE-
Washington,
OF DISABILITY, 1966, Lawrence W. Haber, Social Scurity
VALENCE
U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Social
Bulletin,
Security Administration, May 1968.
addition, the final reports of the statewide planning
In
from many of the other states were studied to gather relevant
studies
The Commission would like to acknowledge particularly the help.
data.
has come from the Final Report of the State of Wisconsin,
that
Sather, Ph.D., Project Administrator, and the Final Report,
William
Planning for Vocational Rehabilitation Services,
ComprehensiveStatewide
of Ohio, David Tait, Ed.D., Research Director. The major help
State
Jerald Forster, Ph.D., Professor of Rehabilitation Counseling,
of
of Washington, who served as Task Force I Chairman in the
University
area; and Donald R. Johns, Ph.D., Assistant Supervisor of
Seattle
State of Washington, Department of Institutions, who was
Planning,
of Task Force I in the South Puget Sound Region, is acknowl-
Chairman
Dr. Johns discussed the study on the prevalence of disability
edged.
several occasions. Dr. Forster was the supervisor of two graduate
on
at the University of Washington, Miss Andrea Ayers and Mr.
students
Lurie, who gathered data on the prevalence of disability. Mr.
Joseph
W. Walker, Supervisor of the Population and Research Division
John
the Planning and Community AffairsAgency, State of Washington,
of
the documents of his agency on population and also partici-
shared
in the conference held in 1968 on the prevalence of disability.
pated
summary, it is estimated that the incidence of potential
In
to Vocational Rehabilitation in the year 1975 is 37,500.
referrals
number of people, 37,500, would be expected to request Vocational
This
services in 1975 and be both eligible and feasible
Rehabilitation
these services. This many people should be rehabilitated, in 1975.
for
is expected that this would involve at least a ten-fold increase
It
staff and case service monies. The combination of service agencies
in
have a synergistic effect, providing better services at lower
should
However, the increasing costs to the more severely disabled
costs.
have the effect of increasing costs.
will
78

37,500
feasible and interested potential new
Eligible,
clients of Vocational Rehabilitation in the year 1975
12,500
disabled
Physically
people
of total clients
1/3
25,000
ill, alcoholics, mental
Mentally
public offenders,
retardates,
disadvantaged
socially
2/3 of total clients
have, however, taken the position that rehabilitation
We
the long run pays rather than costs. To the degree that the
in
people can be made self-supporting, society is benefited.
handicapped
benefit to society is both short-range and long-range.
This
are many complicating factors in trying to anticipate
There
number of handicapped individuals in Washington State in the year
the
Our government is even now deploying weapons for atomic war-
1975.
If we have this kind of war, how many handicapped people will
fare.
be left in the United States: one million, fifty million, or none?
State has an exceptionally high level of income.
Washington
in recent years according to figures of the Employment Secu-
However,
Department of Washington State, this state has had approximately
rity
percent more unemployed people than has the nation as a whole.
one
marginal person who is unemployed in another state tends to be
The
to areas with high employment and high wages, irrespective of
drawn
the actual employment which might be offered him.
1968 amendments to the Vocational Rehabilitation Act
The
Considerably the eligibility criteria for vocational rehab-
widened
services. Not only are family members of handicapped persons
ilitation
eligible for services, but the socially disadvantaged also were
now
eligible. The poor have more handicaps than those who have
made
Public Assistance cases have more disabilities than the rest
money.
the population. The Public Assistance roll has been kept down in
of
because of the residence requirement. It is postulated that if
part
requirement were eliminated, there would be an influx of recip-
this
from other states, people drawn to the high Public Assistance
ients
in this state. This is already happening in some states. In
grants
week 50,000 new Public Assistance recipients were added to the
one
in New York City, alone. Washington State, too, might see an
roll
of recipients from less generous Western states since the test
influx
court case knocks out the residence requirement for Public Assistance.
solutions have been advanced to meet this problem.
Several
is the suggestion of Governor Nelson Rockefeller of New York that
One
Public Assistance be made a nationwide, Federally supported effort.
79.

second suggestion is that of the economic advisor to U.S. Senator
A
Goldwater, Milton Friedman, a professor of Economics at the
Barry
of Chicago, that there be a negative income tax. What-
University
the solution, it is assumed that the existing Public Assistance
ever
will get worse before it gets better. There is a crisis
situation
welfare services in the United States, and in'Washington State.
in
reasoned estimate of services for this population seems to
Every
low.
prove
of the following material is adapted from the Final
Much
Comprehensive Statewide Planning for Vocational Rehabili-
Report
Services Wisconsin, Division of Vocational Rehabilitation,
tation
Sather, Ph.D., Project Administrator, 1968.
William
Estimates of Vocational Rehabilitation Need
this section information from various sources will be
In
in order to estimate the total number of handicapped in-
analyzed
in Washington who should receive Vocational Rehabilitation
dividuals
during the 1975 fiscal.year. The year 1975 is the one in
services
the expansion of Vocational Rehabilitation programs and ser-
which
should reach a point of saturation so that all handicapped
vices
persons in need will be served.
need for vocational rehabilitation services may be
The
by professional judgment, but the various levels of
determined
for service are directly related to the motivation of handi-
demand
persons. A basic goal for Vocational Rehabilitation, in
capped
with other agencies, is not only to reach all eligible
cooperation
persons to inform them of vocational rehabilitation ser-
handicapped
available, but to motivate them to accept needed services.
vices
point of saturation is reached when the backlog of clients has
The
served and the lowest practical level of demand for services
been
been filled. In order to reach this lowest practical level it
has
be necessary to contact large numbers of handicapped persons,
will
of whom will prove to be infeasible for service because they
many
too poorly motivated. On the other hand, procedures should be
are
to continuously increase the proportion of clients con-
developed
who can be successfully motivated. Public information on
tacted
rehabilitation is a recognized need. Widespread publicity,
vocational
for a program unable to meet the demands made upon it, does
however,
to improve the program image. (See Administrative Aspects,
little
Public Relations, page 208.)
technical definition of clients served by Vocational
A
is the total number who appear on the agency caseload
Rehabilitation
a given year regardless of whether they were carried over
during
the previous year, referred and/or accepted for service during
from
year, closed rehabilitated or not rehabilitated .during the year
the
carried over to the next year.
or
80

of numbers of clients who should be served in
Estimates
are made for the following target populations: Persons who
1975
a disability which is a vocational handicap, including the so-
have
disadvantaged, mentally ill, alcoholics, mental retardates
cially
public offenders. The basic methodology employed in arriving
and
estimates for the group follows:
at
of an estimate of the revlence of persons
Establishment
employable ase (or some more appropriate ase range)_ who should at
of
time be referred for vocational rehabilitation services. Preva-
some
is defined as the total number of handicapped persons in a tar-
lence
group in the State of Washington at a given point in time, e.g.,
get
1975.
of an estimate of number of persons of employ-
Derivation
age who should be referred for vocational rehabilitation during
able
one-Yea p.e.riod (i.e., 1975.) This is related to the incidence of
a
handicapped persons, i.e., the number who become handi-
vocationally
capped during a one-year period.
of the Vocational Rehabilitation caseload indicates
Analysis
there is a significant proportion of clients in each target group
that
in a given year who had been served by Vocational Rehabilitation
served
or more times previously. This is because some clients who have
one
rehabilitated are found to be in need of services again. These
been
are reopened so that additional services can be provided. Some
cases
groups such as alcoholics and the mentally ill may be less
target
resulting in greater proportions requiring services more than
stable,
once.
in future years more emphasis will be placed
Furthermore,
selective follow-up of closed cases so that the proportion of closed
on
that are reopened will increase. The estimates of the numbers
cases
to be served in each target group in 1975 will be conserva-
of.clients
if the clients who are.to be served more than once are not taken
tive
account. Therefore, an allowance of about 20 to 25 percent should
into
be added to the estimate of the number to be served.
these figures would be exaggerated if consideration were
Yet
given to duplication of count. The estimates of the numbers of
not
to be served in each target group have been arrived at inde-
persons
without taking into account the number of potentialclients
pendently
can be assigned to two or more target groups. For example, there
who
some mentally ill individuals who are also mentally retarded.
are
extent to which the estimates of numbers to be served in each
The
group are inflated because of this resulting duplication of
target
cannot be determined with accuracy until more research is done.
count
this time, it is therefore assumed that the inflating and deflating
At
factors described above offset each other.
81

indicated, the point of saturation in program develop-
As
will be reached when the entire backlog of handicapped persons
ment
need has been served. As vocational rehabilitation programs ex-
in
a part of this backlog will be served each year through 1975.
pand,
order to maintain this level of saturation each year beyond 1975,
In
number of clients who are brought into the caseload each year
the
be about equal to the number who are closed either rehabili-
should
or not rehabilitated. The flow chart of service statistics
tated
the five-year period 1964-1968 shows this has not been the case
for
the Washington Division of Vocational Rehabilitation.
for
are factors which may result in continuing program
There
beyond 1975 such as:
expansion
increase in the general population resulting
continued
proportionate increase in the handicapped popula-
in
tion;
eligibility criteria so that greater pro-
broadened
of the handicapped population may legally
portions
be served;
vocational rehabilitation techniques resulting
improved
the extension of services to many who previously
in
would not have been served.
procedures for estimating vocational rehabilitation
The
and the estimates themselves, are presented below.
need
The Physically Disabled
National Center for Health Statistics published a re-
The
(1965) port 1 presented characteristics of persons with limita-
which
of activity due to chronic disease or impairment. These degrees
tion
limitation wer.e:
of
to carry on major activity (housework,
unable
employment)
school,
in amountor kind of major activity
limited
limited in major activity
not
Chronic Conditions and Activity Limitation, United States, July
i.
1963. National Center for Health Stat%stics-Series i0
1961-June
17, U. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public
No.
Services, May 1965, Washington, D. C.
Health
82

1964
_FY
INTAKE
VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION, STATE OF WASHINGTON
GROSS CASELOADS, SHOWING INPUT, OUTPUT, AND CARRYOVER
Five Fiscal Years Ending June 30, 1968
GROSS '
LOAD
L6,5.27- .I 12,816
1965.
__FY
INTAKE
1966
FY
NAKE
6,687
FY_1967
INTAKE
7,528
1968
_F.
INTAKE
11,428
15,330 NON-REHAB
CARRYOVER"
6,289
CARRYOVER
7,707
CARRYOVER
8,643
CLO En
REHAB
1,355
./
3,754
REHAB
/ 1,478
CLOSED t,
-
REHAB
/ 1,564
CLOSED
LOAD
GROSS
20,045
8,114
CARRYOVER
8,617
CARRYOVER
12,093
to FY 69
[ 2,000 cases 83
'1
CLOSED
7,025
5,652
REHAB
/1,957
5,068
NON-REHAB
REHAB
1,855
NON-REHAB
6,097
gross load is the sum
*The
closures and carryover
of
the year; it is alsothe
for
of intake for the year
sum
plus carryover from prior year.

with mental or nervous conditions accounted for 7.7 percent
Persons
the number in the survey sample. The sample included very few
of
retarded or alcoholics. It included only those who were
mentally
institutionalized and whose ages ranged from 17 through 64.
not
was estimated from the survey findings that 8,633,000 persons
It
the United States had one or more chronic conditions with limi-
in
in the amount or kind of major activity that could be per-
tation
or inability to carry on major activity. This total less
formed
percent amounts to 7,968,259. Percent distribution by dis-
7.7
age and race is presented in the adjoining table.
ability,
more recent survey of the prevalence of disability and
A
economic impact was undertaken by the Social Security Adminis-
its
in 1966 and a summary of the survey findings was reported
tration
Haber (1968) 1.
by
survey work was carried out for the Social Security
The
by the Bureau of the Census. The nationwide survey
Administration
a sample of all non-institutionalized persons aged 18
included
64. The data were based on self-evaluation of work limita-
through
tions as in the National HealthSurvey previously.cited..
in the Social Security Survey was defined as a
Disability
in thekind or amount of work (or housework)that could be
limitation
which resulted from a chronic condition or impairment last-
performed
three months or longer. The extent of incapacity ranged from
ing
to perform any kind of.Work to secondary limitations in
inability
amount or kind of work performed. Data on employment and func-
the
capacities were collected to further evaluate the nature and
tional
of disability.
severity
to this survey, 17.8 million non-institutional-
According
adults aged 18-64 were limited in ability to work because of
ized
chronic condition for a period of six months or longer. In
some
to reduce the uncertainty of prognosisduring the early stages
order
the disability, the data were presented only for persons disabled
of
than six months (an additional 400,000 had been disabled three
more
months or more).
estimated prevalence of disability reported was twice
The
high as that reported by the National Center for Health Statistics
as
(17.8 million versus 8,633,000).
Disability
io
and Income Maintenance: Prevalence Disabilit_ff.
Work
Lawrence W. Haber, Social Security Bulletin U. S. Department
1966.
Health, Education, and Welfare, Social Security Administration,
of
1968.
May,
84

number and percent distribution of persons with limitation of activity, by selected chronic conditions
Average
limitation according to degree of limitation: United States, July 1963-June 1965
causing
based household interviews of the civili,,n, noninstitutiona! population. The survey design, general qualifications, and information the reliability ofte estimates
[Dta
in ppendix 1. Definitions of terms given in Appendix Ill
given
chronic
Selected
conditions
limited in
Persons
activity
All
With
limitation,
degrees
ac- but
of
in
tlvlty
not
limitation
Average
major
actlvltyl
22,583 6,114
all forms--- 148 31
tuberculosis,
neoplasms 260 35
alignant
and unspecified
Benign
227 60
neoplasms
fever 1,152 415
ksthma-hay
571 122
Diabetes
and
ental
1,767 429
conditions
conditions 3,619 652
Heart
without heart
Hypertension
1,369 314
involvement
veins 535 161
aricose
243 54
Hemorrhoids
conditions of
Dther
system 758 176
circulatory
sinusitis and
3hronic
621 204
bronchitis
conditions of
Dther
system 501 87
respiratory
ulcer 550 123
Peptic
556 91
Hernia
conditions Of
)ther
system 958 206
digestive
of genito-
3onditlons
system 1,071 304
urinary
and rheumatism-- 3,481 725
Erthritis
diseases of muscles,
3ther
and jointsm 785 234
bones,
impairments 1,285 184
Fisual
impairments 461 97
earing
complete
Paralysis,
923 .118
partial
(except
Impairments
of back
paralysis)
1,769 469
spine
(except pa-
Impairments
and absence) of
ralysis
extremities and
upper
401 92
shoulders
(except pa-
Impairments
and absence) of
ralysis
extremities and
lower
1,325 384
hips
With
limitation
amount
in
kind
or
major
of
activity
to
.Unable
carry
actlvity
number of persons in thousands
12,347
74
iii
127
543
291
923
1,941
836
313
148
371
304
233
313
363
534
562
2,076
466
618
219
361
1,139
258
704
4,122
All
degrees
ac- of
tivity
limitation
i00,0
With
li[tation,
not in
but
or maJ
activity
With
limitation
amount
in
kind
or
major
of
activity
Percent distribution
i00.0
0.7 0,5
44
I. 2 O. 6
114
1.0 1.0
40
5.1 6,8
194
158 2.5 2.0
7.8 7.0
415
16.0 10.7
1,026
6.1 '5.1
219
2,4 2.6
61
41 i,i 0.9
212 3.4 2.9
112 2.7 3.3
2.2 1.4
181
2.4 2.0
114
102 2.5 1.5
218 4.2 3.4
4.7 5.0
205
15.4 11.9
680
3.5 3.8
86
5.7 3.0
483
145 2.0 1.6
444 4.1 1.9
160 7.8 7.7
51 1,8 1.5
237 5.9 6.3
activity refers to ability to work, keep house, or engage in school preschool activities.
iMajor
Of conditions causing limitation may be greater than the number of persons limited because person
Summations
i00.0
0.6
0.9
1.0
4,4
2.4
7.5
15.7
6.8
2,5
1.2
3.0
2.5
1.9
2.5
2.9
4.3
4.6
16.8
3.8
5,0
1.8
2.9
9.2
2.1
5.7
tc
Unable
carry
major
actlvity
than one condition cause of his limitation; the other hand, they may be less because only selected
report
are shown.
conditions
may add to more than I00 because person can report more than condition cause of his limita-
SPercentages
the other hand, they may add to less than i00 because only selected conditions shown.
tion;
Conditions 9g Activity Limitation--Un___it__e_d States, uly 1963
Chronic
1965. U. S. Department of Health, Education, and elfare, Public
une
Health Service, 1969.
85
IO0.C
i.I
2.8
1.0
4,7
3.8
i0.i
24.9
5.3
1,5
1.0
5.1
2,7
4.4
2.8
2.5
5.3
5.0
16.5
2.1
11.7
3.5
10.8
3.9
1.2
5.7

difference is attributed largely to differences in
The
for indentification rather than criteria for defining dis-
procedures
The disability criteria in the 1966 study differ only in
ability.
to women. The 1966 survey included housework as well as
reference
limitations regardless of present activity or status since it
work
plausible that many disabled women were prevented from entering
was
labor force due to limitation of activity. The National Health
the
(conducted by the National Center for Health Statistics) did
Survey
not take this into account.
the National Health Survey, only those who reported a
In
condition of impairment were asked the questions relating
chronic
disability. Many individuals will report symptoms of disability
to
actually reporting at the outset that they have a disability.
without
in the Social Security Survey was such as to take this
Methodology
into account.
factor
1966 survey was conducted with other changes in meth-
The
The most significant was the use of simple questionnaires
odology.
through the mail to initially identify disabled persons as op-
sent
to the more complicated multiple choice interview schedules
posed
in the National Health Survey, The mail questionnaires were
used
to screen a large sample. The nature, severity and extent of
used
were later verified and refined during an extensive per-
disability
interview with the disabled adult.
sonal
Social Security Survey findings are presented in the
Major
adjoining.
table
Social Security Survey report did not include any break-
The
by disabling condition. However, it is inferred that very few
down
and mentally retarded were included in this survey either
alcoholics
the definition of disability in both surveys was essentially
since
the same.
the National Health Survey as indicated, 7.7 percent of
In
respondents reported nervous or mental condit.ions. The method-
the
utilized in the Social Security Survey probably resulted in
ology
identification of a greater proportion of persons with mental or
the
conditions. In this survey, ii percent of the respondents
nervous
a nervous or mental condition. If Ii percent is subtracted
reported
the Social Security Survey estimate, then this nationwide esti-
from
of physically disabled persons becomes 15,842,000.
mate
is little difference between men and women in the
There
of disability, but among older persons more women than
prevalence
believed that their health prevented them from working. The
men
of occupations is more limited for women and they have less
range
experience and are, therefore, less likely to secure employment.
work
because of family responsibilities and social expectations, are
Men,
more motivated to return to work and make a vocational adjustment.

force and work status by severity of disability and sex: Percentage distribution of
Labor
population aged 18-64 by labor force status, spring 1966
noninstitutlonal
force and
Labor
status
work
TOTAL
(in thou-
Number
sands)
Total percent 4--/.
in labor force
Not
labor force 4.!
In
Employed
time
Full
time
Part
Unemloyed
MEN
(in thou-
Number
sands)
Total percent 4../
in labor force
Not
labor force /
In
Employed.
time
Full
time
Part
Unemployed.
WOMEN
(in thou-
Number
sands)
Total percent 4--/
in labor force
Not
labor force /
In
Employed
time
Full
time
Part
Unemployed
popu-
U.S.
/
lation
(in
thousands)
103,085
I00.0
33.2
66.8
64.4
(51)
(3?)
2.5
48,982
I00,0
9.5
90.5
87.4
(2/)
(S_l)
54,103
I00.0
54.6
45.4
43.5
(21)
(2/)
1.9
Nondls-
/ abled
85,332
I00.0
30.2
69.9
67.8
(51)
(2/)
2.2
40,552
I00.0
6.1
94.0
91.4
(21)
(5/)
2.7
44'779
I00.0
52.0
48.1
46.4
(51)
1.7
Severity of disability 3/
Occupao
Total
Severetlonal
disabled
17,753
I00.0
47.4
52.1
48.0
36.2
11.7
3.9
8,430
I00.0
25.8
73.7
68.3
57.7
10.6
5.2
9,324
I00.0
66.9
32.6
29.6
16.8
12.8
2.9
6,100
I00.0
80.0
19.2
16.3
1.7
14.5
2.9
2,300
I00.0
72.3
26.7
.7 21
4.1
17.6
5.0
3,800
I00.0
84.7
14.7
13.0
.3
12.6
1.6
5,014
I00.0
34.9
65.1
59.4
43.2
16.2
5.3
2,420
I00.0
4.9
! 95.
87.7
72.3
15.4
6.7
2,594
I00.0
62.8
37.2
33.0
16.0
17.0
3.9
Secondary
work
limits
lion
Data from speclal tabulation of Current Population Survey March 1966, U.S. Bureau of the Census.
I/
Includes adults disabled 6 months or less, obtained by subtracting total disabled lonser than 6
/
from the civilian nonlnstitutlonal population aged 18-64.
months
Disabled longer than 6 months.
3/
Includes less than I percent of the dlsabled adults not reporting labor force or work status.
4/
Data for ages 18-64 not available.
5/
Security pr_v_.@y o_f the Disabled: 196_.__6. U.S. Department of Health,
Soci_____a
and Welfarel Social Security Administration, n.d.
Education,
87
6,639
I00.0
26.9
72.6
68.5
62.7
5.8
3,9
3,710
I00.0
10.6
88.9
84.6
81.5
3.1
4.2
2,930
I00.0
47.6
51.9
48.1
38.9
9.3
3.5

of the severity of disability,the disabled had
Regardless
rates of unemployment than the non-disabled.
higher
unemployment rate of disabled men was twice that of
The
men. More than one-fourth of the severely disabled men
non-disabled
in the labor force, but only four percent were employed full-
were
About nine-tenths of the partially disablSd men were in the
time.
force. Disabled women had lower rates of labor force involve-
labor
ment.
table presents an estimate of prevalence for each of
The
sub-groups of the entire population of handicapped individuals.
three
may be argued that all individuals in each group are potential
It
for vocational rehabilitation services regardless of
referrals
of handicap or employment status. Yet, based on Vocational
severity
program experience, it is evident that some handicapped
Rehabilitation
should be screened and not considered for referral because
persons
handicaps are either too severe or too slight for them to bene-
their
fit from services.
information is available at this time which can be used
No
making precise statements ofthe proportions of handicapped persons
in
should at some time be referred for vocational rehabilitation ser-
who
In the absence of such information, it is useful to make tenta-
vices.
but conservative, estimates of these proportions based on state-
tive,
of rationale.
ments
severely disabled population in the Social Security
The
included some who were obviously inappropriate for referral
Survey
any time, because they were too severely handicapped. Yet this
al
is probably small sinceVocational Rheabilitation has,
proportion
fact, been accepting many severelyhandicapped persons for service
in
has been successful in placing them in employment. Furthermore,
and
who were too severely handicapped would at some later time be
some
for referral for various reasons including diminution in
appropriate
of handicap over time and application of improved techniques
severity
rehabilitation. Since the proportion of potential referrals is
of
than i00 percent, but obviously much greater than 50 percent it
less
therefore, conservatively estimated that 75 percent of this popu-
is,
lation can be referred at some time.
occupationally disabled included only those who.were
The
handicapped. There is no reason why all who were in this
moderately
group should not be referred at some time.
with secondary work limitations included some Who
Those
and always will be able to function very well without the benefit
were
vocational rehabilitation services. Yet, there are many who would
of
appropriate for immediate referral because of vocational handicaps
be
a large number who were currently employed at the time of
including
survey. Early referral of handicapped individuals is encouraged
the
88

it has been demonstrated that early intervention with voca-
since
rehabilitation services is relatively more effective. Some
tional
in this group have handicaps that are growing progres-
individuals
worse and they will, therefore, at some future time, be
sively
for referral. These considerations lead to the con-
appropriate
that nationally at least 75 percent of these handicapped
clusion
individuals are potential referrals.
Severely Disabled 6,100,000 x 75% 4,575,000
Occupational Disability 5,014,000 x100% 5,014,000
Secondary Work Limitation 6,639,000 x 75% 4,979,250
ii percent is subtracted from this figure to eliminate
If
with mental or nervous conditions, the estimate is reduced to
those
12,965,742.
national health surveys were not designed for use
These
estimating prevalence of disability in individual states because
in
differences in characteristics of the populations of the various
of
compared with the nation as a whole.
states
some wrk has been done on the development of
However,
state estimates so that National Health Survey data can
synthetic
applied to individual states with some measure of confidence.
be
procedure involves analyses of the characteristics of the popu-
The
of each state so that they may be taken into account in
lation
state estimates of prevalence of disability from National
making
Survey data. It so happens that the characteristics of the
Health
of Washington are not appreciably different from the
population
of the population of the nation ms a whole. Con-
characteristics
it was reported that the percentage of the handicapped
sequently,
population in Washington is the same as for the nation.
is no serious problem presented in making pro-
There
of prevalence in future years since the experience of the
jections
Center for Health Statistics indicates that the rising
National
of some chronic conditions is offset by the declining in-
incidence
of others and the prevalence of all chronic conditions taken
cidence
proves to be a very stable statistic over a period of time.
together
view of the foregoing, it is possible to make a tenta-
In
estimate of the number of physically disabled persons in Wash-
tive
ington in 1975 who should, at some time, be referred for vocational
Disability, Nerived from theNational
Synthetic.StateEstimatesof
U. S. Dept. of Health, Education, andWeifare,
Hal'hhSurvey
Publ Heih Service.
89

services. This estimate is derived from the follow-
rehabilitation
calculations:
ing
number of vocationally handicapped, age 18-64
12,965,742
the United States
in
120,000,000 total number of persons, ages 18-64
10.8%
12,965,742
120,000,000
is the proportion of the population of employable age who are
This
handicapped and potential referrals for vocational rehab-
physically
ilitation services.
is estimated by the Planning and Community Affairs Agency
It
the State of Washington that there will be 2,300,000 persons of
of
employable age (15 through 64) in Washington in 1975.
2,300,000 x 10.8% 248,400 or rounded, 250,000
is the estimate of the total number of physically disabled
This
in Washington who can be considered potential referrals for
persons
vocational rehabilitation services as of 1975.
is evidence that. twice as many individuals not phys-
There
disabled can be considered potential referrals for vocational
ically
services as of 1975. Thus, 750,000 people are potential
rehabilitation
for VocationalRehabilitation services in Washington State
referrals
1975. This many people are likely to be able to meet the eligi-
in
requirements presently inthe law.
bility
is very little, information in the literature on the
There
of disability. As indicated, some chronic conditions have
incidence
incidence and for others the incidence is declining. The
arising
for purposes of estimating.vocational rehabilitation need
objective
to estimate the incidence in relationship to the prevalence of
is
physical disability among those of employable age in Washing-
chronic
ton who are potential referrals for vocational rehabilitation services.
Vocational Rehabilitation caseload statistics
Analysisof
that a majority of physically disabled clients served fall
suggests
a 20 year age range at the time of referral. Furthermore,
within
incidence of physical disability as a proportion of prevalence
the
with age and a large number of clients served by Vocational
increases
fall in the older age range. Therefore, it is estimated
Rehabilitation
the incidence of potential referrals to Vocational Rehabilitation
that
a one-year period is at least 1/20th or five percent of the
during
prevalence.
90

x 5% 12,500 The estimate of the number of non-institu-
250,000
physically disabled persons
tionalized
Washington who should be referred for
in
services during the year 1975
vocational
x 5% 25,000 The estimate of the number of other dis-
500,000
persons in WaShington who should
abled
referred forvocational rehabilitation
be
during the year 1975
services
is, in addition, a substantial number of institutionalized
There
hospitalized) physically disabled persons who should also be re-
(or
Vocational Rehabilitation has been receiving some referrals
ferred.
general hospitals, VA hospitals and TB hospitals. It is expected
from
the number of referrals from hospitals will sharply increase be-
that
1969and 1975.
tween
rate of caseload turnover is expected to continue. The
This
to be referred in 1975 will be about equal to the number to be
number
(assuming the point of saturation is reached). Therefore, those
closed
enter the caseload (i.e., are referred for VR services) will com-
who
about fifty percent of the total number served. The number to
prise
referred is half of the number to be served and this figure (esti-
be
number of referrals) must be doubled in order to establish an
mated
of the nUmber of physically disabled persons to be served.
estimate
The estimated number of potential referrals is 37,500.
x 2 25,000 The estimate of the number of physically
12,500
persons in Washington who should
disabled
receive VR services during, the year 1975
x 2 50,000 The estimate of the number of other dis-
25,000
persons in Washington who should
abled,
receive VR .services during the year 1975.
potential clients of Vocational Rehabilitation are
The
as prevalent in groups other than these physically disabled
twice
It has been stated that the mentally ill comprise a large
persons.
of our total population, perhaps i0 percent. Alcoholics are
segment
by some authors to have a genetic, metabolic illness, and
considered
some other authors to have a mental illness. Either way, no matter
by
the ideology of the ailment, our state has a great problem with
what
There is general agreement that Washington State has at
alcoholics.
i00,000 adults who are incapacitated because of alcoholism.
least
part of the population of the mentally ill and the alcoholics
Only
be helped by rehabilitation services now available. It is so
can
to society to rehabilitate those who can be helped that great
useful
should be made in this direction. The mentallyretarded, the
effort
offenders, the socially disadvantaged,are now fruitfully
public
being served by Vocational Rehabilitation.
91

potential clients in these groups of people who are
The
physically handicapped--the mentally ill, the alcoholics, mental
not
public offenders, the socially disadvantaged--are about
retardates,
that of those who are physically disabled. This relationship
twice
documented carefully in the Final Report, Comprehensive Statewide
is
for Vocational Rehabilitation Services,'Wisconsin, June 30,
Planning
1968, William Sather, Ph.D., Project Administrator.
Poverty
President Johnson in the ECONOMIC REPORT OF THE
Former
(1964)stated that, "The poor, and the children of the
PRESIDENT
are handicapped by illness and disability that could be
poor,
Largely as a result of the ill health that grows out of
avoided.
we rank below many other countries in the conquest of the
poverty,
and maternal mortality, in average life expectancy and nutri-
infant
We must speed and intensify our.efforts to make good health
tion.
accessible to the poor." In that report it is pointed out that
more
percent of Nonwhite families are poor. The President called for
44
direct action in order to.eradicate the menace of poverty.
quick
commonly occurring phrase in his report is "illness. and disability
A
could be avoided." Former President Johnson called for pre-
that
measures,-as well as curative measures. President Nixon's
ventive
statements and those of his Secretary of Health, Education,
public
and Welfare repeat this concern and specify recommended activity.
rehabilitation agencies, under the coordination
Vocational
Vocational Rehabilitation, must assume responsibility in the area
of
prevention as well as the area of treatment. Martin Dishart,
of
the study of the prevalence of disability of Maryland recommended
in
"factors of economic need be considered for statewide program
that
as well as how the very poor.might be better protected from
planning
which seem to hit them the hardest." All persons deserve
disabilities
protection from ill-health. The effort must be greater for
equal
and/or racial minorities since their exposure to poor health
poor
is much greater.
conditions
persons, who are emotionally or psychologically dis-
Poor
are in great need of vocational rehabilitation services, as
abled
those who are physically disabled. Vocational Rehabilitation
are
best help all poor personswho have become psychologically handi-
can
as well as physically handicapped, by training them for mean-
capped,
remunerative employment, by financing the education that they
ingful,
for these are the inroads to success in our society; the inroads
need,
which these people have been deprived. It might be argued that
of
of these people do not qualify for vocational rehabilitation
many
because they have become chronically unemployable. If
services,
disability is to be preyented and if the problem of wasted
future
resources is to be overcome, the culturally disadvantaged
human
must be served well by vocational rehabilitation services.
92

the problem of poverty is .not met head on, the rate of psycho-
If
as well as physical, disability will continue to increase.
logical,
child from a poor family is more likely to live in poverty as an
A
and is consequently more likely to be disabled. Disability
adult
the next adult generation can and must be avoided. If we can
in
all people with adequate education, vocational training,
provide
and sufficient income, the figures of disability pre-
employment
in this report can be greatly reduced.
sented
Prevention of Disability
humanitarian and practical reasons, prevention needs to
For
an integral part of the ongoing vocational rehabilitation pro-
become
Great effort must be directed toward preventing unborn chil-
gram.
as well as young children, from being exposed to the environ-
dren,
conditions that lead to disability. The elimination of un-
mental
and under-employment, as well as adequate educational
employment
for the poor, is a most *ital preventive measure. If
experiences
disabled population continues to increase, vocational rehabili-
the
services cannot keep the. pace. The disabled population must
tation
not increase. Provide rehabilitation services to poor
decrease,
today, and the number of disabled persons, as well as the
people
of people-living below the poverty level, will be less to-
number
morrow.
in Seattle, the Division of Vocational Rehab-.
Fortunately,
has established a Central Area office, and an office in
ilitation
Multipurpose State Office, which service almost exclusively res-
the
of the inner-city area. Most of their clients are not phys-
idents
handicapped but handicapped by the effects of being a racial
ically
poor, and unemployed or under-employed. This office is
monority,
a vital and refreshing role in confronting the problems that
playing
been presented above. There is a need for more such offices
have
Seattle, other metropolitan centers and rural areas in
throughout
State of Washington. This need is reflected in the budget re-
the
to the 41stState Legislature by the Governor and the Central
quest
Agency.
Budget
state has a special responsibility to try to rehabili-
The
those who are wholly or partly dependent on it and/or one of
tate
political subdivisions. We thus intend to have greatly expanded
its
for potential clients of vocational rehabilitation who are
services
by the state institutions. The following discussion of voca-
served
rehabilitation in the state institutions was prepared in part
tional
Andrea Ayers and Joseph Lurie, consultants to the Planning Com-
by
for Vocational Rehabilitation.
mission
93

State Institutions
Department of Institutions of the State of Washington
The
the responsibility to provide institutional care and
has
for the blind, the deaf, the mentally retarded,
treatment
mentally ill, juvenile delinquents,'adult offenders
the
disabled veterans. To carry out this program there
and
two training schools for the blind and the deaf, three
are
hospitals, four schools for the mentally retarded,
mental
institutions for the juvenile delinquents, seven insti-
ii
for adult offenders and two homes for disabled
tutions
In addition to these institutions, the Depart-
veterans.
alsoprovides assistance for persons at 22 child
ment
centers, supervises juveniles on parole and ex-
guidance
consultation services for delinquency prevention.
tends
financial assistance and consultation are provided
Also,
12 day care centers for the mentally retarded. In the
for
fiscal year, the averagedaily institutional and
1966
parole population receiving services was 14,893.
all institutions the goal is to train.or rehabilitate
In
patients or inmates to such an extent that they can
the
satisfactory adjustment which will permit them to
make
to the community. Obviously, there are many dis-
return
persons who have been in the institutions for a
abled
period of time and will probably never be able to
long
but most of the admissions can be released after
leave,
treatment if adequate staff and facilities are
receiving
A great deal of progress has been made in recent
provided.
in the development of effective treatment programs,
years
but much remains to be done.
concerning institutions which is included in
Information
report has been taken from the December, 1966 State of Washington
this.
of Institutions Factual Analysis Concerning:. Progrs Per-
Department
Expenditures, Population Trends Length of Stay and Recidivism.
sonnel
above two paragraphs were taken from the preface of the Department
The
Institutions publication.
of
Adult Corrections
crime rate in Washington, measured by the F.B.I. Crime
The
has increased thirty percent compared with a nine precent popu-
Index,
lation increase during the past five years.
daily population within adult correctional institu-
Average
has increased 35.3 percent during the past three years and is
tions
expected to continue to rise.
94

the inmate is 18-30 years old and of average in-
Typically
but lacks in academic achievement and work skills. The
telligence,
do not meet American Correctional Association's stand-
institutions
concerning availability of clinical services. The penitentiary
ards
caseloads are twice the minimum working standard recom-
counselor
Wonderful new facilities have been built at great costs to
mended.
able to have humane treatment of prisoners. This is a goal man-
be
by the Governor, the State Legislature, and the Department of
dated
Institutions.
State Hospitals
admissions have increased 57 percent during the
Although
decade, there has been a marked reduction in the rate of growth
past
the number of admissions to the state hospitals since 1964. As
in
population for the state is increasing rapidly, the slow rate
the
growth in the number of annual admissions in recent years is
of
as a temporary phenomenon, or the result of increased use of
viewed
community mental health clinics.
1958, the resident population of the state mental
Since
has been reduced by one-half, even though the number of
hospitals
admissions has nearly doubled. Yet, there has also been an
annual
readmission rate, reflecting the lack of community facil-
increased
available which provide assistance to the former mental pa-
ities
In 1964, Washington had the lowest per capita expenditure
tient.
community treatment resources for the mentally ill of any state.
for
situation is better now.
The
percent of the admissions to state mental hospitals
Forty
in the 20-39 age bracket. Less than half of all persons had
were
high school, only one-fifth had some type of vocational
completed
and 70 percent of admissions in 1965 had incomes of $4000
training,
Thirty-one percent were housewife or housekeeper for their
orless.
family.
own
Menta I Retarda ton
fiscal year 1966 the four state institutions for the
In
retarded served an average daily resident population.of
mentally
persons. Yet, the four state schools for the mentally retarded
4,110
only a small proportion of all potentially retarded persons
service
in the general population of the state.
have usually assumed, though sometimes with
Authorities
that about three percent of the generalpopulatlon in
reservations,
the United States is mentally retarded to some degree.
95

on statewide population estimates, the total number
Based
mentally retarded persons in Washington will increase from 93,200
of
1965 to 101,700 in 1970 and to 111,600 in 1975. In King County
in
for 1965, there were an estimated 30,722 mentally retarded
alone,
individuals.
40 percent of the residents in institutions for the
About
retarded were under 20 years of age in 1965. Both institu-
mentally
and community programs are largely designed for younger per-
tional
who may potentially achieve greater success in treatment, train-
sons
and other rehabilitative programs than retardates in older age
ing,
groups.
Juvenile De linquency
available statistics indicate that the level of
Latest
referrals for delinquency remained at a higher level than that
court
the nation as a whole since 1957. In 1964, there were 344 re-
for
for delinquency per i0,000 juveniles aged i0 through 17 in
ferrals
while for the United States there were 236 referrals per
Washington,
juveniles among the same age group.
I0,000
average daily population of Washington's juvenile re-
The
facilities has risen every year since fiscal 1956. It
habilitation
increased from 344 in fiscal 1955 to 1,006 in fiscal 1966, a
has
gain of 192 percent. During the entire period sinne fiscal
total
the institutional population has exceeded the total capacity
1956,
the institutions. The institutions have been almost continually
of
despite repeated additions to capacity and severe
overpopulated,
in the average length of stay since fiscal 1963. As the
reductions
length of stay decreases, the .assistance that can be pro-
average
for the individual also decreases. Few of these people have
vided
referred to Vocational Rehabilitation in the past. They must
been
referred for help in the future.
be
caseload has increased from 1462 in fiscal year
Average
to 2,350 in fiscal 1966, for an average annual increase of
1960
i0.i percent. It is estimated that the average daily caseload
about
rise from the 2,350 seen in .fiscal year 1966 to 2,850 in fiscal
will
It is hoped these improved methods of treatment for those
1969.
young people will change this gloomy picture.
disabled
may be significant that the period when average length
It
stay was rising (or stabliized at about ii months) overlaps the
of
when the recidivism rate dropped from 30.3 percent (for
period
year 1959) to 23.5 percent (for fiscalyear 1962). Since
fiscal
fiscal 1962, recidivism has shown a tendency to rise.
96

atio of males to females has remained close to three
The
one. With the exception of 1964, the median age of committed
to
has varied little from 15.5 years fo both males and fe-
juveniles
males.
Sensory Handicapped
State of Washington is served by a school for the blind
The
one for the deaf. Their principal purpose is to educate appro-
and
handicapped students, both academically and vocationally,
priately
a specialized residential program so they may return to the
through
community as independent, useful and productive citizens.
school for the blind is operatingat full capacity.
The
average daily population for 1966 wasf28, changing little from
The
years. Of the present enrollment at the school, 52.2 per-
previous
of the students were male, while 47..8 percent were female.
cent
length of attendance for the students enrolled at the end of
Median
current school term was 2-1/2 years. More than half of the stu-
.the
dents leaving the school complete, the course of training.
average population for the school for the deaf stood
The
307 for fiscal 1966. At the close of the 1966 year, there were 197
at
and 112 females. Students range in age from four to 21 with
males
percent in the five to nine year old group. The median length
48.9
attendance at the school is three years, two months, and the major-
of
of the students discharged at the end of the school term complete
ity
their courses of training.
blind and deaf children are now being served in public
Both
in this state. The services offered them in their home
schools
communities' private non-profit agencies are the best in the country.
Washington State Child Guidance Centers are established
"The
community outpatient clinics to provide treatment for the emotional
as
behavioral problems of children and their families. The basic
and
principle is that professional assistance provided for
underlying
when problems first arise will prevent and correct situa-
families
which could result in more serious problems, improving the
tions
potential for achieving satisfactory social and emotional
child's
maturity."
offered by the Child Guidance Centers have been
Services
yet still are not entirely sufficient to satisfy increas-
expanded,
public demand. In spite of increases in caseloads of the social
ing
it has been necessary to establish a waiting list for those
workers,
desiring services during those periods when the Guidance
persons
operating at capacity.
Centers.are
97

fiscal year 1958 through 1966, 8,495 cases have been
From
The number of cases served rose from 765 in fiscal year
served.
to 1,677 in 1966; while the number of cases closed rose from
1968
to 1,219.
450
fiscal year 1966, the mean number of cases on the
During
list was 382 each month, or approximately equivalent to two-
waiting
thirds of an additional social worker caseload per center.
education classes in the public schools are help-
Special
many more of these disturbed children than in the past.
ing
Veterans Facilities
has two State Veterans' Institutions and one
Washington
Colony which provide domicilliary and/or nursing care for in-
Home
digent, honorably discharged veterans..
average population of these three residencies has re-
The
steady for the past five years, and it can be expected to
mained
fairly constant. For fiscal year 1966 the average was 676.
remain
median age for all residents is presently 72.2 years, although
The
new members entering the homes are likely to be somewhat older.
has been included on institutions in this re-
Information
because they serve a rehabilitative function, and because there
port
at present a need for increased personnel in many of the state's
is
On the following page is material concerning people
institutions.
working age (16-60) discharged annually from Washington State
of
Many of these people will be considered vocationally
Institutions.
and will require further services to encourage their suc-
disabled,
rehabilitation.
cessful
material on the next page was provided by Audrey
The
Ph.D., Research Administrator, Department of Institutions,
Holiday,
July 12, 1968.
98

OF WORKING AGE (16-60) DISCHARGED
PEOPLE
FROM WASHINGTON STATE INSTITUTIONS
ANNUALLY
* Adult Corrections
** Juvenile Rehabilitation
*** Mental Hospitals
**** Mental Retardation
All Institutions
1965 1966 1967
1,104 1,251 1,552
811 839 891
3,606 3,489 3,413
160(Est) 165(Est) 200(Est)
5,681 5,744 6,056
A release in Adult Corrections refers to inmates released
*
parole and discharged.
to
A release in Juvenile Rehabilitation refers to persons
**
to parole and direct discharge.
released
A release in Mental Health refers to discharges or moves
***
terminal leave.
to
Arelease in Mental Retardation includes those discharged
****
put on placement.
or
99

Imp l i ca ti ons
seek to determine how many handicapped persons there
Why
in Washington? If we are to provide all handicapped persons
are
rehabilitation services by 1975, we must have the facilities
with
the personnel to do the job. In order to do'what is necessary,
and
the need must be clearly demonstrated.
Why the Need?
results which have been presented in this report indicate
The
Washington is currently not meeting the needs of its handicapped
that
Washington is a growing state. The rapid influx of persons
citizens.
all over the United States, especially into the Puget Sound metro-
from
area, is accelerating the overall population growth of the
politan
Similarly, the number of disabled persons in the state is
state.
to increase. If the goal of the Planning Commission for Voca-
likely
Rehabilitation, the provision of rehabilitation services to
tional
disabled persons by 1975, is to be realized, the state's rehabili-
all
services will also have to increase.
tation
of persons rahabilicaCed per 100,000 population, by as£on and scare; and rank
Number
stae, 1964-1968
by
Rehabilitated per i00,000 H
Region
[l- popular:ion 1/ -- R,ank
and
is rounded nearest whole number, based the astimaed total popula£on of Juy i, for each fiscal
Race
Bureau of the Census: Seriea P-25.
year.
Adequacy of Current Services
important question which must be answered before attempt-
An
to plan for the expansion of rehabilitation services to the year
ing
is to what degree are the needs of the present handicapped popu-
1975
being met? If we are currently providing all needy.handicapped
lation
with an adequate rehabilitation program, then it is a fairly
citizens
task to compute what will be needed by 1975. However, the
simple
complicated by the fact that only 8 percent of the disabled
taskis
has ever been to an office of Vocational Rehabilitation
population
while 45 percent of that population has not even heard of Vocational
i00

(DVR) which is now the state coordinating agency
rehabilitation
vocational rehabilitation services. The majority of handi-
for
persons in every state have never received vocational rehab-
capped
from the Vocational Rehabilitation state agency.
ilitation
barest minimum estimate of the number of disabled
The
eligible for vocational rehabilitation services in the
persons
of Washington is90,000. Comparing these figures with statis-
state
in the CASELOAD STATISTICS, STATE VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
tics
1968, of the U. S. Department of Health, Education, and
AGENCIES,
we find that in 1968, 1,619 disabled persons were reported
Welfare,
having been rehabilitated, Washington ranks 49th among the 50
as
in numbers rehabilitated per i00,000 population. (Depart-
states
of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1968) The difference be-
ment
the minimum estimate of disabled persons in the state, who
tween
in need of vocational rehabilitation services, and the number
are
by the State Division of Vocational Rehabilitation,
rehabilitated
the gap between what is needed and what is offered.
illustrates
of Washington's citizens in need of vocational rehabili-
Thousands
tation cannot be served.
of the 45 percent of the disabled persons who have
What
heard of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation? Only 41
not
of the disabled in one study said they had been helped.
percent
minimum estimate of the number of disabled persons eligible for
The
in need of vocational rehabilitation in Washington is 90,000.
and
the Washington State Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
Could
the rehabilitation plans of an additional 90,000 dis-
coordinate
persons? It is very unlikely in light of the fact that more
abled
12,093 persons who were referred by June 1968, werelwaiting
than
be helped at the end of the fiscal year.- A vast expansion of
to
rehabilitation services is an immediate need, or the
vocational
of unhelped people will continue to multiply. The problem
backlog
continue to grow and human resources will continue to be
will
As the problem increases, it will become more difficult
wasted.
handle. This is true in the case of the overall number of dis-
to
persons in the state, as well as with the individual disabled
abled
person.
..
ReSion
and
$., tot@l
U.
totl
General,
Blind, total
Washineton
Blind
Washington
1968
Rehabill
tated Sarvsd
680,415
207,918
654138
200.246
26.277
7,672
6827
1,619
536
143
g67
!lhab1- Rehabli£-
tared Sjrved
2O +
2O +
19 +
20 +
+ 34
+
+7
$
I01
6
964
tared Served
74 + 70
+
74 + + 7i
63 + 47
+ 70
35
78
+165
Rehabl£-
Served
tsted
+4
+8
+146
+160
• i0 + 84
69 + 66
I$'6
+
+173

has shown that the longer people remain unpro-
Research
the longer and more difficult it is to restore them to
ductive,
that is why, for example, the trend is to accelerate
productivity;
rehabilitation process for cardiac patients. It is known that
the
individuals who have suffered heart attacks ever return to
few
if they have not done so within a year afte the onset of their
work
Speedy rehabilitation is a preventive measure. Those dis-
attack.
individuals who have to wait for services are not being helped
abled
impeded. Delay in the rehabilitation process, in many instances,
but
the effects of the disability and diminishes the likeli-
intensifies
of success. Approximately 750,000 disabled persons in need of
hood
today are not receiving that help. The task of providing
services
disabled persons in Washington with adequate rehabilitation
all
by 1975 is an immense one.
services
Size of the Conitment
of the goals of the Washington State Vocational
Attainment
Commission requires a total state and federal commitment to
Planning
goals. A special grant will not solve the problem. An experi-
these
or a demonstration program will not solve the problem. What
mental
needed is a vast ongoing human and monetary commitment. The com-
is
must be great, for the problem is an immense one. The pro-
mitment
is one of wasted human resources accompanied by the loss of
blem
dignity and feelings of self-worth. In our society, meaning-
human
employment represents the major path to the attainment of dignity
ful
self-worth. Those who are deprived of that path are deprived of
and
a meaningful, productive life. The solution of this major
leading
will, in 1975, depend upon the depth of our commitment today.
problem
Rehabi li tation ?
undoubtedly, often do not receive the personal
Clients,
that they need, either before or after job placement
attention
Rehabilitation is.generally considered to be reached when
occurs.
client is placed into gainful employment. It is a mistake to view
a
placement as the end of the rehabilitation process. It is re-
job
that an extended follow-up program for some clients be in-
commended
into the ongoing rehabilitation process. Continued coun-
corporated
should be offered to most clients after they have beenplaced
seling
the job, for adjustment to the world of work is often no easy
on
Employment, for many, creates new problems which must be worked
task.
Gainful employment is an important stage in the rehabili-
through.
process, but it does not constitute rehabilitation. Job place-
tation
does not automatically guarantee mental health or the experi-
ment
of feelings of self-worth. Are the 1,619 individuals who were
encing
by the State Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
rehabilitated
healthy and self-satisfied, or are they just working? In
mentally
fact, are they still working? A follow-up program designed to answer
102

questions must be an integral part of the rehabilitation pro-
these
for without such a follow-up, it cannot be said that rehabili-
cess,
tation has occurred.
DVR Eligibility Requirements
far, an attempt has been made to illustrate how far
Thus
present program fails to meet the needs of the disabled persons
the
Washington. Now, consider the eligibility requirements of the
in
The recently broadened requirements reflect a national com-
DVR.
toward solving this major problem of wasted human resources.
mitment
the commitment were a strong one, the eligibility requirements
If
be broad, not narrow. One major eligibility requirement is
would
clients must show potential for returning to or entering into
that
employment. If the commitment were strong, rehabilitation
gainful
would aim at uncovering that potential where it is not
services
To reject a person as unqualified for rehabilitation ser-
evident.
is to mark him as unqualified for a productive life. The
vices
cases, the ones who need help the most, too often, are
difficult
away. Those individualswho appear hopeless are labeled
turned
and are rejected as ineligible for rehabilitation services.
"risks"
need to expect more from people for, if we expect less, we will
We
less. Likewise, it must be expected that more services will be
get
to more people if the goal of rehabilitating the State's
extended
disabled population is to be realized.
1969 definition of disability, recognized by the Di-
The
of Vocational Rehabilitation, is the kind of commitment that
vision
needed to solve the problem. Presently, those persons who are
is
likely candidateS for vocational rehabilitation services are
most
by some physical or. intellectual deficiency. People who
handicapped
unemployed for other reasons used to be rejected. The services
are
by the "non-disabled" program of the Division of Vocational
provided
represent a step in the direction of helping persons
Rehabilitation
are unemployed for other reasons, such as cultural deprivation.
who
program was a token effort. The psychological and experiential
This
that poverty has on the individual creates a vocational dis-
effects
Chronic unemployment is a vocational disability. Inadequate
ability.
inferior education leads to a vocational disability. Hatred for
and
and race constitutes a devastating vocational handicap.
self
persons are more likely to be physically, as well as
Poor
disabled than are middle class persons. The Divi-
psychologically,
of Vocational Rehabilitation could and should provide a greatly
sion
service to persons handicapped by these disabilities. The
needed
of Vocational Rehabilitation is struggling to meet the needs
Division
those who qualify (and apply) for services under past standards.
of
broaden the eligibility requirements, as was done in 1968, with
To
current facilities and personnel, will mean adding thousands of
the
more names to the waiting list. This clearly illustrates the scope
103

WHITE
Races, State of Washington.
Nonwhite
State Planning and Community Affairs Agency, 1968
Washington
INCOME,NONWHITE RACIAL GROUPS
MEDIAN
1950 AND 1960
WASHINGTON.
BY SEX: 1960
INCOML:,
INCOME IN DOLLARS
MEDIAN
0 1,000 2,000 3 000 4 000 5 000
4, 82
//////////////////A
1,382
2,839
JAPANESE 4.168
CHINESE
FILIPINO
NEGRO
INDIAN
WHITE
JAPANESE
CHINESE
FILIPINO
NEGRO
INDIAN
m..
1,552
1,526
m 1,402
2,000
2.305
m 2,682
TOTAl POPUlATiON: 1950 AND 1960
NCOMI:,
INCOME IN DOLLARS
MEDIAN
0 l,O00 2.000 3.000
909
1,402
1,826
m 2,305
104
2.839
2,733
2,682
3,008
3,237
TOTAL
1960
F////// 19 s o

the changes and expansion which must be implemented if the goal
of
providing adequate rehabilitation services to all of Washington's
of
disabled persons by 1975 is to be achieved.
most disadvantaged single monority group in Washington
The
is the American Indian. The income of the egro is approxi-
State
3/5 that of the white group in Washington State. The income
mately
the Indian is only approximately 2/5 of the income of the white
of
group. (See. preceding page.)
foregoing presentation documents the thesis that non-
The
races in the State of Washington differ significantly, as well
white
consistently, from one another in terms of the three dimensional
as
of education, occupation, and income. In order to sum-
hierarchies
thelarge volume of detailed data for each of the three di-
marize
into a single numerical index, weighted averages were com-
mensions
on the basis of standardized scores developed by Charles B.
pute
Nam.
of Socioeconomic Status 1960. In order to derive
Profiles
series of comparable, generalized profiles for the various ethnic
a
the raw scores were transformed into percentages. The result-
groups,
data are portrayed graphically in the following table.. There is
ant
distinct separation in the hierarchical position on all three dimen-
a
occupation, and income--between Japanese, Caucasions,
sions--education,
Chinese, on one hand, and Negroes, Filipinos, and Indians, on the
and
The Japanese, with a raw score of 60.3, or a transformed
other.
of 23.2 percent, are far above any other group in educational
score
The corresponding scores for Caucasians are 49.9 and 19.2
status.
for Chinese, 44.0 and 17.Opercent; for Negroes, 39.6 and
percent;
percent; for Filipinos, 33.5 and 12.9 percent; and for Indians,
15.3
and 12.4 percent. Chinese and Japanese, with almost identical
32.1
rank first and second, respectively, in occupational status,
scores,
Caucasians are in third place. The three remaining groups--
and
Filipinos, and Indians--conform to a remarkably consistent
Negroes,
toward the lower end of the scale on all three dimensions.
pattern
indicated previously, Caucasians rank highe@t on income, followed
As
in order by Japanese and Chinese.
I.
B. Nam, M_hod01Ogy and Scores of SOcioeconomic Status,
Charles
Paper No. 15 of the Census, 1963). The computational
(Working
used in deriving the Various scores discussed in this
procedures
are an adaptation of Nam's techniques and weighting sys-
section
to grouped data. The Nam scores for major occupational
tem
educational status, and income were applied to the appro-
groups,
categories of the several minority races. The resultant
priate
represent weighted averages for each dimension of each
scores
The transformed scores for each race are precentages
race.
from the sum of the original scores of each dimension.
derived
105

Races, State of Washington
Nonwhite
State Planning and Community Affairs Agency, 1968
Washington
20
n.
1,5
I-
NONWHITE
PROFILES :
SOCIOECONOMIC
GROUPS,WASHINGTON" 1960
RACIAL
/NEGRO
PERTAIN TO MALE
:DAIA
POPULATION
EDUCATION OCCUPATION INCOME
106

Disabili.t.y
Blind
Rehabilitation services were started in the early
Vocational
They were started in a modest way and in the education agencies
1920s.
state government. Services to the blind were honsidered so special
of
many states that they were provided by separate agencies often in
in
public welfare agency. There has been a trend nationwide to incor-
the
blind rehabilitation services into the agency providing voca-
porate
tional rehabilitation services for all other disability groups.
THE COISSION RECOIENDS:
transfer should be made of vocational rehabilitation
That
of Services to the Blind from the Department of
aspects
Public Assistance to Vocational Rehabilitation.
people were once thought of as being unable to be self-
Blind
Even today a blind person is given an extra exemption on
supporting.
income tax. The economic success of many blind people would seem
his
belie this notion of extra handicap. Blind people compete success-
to
in.most economic endeavors today. In fact, the blind people as
fully
group are rehabilitated so successfully that attention has shifted
a
those whose only handicap is blindness. Joseph Hunt, Commissioner,
from
Services Administration of the United States Department
Rehabilitation
Health, Education, and Welfare, in an address delivered in July 1968,
of
this to say:
had
are some who have expressed the opinion that serving
There
multi-handicapped blind is idealistic and highly unecon-
the
We do not agree with this pessimistic philosophy.
omical.
are too many examples of individuals who have made it
There
or without our support and encouragement, After all,
with
need only go back 25 years in history to find the same
we
defeatist attitude expressed about the handicap
dogmatic,
blindness alone.
of
statement concerning services to the blind in Washington
A
was provided by the veteran State Supervisor, Services for the
State
Mrs. Valerie Brakel, prior to her retirement in 1968. Her state-
Blind,
follows:
ment
for the Blind is a Unit in the State Department of
Services
Assistance. Two major programs are provided by our
Public
Vocational Rehabilitation and Prevention of Blind-
Agency
We confine our efforts to the visually handicapped.
ness.
Vocational Rehabilitation Program operates under the
The
rules, regulations, and laws as those of the Division
same
Vocational Rehabilitation. Services are. provided on a
of
basis.
statewide
107

estoration services include medical and surgical
Physical
hospitalization; nursing services; convalescent,
treatment;
or rest home care; drugs and supplies; prosthetic
nursing,
dentistry; physical therapy, occupational therapy;
devices;
directed speech or hearing therapy; and psychiatric
medically
treatment.
is provided in accordance with the physical limita-
Training
and vocational aptitudes, interests, and individual
tions
needs.
The Agency provides transportation costs
Transportation.
diagnostic services as well as vocational rehabilitation
for
services.
is provided during the training period and also
Maintenance
placement until the client actually receives
following
remuneration for his employment for a full pay period.
goods and services. The Agency provides guidance,
Other
placement, tools, equipment, initial stock and
counseling,
and occupational licenses to assist the client to
supplies,
in a gainful occupation.
participate
Center. Services for the Blind operates a
Rehabilitation
Rehabilitation Center. Approximately 50% of our
Regional
is referred to the Center for diagnostic and
clientele
services.
evaluation
of Blindness involves restoration and conservation
Prevention
vision. One hundred and fifty ophthalmologists participate
of
in the program.
Committees..The Agency has two advisory committees.
Advis.ory
A State AdvisoryCommittee consists of three members
(a)
by the Director of the State Department of Public
appointed
for a three-year period. Its function is to
Assistance
State Services for the Blind and other agencies
coordinate
services to blind individuals. (b) Eye Physicians
providing
Committee. This committee is composed of eight
Advisory
selected on a statewide basis. They serve for a
members
of four years. Each member must be a participating
term
in the Services for the Blind Program. The
ophthalmologist
of this committee is to set standards in the formu-
function
of policies in relation to eye care. The committee
lation
in educational programs, staff development, and the
assists
of information to the public in the field of
dissemination
Prevention of Blindness.
108

Deaf
is now recognized that deafness is a catastrophically
It
condition, particularly for those whose deafness exists from
disabling
Those deaf people who are successful vocationally are most apt
birth.
be in the manual occupations rather than in the professions. Almost
to
deaf students in college are in a college exclusively for the deaf
all
in Washington, D.C. The people who are blind, in contrast to
located
deaf, can usually manage satisfactorily to have college training
the
students without disabilities.
with
has been recommended that federal law be changed so that an
It
who is deaf would have an additional exemption on his income
individual
tax.
Dental Health
many of the applicants for vocational rehabilitation
Very
have a disability plus defective teeth. Routinely, clients
services
vocational rehabilitation services are examined by a physician.
for
is more rare for them to be sent for a dental examination. Poor
It
health is one of the most, common ailments of those in need of
dental
rehabilitation services.
vocational
studies of the incidence of dental caries in
Comprehensive
and youth have been made in every section of the United States.
children
A composite picture of these studies provides some startling facts:
percent of all two-year-old children have one or more
Fifty
teeth;
carious
the time children reach school age they have three or more
By
primary teeth;
decayed
age 16, the average youth has seven decayed, missing or
By
teeth involving 14 tooth surfaces;
filled
than four percent of high school pupils are free of
Less
decay.
dental
addition to these devastating, facts, we know that the six-
In
molar is the most frequent decay casualty the oldest and perhaps
year
important tooth in the mouth. Also, some studies indicate that
most
at age six, the permanent teeth are attacked at an average
beginning
of approximately one tooth.. erson per e. So at age 20,
rate
averageperson has 14 decayed, missing or filled permanent teeth.
the
let us consider some economics. Unfortunately for the
Now
book, it may be reasonable to estimatethat the cost of treat-
pocket
for dental caries in the United States exceeds the cost of treat-
ment
for any other single disease. It is certain that the high cost
ment
dental neglect can be counted among our of nation's pressing
most
problems.
health
109

are other dental health problems which must also receive
There
Research indicates that roughly half of our school children
attention.
evidence of malocclusion. In one survey of 119,000 school child-
have
50 percent had some form of dento-facial abnormalities of which
ren,
80 percent might have been prevented. In other words, one, third
over
the child population was found to suffer from preventable abnormal-
of
ities of the teeth and jaws.
third problem which certainly deserves the attention of
A
and research is that of periodontal diseases. This group of
education
disorders may occur in children when the primary teeth are being
dental
and the permanent teeth are erupting. However, periodontal dis-
shed
are usually associated with adults and they have the unenviable
eases
of being cited as the most common cause of tooth loss in adult
position
life.
recommendations were made concerning dental problems
Several
URBAN WASHINGTON APATHY OR ACTION:
in
to insure that dental hygiene knowledge overcomes all
First,
and language barriers,
cultural
recommend that all local health dep.artments employ
in_-'-disenous
We
to work within minority, and deprived
person_s
communit ies.
to assure that our young people receive this know-
Second,
ledge.
recommend improved instruction in dental hygiene within
pu---blic
We
private schools, especially at the elementary
and
level,
to help eliminate communications barriers between
Third,
care professionals and the poor,
dental
recommend that the Washington State Dental Association
We
cooperation with institutions of highereducation create
i-
programs fo__ralldenta ! professionals t__o
informational
greater cultural and social awareness. We further
cultivate
thatall dntal pr--essionals have an internship
recommend
racial or ethnic minority, area.
in.a
dentists certainly must be commended for taking the lead
The
Washington in advocating a method of alleviating dental
in
on a widespread, inexpensive basis, that is, fluori-
problems
of the water. This approach is the most practical
dation
economical step that can be taken in the dental health
and
Therefore,
field.
ii0.

ecommend legislation on a statewide basis providing fo__r
We
in Washington state's municipal domestic water
fluoridation
systems as a nutriment for bones and teeth.
arguments for fluoridation are many, and all need not be
The
here. There are three points,.however, that should
repeated
be stressed. One, fluoridation is not expensive. If it
now
required on a statewide basis, the state could provide
were
necessary mechanisms for very little cost. Second, many
the
the communities in our state already have natural fluoride
of
their water systems. Third, the additional fluoride to
in
water reduces the number of cavities and other den-
drinking
problems by almost two-thirds for such a small invest-
tal
of funds.
ment
next essential step in dental care is to make it avail-
The
to everybody. Therefore,
able
recommend that the Department of Public Assistance provide
W__e
for more extensive an__d continuousdental car, and that
funds
practicing dentists b__e fully informed regarding the current
al__l
of remuneration.
rate
than just funds are necessary. The dentists must be able
More
relate to the people they are serving in these programs.
to
are also many families who are earning enough to stay
There
the welfare rolls, yet they cannot afford adequate dental
off
Health insurance programs often do not include dental
care.
Employment disability insurance usually does not
provisions.
any dental help either. The private and public sectors
offer
work together to solve this critical problem. There-
should
fore,
recommend that the Washington State Dental Association
We
state agencies create provisions fo__r
R_ppropriate
families (not on public assistance) to obtain
low-icome
deltas care
adequ
was no discussion in the report of the Governor's
There
Council on Urban Affairs concerning the role of the Vocational
Advisory
agency in dental health. The funds of Vocational Rehab-
Rehabilitation
may be spent to improve the dental health of clients; Money
ilitation
be spent to examine and treat a client, including supplying dentures.
may
this service can be provided only those who meet all the
Obviously
eligibility requirements for services.
iii

Programs
The Aging
a 1966 report of the Administration on Aging of the U. S.
In
of Health, Education, and Welfare, these facts about the
Department
population of older Americans appear:
in every ii persons in the United States is aged 65
One
over a total of 18-1/2 million men and women. This
or
exceeds the total population of the 20 smallest
number
states.
this century, the percentage of the United States
In
aged 65 and over more than doubled (from
population
in 1900 to 9.4% in 1965), while the number increased
4.1%
(from 3 million to more than 18 million.)
six-fold
outlive men. There are about 129 older women per
Women
older men. Life expectancy at birth is 73.7 years
i00
females and 66.9 for males. Life expectancy for
for
is still increasing faster than for men.
women
out of every i0 persons 65 or over live in the
Three
most populous states--New York, California, Penn-
four
and Illinois--each of which has more than one
sylvania,
million.
the next 20 years, the older population of the
During
States is expected to increase almost 40 percent
United
to 25 million people.
Washington State there are about 300,000 people aged 65
In
older, about i0 percent of the population. In 1975, it is expected
and
there will be more than 350,000 of these people, according to the
that
and Community Affairs Agency. The proportion of the State of
Planning
population which is age 65 and over is approximately what
Washington's
is in the United States as a whole.
it
of our rural counties are becoming retirement havens
Many
the elderly. With this group come special problems. Great numbers
for
the elderly are now in hospitals and nursing homes. Many wait out
of
remaining years inactive, lonely, impoverished, bitter. One
their
solution to the problems of some of these elderly people was
possible
in a column by Sylvia Porter which was published in the SEATTLE
provided
POST-INTELLIGENCER, August 21, 1968. It is quoted in full as follows:
this era, Old Age is a Long Time. If you have enough
In
absorbing interests and goodhealth, the 20 to 30
money,
even 40 years of retirement--voluntary or involuntary--
or
be-pleasant and rewarding. But if you are poor, have
can
112

had the chance to develop interests and have under-
never
your health through decades of neglect, the older
mined
years can be unadulterated Hell.
shouldn't there be a "Late Start" program designed to
Why
the older person live to the end in proper dignity--
help
as the successful "Head. Start" proect is designed to
just
the child of poverty get a proper beginning?
help
definitely should be, says Genevieve Blatt, Assistant
There
of the Office of Economic Opportunity in Washington,
Director
she argues "it could be set up easily in many communities
and
costing a great deal of money." It's a fascinating
without
which you could adapt right now in your own neigh-
concept
at a minimum cost--if you have the needed enthusiasm
borhood
and cooperation of your neighbors and community leaders.
fundamental point is that our older poor are the most
The
of all groups in our society. They never
"disadvantaged"
the advantage of Head Start now available for poor
had
they never received the training now provided
children;
teen-agers throughNeighborhood Youth or Job Corps; they
for
had the chance for retraining now available for young
never
middle-aged workers through various programs.. So they
and
a long portion of their lives with the new burden of
face
age on top of the burden of poverty. If we can't give
old
a real start, saysMiss Blatt, we ought to be able to
them
give them a Late Start. Here is how it might work:
limited number of men and women 25 or 30 who qualify
A
old and poor, would be. assembled in a neighborhood group.
as
definitions could be the qualifying age for Social
The
benefits (62 to 65) and the official income poverty
Security
($3,300 for a family of. four.) This would involve about
line
people.
5,500,000
coordinator, several instructors and aides would be neces-
A
Some or all might be volunteers (no cost); the meeting
sary.
could be any school room or hall (perhaps also
facilities
needed supplies and health facilities might be obtained
free);
through existing channels (free too.)
group would be. given thorough physicals. Since most
The
be entitled to full Medicare benefits and the services
would
of neighborhood health centers, costs should be minimal.
nutritious meal would be served each day. It could be
A
mainly from surplus foods by volunteers or a regular
prepared
school staff. The cost could be 40 Cents per day per person.
courses might be given in morning, afternoon or
Training
sessions of three hours each, tailored to the local,
evening
113

ethnic and other characteristics of the partici-
economic,
pants.
the types of training could be: instruction in saving
Among
on buying; making the most of a limited income, avoid-
money
gyps, overcharges; how to select, prepare and serve food
ing
in basic reading and.writing; caft refreshers which
courses
lead to employment. (For instance, training a one-
could
typist in use of the electric typewriter or an ex-math
time
in the "new math." Or any older person might be
teacher
in art and music appreciation, making ceramics,
instructed
woodwork, metal work, knitting, crocheting, etc.)
costs would depend on the extent of volunteer and com-
The
contributions. Older persons themselves should be
munity
primarily in charge.
is just an outline and it's understandably fuzzy--but
This
warrants a test on a national scale to see how it would
it
and at what cost. For the objective is not fuzzy at
work
to give our older poor at least a "Late Start" in
all:
decent, dignified living. Dare you downgrade that?
important study of rehabilitation potential was done in
An
State in the early 1960s. This study was concerned with
Washington
elderly in nursing homes and in general hospitals and was reported
the
in PROJECT REPORT, REHABILITATION EDUCATION SERVICE "...HELPING
upon
TO HELP THEMSELVES," June 1962. It was co-sponsored by the
PEOPLE
Departments of Health and Public Assistance and the Division of
State
Vocational Rehabilitation. A summary of the project is quoted:
Summary
purpose of the Rehabilitation Education Service Project
The
to demonstrate the effectiveness of a multi-disciplinary
was
teaching service for nursing home personnel.
rehabilitation
demonstration wascarried out in licensed nursing homes
The
the State of Washington by an experienced staff who were
in
to teach rehabilitative techniques and procedures.
qualified
teaching program consisted of classroom instruction and
This
for nursing home personnel followed by teach-
demonstration
the staff how to put into practice what they had.been
ing
in class as they gave direct care to patients.
taught
Project was financed by grant funds from the Office of
The
Rehabilitation and appropriately matched by the
Vocational
sponsoring agencies, the Washington State Department
three
Health, the State Department of Public Assistance, and
of
State Board for Vocational Education Division of Voca-
the
Rehabilitation. This statewide Project was approved
tional
for a three-year period.
114

program was carried out under the administration and
The
of a coordinator who was responsible for medical
supervision
to the chief of the Division of Adult Health of
direction
State Department of Health and generally responsible to
the
three sponsoring agencies. In addition to the coordin-
the
and secretary, the staff included three nurses, an
ator
therapist, a physical therapist, a social worker,
occupational
a vocational counselor. Serving as consultants to the
and
and the nursing home staff were physiatrists, psychia-.
team
nutritionists, speech therapists, a hearing aid consul
trists,
and other specialists as medically determined to be
tant,
in considering the total needs of a patient in the
necessary
for rehabilitation. Specialists on the staff of spon-
plan
agencies were available as needed and requested.
soring
nursing homes were selected for the demonstration,
Twelve
one chronic disease unit of a general hospital.
including
ranged in capacity from l0 to 270 beds, and included
These
non-profit and proprietary facilities. The team spent
both
to ten weeks in each home in order to conduct the
eight
and demonstration. Three educational programs,
teaching
formal classes and clinical instruction, were
including
on simultaneously; one for nursing home personnel,
carried
for the activity director and volunteers participating
one
the activity program, and a third for public health nurses
in
and other professional people.
at class by nursing home staff was in general
Attendance
However, in the majority of the demonstration
satisfactory.
the administrator and charge nurse did not attend
homes
either becauseof pressure of work in the home or
regularly
they failed to grasp the full significance of their
because
in classes. The licensed practical nurses
participation
nurse aides were the principal recipients of the teaching
and
It was difficult for the nursing home staff to
program.
that all parts of the demonstration--nursing care,
recognize
and activity program are indivisible in a total
exercises
rehabilitative plan for the patient.
of the significant phases of the Project was the active
One
and interest of the community, local health and
participation
assistance departments. Through their sponsorship
public
have given their support to the continuation of the
they
program and extension of its services to other facilities.
effort was made by the nursing home personnel and
Consistent
to interest the local physicians in the Project and to
team
their participation. Their interest was generally
encourage
until they observed their patients actively partici-
limited
It was noted, however, that some physicians increased
pating.
referrals to demonstration homes and that such homes
their
began to develop waiting lists for admission.
115

insure objectivity the formal evaluation of the Project
To
conducted by two trained researchers from the University
was
Washington. The Project was evaluated from as many differ-
of
directions as possible. The administrators, charge nurses
ent
activity directors of the demonstration homes were each
and
interviewed. Local public health nurses who worked
personally
the RESP in their own counties and'the public assistance
with
who served patients in the demonstration homes
caseworkers
surveyed by questionnaires. Patient records did not
were
sufficient information for reliable evaluation of
provide
changes. Some of the indirect effects of the rehabili-
patient
program on the social system of the nursing home were
tation
through job satisfaction tests given to all employees
measured
and after the demonstration in the last five homes.
before
with respect to geriatric nursing and rehabilita-
Attitudes
philosophy of all staff members also were measured
tive
before and fter the demonstration.
an average age of approximately 80 in nursing homes it
With
difficult to measure or evaluate gains in physical restora-
is
but the case studies graphically describe the mental and
tion
improvement of some patients from a state of total
physical
to varying degrees of independence in daily living.
dependency
results gained in a relatively short time have not only
Such
public interest but have inspired the nursing home
created
to take initiative in rehabilitative programs for
personnel
patients. Rehabilitative nursing care is being recog-
their
as necessary in an increasing number of nursing homes.
nized
Rehabilitation Education Service Project has shown that
The
chronically ill and disabled persons can be restored to
many
degrees of independence under the care and supervision
varying
an understanding nursing home staff and the application
of
rehabilitative techniquesin the day-by-day care of the
of
The Washington State Department of Health, with
patients.
firm belief that this type of program is significant in
the
development of higher standards of nursing care and
the
by the Washington State Nursing Home Association,
encouraged
made provision for a multi-disciplinary rehabilitation
has
on the staff of the Chronic Disease Section. This ser-
team
will be an ongoing part of the State Department of
vice
program available to all nursing homes and hospitals
Health
for chronically ill and disabled persons.
caring
work with the aging will increase, partly as
Rehabilitation
result of the increasing numbers of elderly people, partly because
a
the growing realization on the part of society that better provis-
of
should be made for the elderly. The provision for self-care
ions
is part of the Vocational Rehabilitation law in Washington
services
More can be done to help elderly people with independent living.
State.
116

Correctional Rehabilitation
number of states have begun to have vocational rehabilita-
A
programs for people detained in prisons, reformatories and jails.
tion
was one of the earlier states to begin this effort. Mr. Cecil
Washington
as a Vocational Rehabilitation counselor w.orking in Spokane,
Price,
began this program in a formal way sveral years ago. How-
Washington,
there was only a modest expansion of the program until 1967.
ever,
Price was promoted to State Supervisor of Correctional Services.
Mr.
description of the correctional program, prepared in October, 1968,
His
is quoted below:
Chapter 134, Laws of 1967, established a Division of
When
and Parole within the State Department of Public
Probation
effective July 1967, a cooperative agreement
Institutions,
that Department and the Division of Vocational
between
(DVR) had already been drawn between the
Rehabilitation
agencies.
two
1966 Dr. Garrett Heyns, Superintendent, Department of
In
made a strong request for the assignment of
Institutions,
of VocationalRehabilitation personnel, to work
Division
inmates of correctional institutions. The coopera-
with
agreement referred to above was developed that year
tive
signed September 15, 1966, by representatives of the
and
agencies. Provision was thus made for the development
two
a cooperative rehabilitation program within adult and
of
youth correctional facilities and for specialized
older
in some communities of the state.
caseloads
first assignment of avocational rehabilitation officer
The
a correctional institution rehabilitation unit occurred
to
April 1967. Other assignments were made through May 1968,
in
the total Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
bringing
specializing in work with public offenders to
personnel
Eight of these are now working principally within
eleven.
but they follow their paroled clients into
institutions,
community within commuting distance of their work stations
the
transfer other clients to Correctional Rehabilitation
and
staff wherever this appears practical.
Services
year the greatest need for additional community, special-
This
in this endeavor appears to be in Tacoma and Vancouver.
ists
vocational rehabilitation officers in the general
Several
program accepted rather large numbers of
rehabilitation
offender clients in these communities. Vacant posi-
public
exist in Seattle and Chehalis, the latter to. serve
tions
referrals made by Green Hill School and Maple Lane School.
of the eligible and ineligible clients referred from
Most
institutions have been diagnosed as having
correctional
disorders which have their source in cultural,
behavioral
environmental, educational, vocational, and other
social,
117

and result in severe limitations on work and commun-
factors,
adjustment. For these persons major changes in attitudes
ity
behavior come slowly and with great effort if they come
and
all.
at
member of the Division of Vocatioqal Rehabilitation staff
Each
to Correctional Rehabilitation Services strives to
assigned
out realistic and effective rehabilitation plans with
work
clients. That the plan be the client's plan (not that
his
the vocational rehabilitation officer) is critical whether
of
is incarcerated, paroled, or on probation. Services must
he
be purchased by the Division of Vocational Rehabilita-
often
tion.
greatest need now appears to be to provide adequate field
The
community vocational rehabilitation officers to accept
or
service transfers from institutional rehabilitation units
and
to work with many more probationers and parolees, and
and
the probation and parole officers who are supervising
with
them.
of our service figures for the month beginning Septem-
Some
i, 1968, may be of interest.
ber
Corrections Center
Washington
A 5
Counselor
IndividualCaseloadsTotal Caseloads
B. 58
Counselor
C 114 177
Counselor
State Penitentiary
Washington
D 107
Counselor
E
145
Counselor
F 138
Counselor
State Reformatory
Washington
G 33
Counselor
Counselor H 68
TOTAL INSTITUTIONS CASELOAD 668
Services, Probation and Parole Referrals
Community
I Seattle Area: 129
Counselor
J Spokane " 106
Counselor
K Spokane " 41
Counselor
TOTAL COMMUNITY CASELOAD 276
GRAND TOTAL 944
118
390
i01
Total
Caseloads

of services to public offenders is done on a
Financing
Party" basis. Contributions of the Department of
"Third
to the cooperative rehabilitation effort (such
Institutions
staff salaries, office space, equipment) are used as
as
funds to earn matching federal funds for services
state
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. No state
of
money is involved. The size of the cooperative
appropriated
is related to the degree of support by the Depart-
program
of Institutions and the availability of federal funds
ment
third party financing. (End of statement by Mr. Price)
for
of the limitations of this program is that even now,
One
rehabilitation counselors are housed in each of the state correc-
after
institutions for adults and most of those for juveniles, there
tional
very few prisoners who are being served, and still fewer who have
are
been rehabilitated.
wrote:
In his 1968 book, THE CRIME OF PUNISHMENT, Karl Menninger
is the system. This is the way we do it. A handful
This
men, relatively, have been caught and convicted and
of
to prison, while most offenders remain at large.
consigned
can we change the public image of all this, from the
How
police through the clumsy trial procedure, to
handicapped
great lockup where wickedness is confined and penitent
the
are beating their breasts? The prisons, whether new,
souls
steel and concrete warehouses or old, gloomy, grimy
shiny
are full of people--not, for the most part, vicious,
lockups
men who have done dreadful things, nor yet penitent,
violent
breast-beating men who wish they had not
hand-wringing,
the bank. They are full of men labeled rmiZ
robbed
they got caught at something and convicted of some-
because
forbidden. But they are mostly poor, inadequate,
thing
frustrated misfits--young failures, or life-
incompetent,
failures, offenders who could not even make a success
long
of crime!
while an armyof men across the country tries to serve
And
interests and safety by turning the wheels of this
our
machine for the grinding up of a minority of the
infernal
offenders and administering to them the futile
easily-caught
of punishment, a horde of known but immune predatory
ritual
criminals grows fat and famous in front of our
professional
eyes.
will likely be significant improvements in this situa-
There
in the time to come. This was decided early in the life of the
tion
Commission when it was voted that "the State has a special
Planning
to try to rehabilitate those who are wholly or partly
responsibility
dependent on it and/or one of its political subdivisions."
119

October 18, 1968 a document was signed which was designed
On
help those people in correctional and other institutions. This
to
was described in the Winter Issue, 1968, Vocational Rehabili-
document
OUTLOOK, Vol. 5, No. i, as follows:
tation
greater numbers of individuals in state institutions
Far
expected to be better equipped to met the challenges
are
the outside world when they return to their communities
of
a result of a recent agreement signed by two state
as
agencies.
agreement made by the Department of Institutions and
The
State Division of Vocational Rehabilitation calls for
the
rehabilitation agency to begin a program of services
the
each major area of the Department. A full-grown program
in
is the goal of the agreement.
William R. Conte, Institutions chief, and E. M. Oliver,
Dr.
Rehabilitation Director, pointed out that the new
State
was developed as a result of a close-working
program
between the two state agencies over the last
relationship
two years.
new effort will require additional highly trained
The
Full development of the program is dependent
counselors.
the recruitment of new personnel, with recruiting
on
staff having a high priority.
trained
of trained personnel will be undertaken and
Promotions
training programs for counselors and other needed
special
is planned. The undertaking will utilize Federal
staff
available to the State of Washington to match certain
funds
funds being used .in the rehabilitation of persons
State
the institutions.
leaving
of the two agencies will be directed toward build-
Efforts
an effective bridge for those leaving Institutions,
ing
the bridge designed to give such individuals needed
with
and help so they won't have to return to institu-
direction
Part of the bridge represents not only the growing
tions.
to extend institutional and .rehabilitation services,
need
it also represents the need for vocational education
but
and other services.
re-education
Conte noted that his department has five divisions which
Dr.
32 institutions, in addition to handling many
operate
community services.
average daily resident population exceeds 12,000 in
"The
institutions" Dr. Conte said, "And the vast majority
those
those persons are vocationally handicapp.ed and in need
of
rehabilitation services.
of
120

than 6,000 persons of working age between 16 and 60
"More
discharged from our institutions annually and virtually
are
meet the criteria of physical or mental disability estab-
all
by the state vocational rehabilitation agency."
lished
Oliver stated that, "Our rehabilitation agency welcomes
Mr.
opportunity to work withDr. Conte Snd his staff in
the
carrying out this new effort."
only will it be necessary to have an enormous expansion
Not
services in the state prisons and state reformatories; to complete
of
rehabilitation job it will be necessary that rehabilitation ser-
the
be provided those on probation and parole and those in city and
vices
county jails.
his first poignant scene in WINTERSET, Maxwell Anderson's
In
speak about prison:
characters
Now look, Trock, look, what would the warden say to
SHADOW.
like that?
talk
May they die as I die! By God, what life they've
TROCK.
me they shall keep me well! I'ii have that out of them-
left
these pismires that walk like men!
Because, look, chief, it's all against science and
SHADOW.
for you to get out and begin to cuss that way
penology
your prison vittles are out of you. Hell, you're
before
to leave the pen full of high thought, kind of
supposed
loving toward all mankind, ready-to kiss their
noble-like,
whatever parts they stick out toward you. Look
feet--or
at me!
I see you. And even you may not live as long as
TROCK.
think. You think too many things are funny. Well,
you
laugh. But it's not so funny.
Come on, Trock, you know me. Anything you say goes,
SHADOW.
give me leave.to kid a little.
but
Then laugh at somebody else! It's a lot safer!
TROCK.
soaked me once too often in that vat of oisoned
They've
they keep upstate to soak men in, and I'm rotten in-
hell
I'm all one liquid puke inside where I had lungs
side,
like yourself! And now they want to get me and stir
once,
in again--and that'd kill me--and that's fine for them.
me
Division of Research and Demonstration Grants of the
The
and Rehabilitation Service, Department Of Health, Education,
Social
Welfare, in their RESEARCH BRIEF of January 1969, has stated as
and
follows:
121

three million serious crimes came to police attention
Almost
1965. This figure, however, is by no means complete, for
in
a study of 1,700 persons, 91 percent admitted to one or
in
of 49 offenses for which they might, if detected, have
more
jail or prison sentences. While the imprisoned
received
emerges as a generally inadequate and disadvantaged
offender
this cannot explain the full rnge of crime, much
person,
which is unreported and unsolved.
of
people commit a disproportionate share of all crimes,
Young
their numbers are growing faster than the total popula-
and
The 15 to 17 age group comprises only 5.4% of the
tion.
but accounts for almost 13% of all arrests.
population
this group will become a larger portion of the
Tomorrow,
population, bringing a corresponding possibility of
total
more crime. This is deeply disturbing not only to
even.
interested in conserving human resources but also
those
those trying to cope with a rising volume of crime.
to treat offenders individually and justly, and how to
How
those social conditions in which crime flourishes,
transform
the two main problems in correctional rehabilitation.
are
has easy solutions. In recent (1968) Harris
Neither
of public and professional attitudes toward crime
Surveys
corrections, both groups agreed that rehabilitation to
and
the offender a productive citizen should be our main
make
The public felt that offenders need more help after
goal.
that community acceptance is a major problem, but
release,
unwilling to pay higher taxes for better correctional
were
unreceptive to Halfway Houses for .released offen-
programs,
in their own neighborhoods, and unenthusiastic about
ders
in correctional work for their own children. Cor-
careers
workers felt there must be more community involve-
rectional
if programs are to be effective, but noted that lack
ment
community acceptance, trained personnel, and adequate
-of
funds are three major hurdles facing such programs.
description of the present situation in prisons was dis-
A
in an article by Bruce Jackson in the NEW YORK TIMES MAGAZINE
cussed
September 2, 1968 entitled, "Our Prisons are Criminal 'Not one
of
them really does its job--and the worst of them practice old-
of
fashioned barbarity.'" Mr. Jackson stated that:
has the longest prison sentences in the West, yet
America
only condition long sentencesdemonstrably cure is
the
heterosexuality.
Further, he said:
countries such as Denmark and Sweden have immensely
Other
prison education. Yet in the United States with
improved
122

its fancy schools and its splendid mass media, with all
all
technology and experts prison education barely makes
its
for the basic reading and writing skills the inmate never
up
on the outside. England s about to legalize conjugal
got
rights for married inmate men, because it realizes
visiting
there is much social value in keeping an inmate's
that
together. But in this country eople trying to make
family
prison experience more socally beneficial in almost any
the
way are accused of "coddling" criminals.
nature of the myopia, though disheartening, is not hard
The
determine. With rare exceptions our approach to the
to
of crime and correction is an approach to the symptom
problem
than the cure.
rather
we should be honest with ourselves; if what we want
Maybe
vengeance, we've got pretty good models going in several
is
right now. If what we want is to make the streets
places
our property more secure, our nights more tranquil,
safer,
we want to help those people (and at the same time our-
if
we had best redefine what those places with their
selves),
their wires, their guns and their, bars are required
walls,
do.
to
following statement by Donald R. Johns, Ph.D., was pre-
The
for his employer, the Department of Institutions. Dr. Johns
pared
served as a task force chairman for the Planning Commission
visits to prisoners have long been a topic, of consider-
Marital
interest in the United States, although frankly to date
able
is mostly talk. Moreover there seems to be more such
it
among persons who observe prisons than there is among
talk
those who operate them.
Alternatives t__o Conjugal Visitin
may as well prejudice the issue early in the discussion.
One
or not there Bhoud be conjugal visits it seems quite
Whether
that there w t be such visits in most American
clear
in the near future. There are several reasons, and
prisons
may be useful to present these as "objectively" as possible,
it
that some of these reasons are based more on opinions
granting
are strongly held. On what basis, then, are "conjugal
which
unlikely?
programs"
visits, realistically,.can serve only those pris-
Such
with intact marriages. This represents, of
oners
a very partial solution to the general problem
course,
sexuality in confinement. The effect on prison
of
specifically probably would be negligible,
homosexuality
because "well-married" prisoners are in the
both
123

and because they are comparatively unlikely
minority
be much involved in the prison's "serious" homo-
to
sexual activities.
facilities for such visits are lacking
Appropriate
almost all prison settings. Constructing and staff-
in
these facilities would necessarily take its place
ing
the various needs Which compete for priority
among
It is not surprising that needed facilities
attention.
education, training, medical care, and so forth,
for
"win out" in this competition. In this
consistently
there are some values which may be more cherished
sense,
in the American scene than is motherhood!
practical problems in administration are several.
The
concerns, common-law marriages, potential
Security
jealousies, and.possible coercive use by
prisoner
of the power to grant or deny such visits are
staff
That there are such problems, and that con-
examples.
staff time might become committed to their
siderable
militates against the program. An under-
management
if regretable, reaction would be "we have
standable,
enough problems on our hands already."
support for marital visits is meager.
Administrative
survey* found less than i0 percent of the 73 prison
One
surveyed to be in favor of conjugal visits.
wardens
percent of those polled, and 56 percent of those
Forty
answered were opposed. More than half of those
who
were non-committal in one way or another (did not
polled
were undecided, non-committal, or would refer
respond,
question to "higher administration"). Successful
the
generally require consider.ably stronger admin-
programs
support than is implied by these figures.
istrative
undocumented, but obvious problem arises with respect
An
"climate." The frankly sexual visit, in this culture,
to
unmistakably degrading connotations. There would
has
to be serious question whether conjugal visits
seem
escape the imagery and feeling-tone implied. It
could
be expected, for example, that many wiveswould
might
intense conflict between the desire to be
experience
their husbands and a sense of cheapness or baseness
with
making such openly sexual visits. Since women are
in
infrequently concerned about whether their husbands
not
are interested in them only for sex, this "hang-up"
Balogh, Joseph K. Conjugal Visitations i__n_nPrisons: A Sociological
*
In FEDERAL PROBATION, September 1964
Perspective.
124

sometimes exacerbate marital problems while
might
to relieve them. To the extent that this
attempting
a real problem, the conjugal visit presents the
is
with a bad choice. If there are ways of pro-
couple
for sexual needs within the context of a more
viding
atmosphere, then those alternatives should be
natural
given careful attention..
The possibility of increasing the numbers of children
6,
to "inadequate families" and supported by public
born
is obvious, and presumably would militate
welfare
community support for such changes in public
against
It would simply be easier, for example, to
policy.
the issue than it would be to wrestle through
neglect
questions potentially involved (e.g., mandatory
the
as a pre-condition of such visits as one
birth-control
solution to the problem ofincreased public dependency).
state the case of conjugal .visits more positively, it
To
be predicted that implementation of such "programs"
might
might be expected when:
There are facilities available which could be converted
io
and not too expensively to such use;
satisfactorily
interest in such a program is reasonably
Administrative
high;
to such programs is not strong or not actively
Opposition
organized;
practical problems can be carefully recognized,
The
for, and managed.
planned
Variations on a Theme TheFamilyVisit
usual image of conjugal visiting, at least in this coun-
The
is probably the little shack on the trustee-farms of
try,
Mississippi prison, with visits regulated by the local
the
A significant departure from this image has been
guards.
at the California State Prison at Tehachapi. Here
developed
previously occupied by staff, is set up for the
housing
to visit "eligible" inmates during the pre-release
family
of their sentence. This situation, for a two or three
phase
period, more closely replicates the full family setting.
day
for cooking and recreation are provided, and the
Facilities
are included. Initial experience with this arrange-
children
has been favorable, rportedly, and it would seem to
ment
many of the objections cited above. The remaining
avoid
are obvious: it serves only a minority; it is
limitations
only during a quite limited portion of the prison-
available
sentence; it is probably realistically feasible only
er's
125

fairly unique circumstances (e.g., vacated staff
under
and it does not serve as a vehicle for bringing
housing);
prisoner into the community in other important ways
the
for on-thespot job interviews). It is, in short,
(e.g.,
what it claims to be: one step toward smoothing, the
only
to community living.
transitional
Authorized Leave as a More Flexible Alternative
visits, similar to the week-end pass used by military
Home
has been suggested as an obvious alternative.*
installations,
The potential advantages of such a system are several:
Their use can be more flexible and serve more objectives
io
can conjugal visits at prison. Employment inter-
than
business matters, experimental "parole" (testing
views,
for brief periods whether a parole plan is adequate),
out
and funeral visits, planned family outings,
hospital
training assignments are some of the more obvious
and
that could be pursued under the structure
activities
such a program. A single administrative policy and
of
of procedures could be developed to cover all
set
under which a prisoner should be placed
circumstances
on authorized leave status, streamlining administration.
facilities and resources could be utilized
Existing
fully in lieu of building, staffing, equipping,
more
supply of certain institutional programs. For
and
certain pre-release activities (e.g., mock
example,
"dry run" job interviews) could be replaced by
or
"real" experience. With respect to family
direct
the family's home or other existing accommo-
visits,
(e.g., apartments, motels) could be used rather
dations
than constructing special facilities for family visits.
The fuller and more natural context of family week-end
3,
be provided for marital visits as such. Particu-
would
visits involving children would be more appro-
larly,
and more satisfying than occurs when children
priate
go to see their father at the prison. There are no
It is difficult to know whom to credit for this idea, but
*
should be acknowledged clearly that this writer is far
it
the first to have thought of it. By 1958 there were
from
programs for selected categories of prisoners
home-leave
England, Wales, North Ireland, Scotland, Denmark,
in
Germany, Greece, and Sweden (see Cavan, R.S.,
Switzerland,
Zemans, E. S., Marital Relationships of Prisoners i__n
and
Countries. In JRNL OF CRIMINAL LAW, CRIMINOLOGY
2--8
AND POLICE SCIENCE Vol. 49, No 2, p. 135, 1958.
126

in prison for example in which fathers
accommodations
actually play with their children, much less take
can
on an outing or otherwise give to them. The child
them
only the adult situation where there is opportunity
meets
for talk. The medium of exchange between parents
only
young children, of course, is Rot talk, but is
and
activity, including play. Virtually no "father-
shared
is possible in the prison visit unless it is to
ing"
tell the restless child to sit still.
of adjustment under reduced supervision would be
Tests
before the individual is fully released.
practical
areas of difficulty are identified (e.g., what to
When
on Saturday night) they can be worked with before
do
the individual leaves major supervision.
programs would militate against the general trend
Such
from family consolidation.
away
administrative tasks would be easier than is
Certain
case when visitors go to the prison (particularly,
the
intimate visits than are allowable in the open
more
room). For example, it is less objectionable
visiting
"shake down" aprisoner returning to prison from
to
than it is to search thoroughly a member of his
leave
family who comes to visit.
it be said that only the gains and none of the risks
Lest
discussed by those who advocate various programs, or
are
risks go unrecognized in planning, the potential hazards
lest
disadvantages of authorized leave should be identified.
or
are familiar, however, and are the same hazards which
They
faces at the time of release. They are also the
society
which society faces with itself--with its members
hazards
are not confined. These include:
who
Risk of legal offenses during the individual's period
l.
freedom from institutional surveillance. These
of
should be monitored by careful selection of
risks
and by structuring the situation to which
candidates,
is released (e.g., to be under family surveillance
he
all times).
at
of absconding from supervision. These risks, too,
Risk
the same risk on release to parole, should be
like
by selection and family-community (e.g.,
monitored
officer) surveillance.
parole
127

of inappropriate conduct short of a significant
Risk
offense. With careful screening, these comprise
legal
of the risks--that the individual may get drunk,
most
become involved in some other "nuisance offense"
or
is normally tolerated in the case of citizens who
which
not under institutional care. Although they are
are
visible, so their misconduct does not often
highly
public notice, indications are that selected
escape
"visitors" to the community ae less likely
institution
comprise a public nuisance than are many citizens
to
at-large.
that additional children might be born to problem
Risk
With appropriate counseling (and probably
families."
most cases without it) pregnancies arising from
in
visits should be predicted as low. Most persons
family
for example that this. would be no time to
recognize,
to the family and would simply behave accordingly.
add
normal access to contraceptive methods, and with
With
if necessary, to family-planning counsel, no
access,
increase in such childrenneed be expected.
substantial
the same time, of course, conception remains a
At
of personal choice and personal responsibility
question
all citizens, subject only to advice and education.
for
government is prepared to intervene more strongly
Unless
"population control" generally, these same standards
in
apply to all citizens. To retain an individual
should
prison simply to prevent the birth of children is
in
clearly not the intent of constitutio.nal law.
Place of Authorized Leave in the
The
CorrectionalProcess
Overall
is becoming increasingly clear that the nation's past
It
present system of criminal justice is not fulfilling its
and
mandate, particularly with respect to the long-
appointed
protection of citizens from fellow-citizens. The vast
range
of the crime problem is that of repeated "minor"
majority
(misdemeanors and lessor felonies) for which the rather
crimes
dictum "lock them up and throw away the key" is simply
popular
under any system of "penalties to fit the crime."
unworkable
predominant contemporary pattern is a life-history of
The
crimes and petty penalties, which seem in time to
petty
each other as night follows day. Extending the penal-
follow
introduces a measure of increased short-term safety, but
ties
least in many obvious cases at the cost of increased long-
at
danger. Like the snake-pit philosophy of mental hospitals
term
scant quarter-century ago, the prison all too often still
a
its own dark prophesy of hopelessness. Also like
fulfills
mental hospital, "salvation" must come, no doubt, from
the
source other than variations in custodial care. For
some
128

hospitals, the "breakthrough" was threefold: (i) new
the
(2) the "open door" policy, and (3) more and better
drugs,
(and facilities and materials) to work appropriately
staff
patients.
with
comparatively fewer prisoners than mental patients
Since
likely to benefit substantially fro the "new drugs,"
seem
more visable benefits on the horizon for corrections
the
come in the form of (i) the "open door" or some
should
and (2) increased-improved staff-treatment methods.
variant(s),
would be difficult to declare which of these is to be the
It
important. Certainly in the state hospital experience,
more
latter could not have accomplished its task without the
the
It is less clear whether the former might have been
former.
without much of the latter. That is, the open door
enough
critical; it is harder to determine the specific benefits
was
staff and treatment efforts beyond those rather directly
of
attributable to .drugs, although benefits there clearly were.
"open door" has, in one sense, always been a part of
The
operations. Except in that minority of offenses which
prison
extremely long sentences, the "client" can look forward
yield
release. And it is this, prison administrators agree,
to
than anything else, that creates "motivation,,' conformity,
more
hope. The "open door" in the sense of in-and-out-in-and-
and
for week-ends, home visits, and partial hospitalization
out,
is still almost unknown in prison programs. And
however,
is quite clear that such programs could be extremely use-
it
in the rehabilitation of many persons who are sent to
ful
rather than to a mental hospital. Authorized leave
prison
provide the administrative machinery for accomplishing
could
these improvements in correctional programming.
are probably two main deterrents to the development of
There
policies and practices. First, most penalties in current
such
are measured in confinement-time, and there is an
practice
that this confinement will be continuous until
expectation
Second, there is a general sense that all offenders
parole.
dangerous at the time of conviction, and (hopefully)
are
become safe-to-be-at-large as their sentence moves
gradually
expiration. There is a general confidence, for example,
toward
the "pre-release" period. We expect that, if the person
in
about to be released, he must have become safe.
is
fact is that some of the persons convicted (statistical
The
indicate about forty percent who can be identified)
studies
safe-to-be-at-large throughout their confinement, or
are
be released occasionally without undue risk. It is for
could
forty percent or more that authorized leave could serve
this
a rehabilitative tool throughout their confinement. With
as
nearly one hundred percent, authorized leavewould appear
129

helpful during the pre-release phase. For those
potentially
who have intact marriages, the same policy and
prisoners
would serve as a superior alternative to conjugal
procedures
(End of Dr. John's statement)
visits.
THE COMMISSION RECONDS:
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation work with the
That
law enforcement and other community resources in the
courts,
of rehabilitation programs for offenders and
development
offenders, and that those in need of vocational re-
potential
habi litation service8 8hould be served.
there should be an expansion of services to the persons
That
prisons and other correctional institutions so that by
in
all prisoners below the age of 60 would be referred
1975
Vocational Rehabilitation routinely, with later screen-
to
to exclude those net feasible for vocational rehabili-
ing
services.
tation
Economic Opportunity Programs
of the fastest growing areas in government is in mann
One
programs. However, there has been a greater increase in legis
power
authorizing new programs than there has been an increase in
lation
to pay for the programs. The then President of the United
funding
Lyndon B. Johnson, in 1968 made an agreement with Congress
States,
reduce the federal budget for civilian programs by $6 billion.
to
devastating cut was made principally in the manpower programs.
This
rehabilitation, education, health, welfare, and other
Vocational
were also crippled. It is likely to be years before the
programs
made by this cut will have healed. Perhaps a manifestation
wounds
the cut was the rioting which tore through our cities in the recent
of
Disadvantaged people were promised greatly improved govern-
summer.
services. When Federal budgetary restrictions reduced the
mental
the demonstrations and attacks began. Young militant
programs
people fouled their own nests, burned their own neighbor-
aggrieved
found that the dead were so often their own brothers.
hoods,
Washington State energetic efforts by many governmental
In
at many levels have been directed to help relieve the poverty
officials
suffering of the disadvantaged. The state government, particularly,
and
been in the forefront in this respect, and activity has not been
has
only to agencies with special responsibilities in this area.
limited
would expect, for example, that the Board Against Discrimination
We
the Office of Economic Opportunity would work vigorously to help
and
races in the state. Most. other states, however have not
minority
comparable activity on the part of high government officials
shown
help the minorities, the disadvantaged, and the handicapped.
to
130

the efforts of these and other governmental officials, the
Through
of Washington is projecting an image of an aggressive, humane,
State
educated people striving for law and order with justice.
THE COISSION RECOENDS:
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitatio in its involve-
That
in community action planning for services in poor neigh-
ment
arrange for poor people themselves to participate
borhoods,
the planning.
in
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation work with
That
agencies to find means of delivering vocational
other
and educational services in the rural areas
rehabilitation
Washington.
of
WASHINGTON APATHY OR ACTION? a 1968 report of
URBAN
Governor's Advisory Council on Urban Affairs, A. Ludlow Kramer,
the
Secretary of State, Chairman, contains the following statement:
a person makes a living is a vital determinant of his
How
and social well-being. Almost every .person
individual
the need to contribute to his own welfare through
feels
own efforts. A viable society must provide an oppor-
his
tunity for every person to fulfill this basic need.
problems have drastic social impact. Much of
Employment
alienation of a minority person, for example, is
the
by the nature of his work. Those that are forced
caused
of employment or denied participation in progressive,
out
jobs feel a resentment toward society that has
meaningful
itself in racial violence.
manifested
male members ofa family who cannot adequately support
Those
families feel a sense of shame and inadequacy that
.their
some to leave their homes. Consequently, their
causes
grow up without fathers and, more often than not
children
into the.same cycle of unemployment, frustration
graduate
desertion.
and
not only provide security in the present to the indivi-
Jobs
they insure the future for society as well. Some of
dual,
most vital growth services--health care, education,
the
planning, and administration of all types--requir
housing,
increases in manpower. Not only do people need
tremendous
but the job market needs people. The greatest social
jobs,
benefit will result from bringing these two together.
there have been measurable gains in the personal
Although
of many of our state's citizens, the conditions of
income
of our citizens--particularly many Blacks, Mexican-
many
and American Indians--is one of deprivation and
Americans,
hopelessness,
131

z
132
..i.

eason for this cond.i..t.i.on lies in three a.reas that need
The
concentrated attackunemployment, underemployment, and
a
lack of entrepreneurial skills.
is the most obvious of the three, and the
Underemployment
that the Federal government and private enterprise
one
the nation have begun to attack jointly. The
throughout
is not the lack of jobs. We have a rapidly
problem
economy in Washington and new jobs are opening
expanding
than employers can fill them.
faster
acute problem is that unemployment tends to be concen-
An
instead of spread throughout the community. In
trated,
unemployment concentrates in core city areas
Washington,
in isolated rural areas. The unemployed usually live
and
these areas, and their inability to pay for innovative
in
in their community schools, adequate housing and
programs
governmental services tends to perpetuate unem-
sufficient
ployment.
concentration adds to the problem in several ways, For
The
those on relief in the Central Area of Seattle
instance,
find Jobs in the rapidly expanding job market in
might
but they can neither afford to move to Everett
Everett,
buy available housing if they could get there. These
nor
cannot support the special levies necessary for their
areas
to develop programs designed to resolve the unique
schools
of problems of the community's children, so
configuration
young grow up untrained and, consequently, unable to
the
a job. The inability to get to a health professional,
hold
fact that none live nearby, means that many people
the
physically hampered in their ability to work.
become
those places where.the unemployed can get jobs, artificial
In
and discrimination by employers can prevent these
.standards
from being employed. Lack of adequate education or
people
skills can pose a barrier. Legal problems, like
vocational
threat of garnishment and the inability to be eligible
the
bonding, also hinder the employment of the unemployed.
for
need for supervision for their children keeps many
The
now receiving welfare payments from working or
mothers
engaging in training programs.
akin to the problem of unemployment, and almost
Closely
present in the same area, is the problem of underem-
always
Strictly defined, underemployment is a part-time
ployment.
or a full-time job that pays less than $3,000 a year.
job
major problem of underemployment is that it discourages
One
employment. Our system of taking a dollar of welfare
full
every dollar of income discourages people on welfare
for
taking any type of a part-time job. The fact that many
from
of the unemployed can only look forward to being underemployed
133

the effort it takes to find a job. They said
discourages
us, "Why fight discrimination, lack of training, trans-
to
away from home, and the physical effort involved
portation
a mere $3,000 a year?"
for
a broader definition, underemployment becomes an even
In
critical problem. If we define underemployment as
more
at a job below one's apparent potential capability,
working
becomes a problem of all society, not just those of low
it
A free enterprise system demands a commitment to
income.
world of work, and if such a system is to flourish it
the
provide an opportunity for individuals to fulfill
must
by working within it. Thus, make-work programs,
themselves
in 1938 or 1968 are not the answer. Our society
whether
grave domestic problems involving population, unem-
faces
education, health, housing, and the physical en-
ployment,
The unemployed and the underemployed must share
vironment.
meeting those challenges, instead of being part of the
in
challenge.
third area of the job problem, and one related both
The
unemployment and underemployment is the lack of entre-
to
skills among many of Washington's residents.
preneurial
many of the unemployed and underemployed--especially
While
minorities and ethnic minorities--can now obtain
racial
for the first time to open their own business, they
capital
not have managerial skills to operate a business with
do
assistance. It is not part of the family nor cultural
expert
of the disadvantaged to have learned capitalistic
background
i.e., experience in selling inexpensive items,
skills;
in business already, experience with budgeting
relatives
investing one's allowance, and enrollment in college
and
business school courses where entrepreneurship is taught
and
experts.
by
given.training in entrepreneurship, however, they could
If
become managers and entrepreneurs in the private
possibly
system. The unemployed could start hiring the
enterprise
around them and the underemployed could find new
unemployed
in being their own boss and having their future
fulfillment
only by their own talents. The lack of Black
limited
Indian capitalism, and Mexican-American capital-
capitalism,
is a shortcoming Washington must begin to overcome.
ism
any discussion of job training and opportunities, one
In
face squarely the related problems of unemployment and
must
underemployment.
134

problem of a sufficient number of jobs in Washington is
The
One facet is-discrimination° The unemployment
manyfold.
among nonwhites is- twice that of whites. Practically
rate
the administrative jobs.are held by whites. Orientals
all
been fairly successful, but Indians, Mexican-Americans,
have
Negroes continue to face job discrimination in many areas
and
the state. The elimination of discrimination does not
of
sweeping changes in our economy or massive additions
require
our governmental agencies. 'It can be accomplished only
to
the will to do so can be generated. The leadership must
if
come from the employer community of Washington State.
AND VIOLENCE IN WASHINGTON STATE, printed in 1969 by
RACE
Commission on the Causes and the Prevention of Civil Disorders,
the
A. Ludlow Kramer, Chairman, contains the following statement:
underemployment and lack of entrepreneurial
Unemployment,
are major reasons for social frustration and hos-
skills
within the ghettos of Washington. Employment
tilities
interact with almost all the others we have
problems
health care, welfare transportation, education,
mentioned:
employment is essential to good housing, higher educa
Good
tion, and most important--to self-pride.
is no lack of government and state concern about
There
for the disadvantaged. Indeed, we found a
employment
array of overlapping, competing and necessarily
confusing
programs. Therefore, we recommend that the State
wasteful
of Employment Security bring together represent.
Department
of the various employment services to establish
tatives
agreed upon procedures to help end the current
jointly
duplication of activities.
wasteful
necessity, governmental action to resolve employment
By
is financed largely at the federal level. Since
problems
the federal government has adequate funds for such a
only
social problem, we support this trend and its expan-
major
sion.
Facilities and Workshops
following chart shows that none of the rehabilitation
The
in Washington State go to special rehabilitation
appropriations
although 7.9 percent of the rehabilitation funds in the
facilities
go for that purpose, Figures are from State Vocational
nation
Agency Program Data, FiscalYear 1967, Rehabilitation
Rehabilitation
Administration, Washington, D. C.
Services
135
'

OF TOTAL EXPENDITURES BY CATEGORY
PERCENT
YEAR 1967
FISCAL
Administration
and Placement
Guidance
Services
Case
Business Enterprises
Small
Workshops
Facilities
Rehabilitation
Percent Totals
Washington U.S.
4.7%
7.5%
26.2
43.5
59.5
43.3
0.5
0.7
1.2
5.0
7.9
0
should be made to reduce administrative cost. The state should
Efforts
rehabilitation facilities to assist the clients.
have
Planning Commission considered the need in this state
The
two such rehabilitation facilities. One that was considered was
for
Regional Comprehensive Rehabilitation Center. The other was an
the
Evaluation and Service Center. The Commissionrecommends
Employment
that Washington State have both. A description of each follows:
Comprehensive RehabilitationCenter
statement concerns the Comprehensive Rehabilitation
This
It has been proposed that the State of Washington have a
Center.
rehabilitation center within its borders. There is no
comprehensive
knowledge of such a center in Washington State or within 2,000
present
The best known centers of this kind are at Johnstown, Pennsyl-
miles.
Hot Springs, Arkansas; Fisherville, Virginia; and Warm Springs,
vania;
Georgia.
a comprehensive rehabilitation center is a
Essentially,
where severely handicapped people may go for a variety of rehab-
place
services. Almost any service which is needed can be provided
ilitation
the site. It has training and evaluation, occupational therapy,
on
care, and the like. It has been said that much of the
residential
which the severely handicapped people get in a setting of
learning
nature comes from other clients outside the formal training pro
this
Clients are motivated by each other in the evenings, at meals,
grams.
the residence halls, to want to become whole and useful and self-
in
abundantly. The variety of formal programs of
sustaining--to.live
which go from occupational therapy, to literacy training, to
training
psychiatric therapy, to accounting procedures, to physiotherapy
group
all necessary for certain groups of these severely handicapped
are
people.
a person has been badly hurt in an industrial accident,
If
partially paralyzed in an auto wreck, or felled by a stroke, can
or
services be provided which would make him become self-supporting,
136
9.1%

justifying the rather substantial costs of rehabilitation
therefore
Can success in rehabilitating the severely handicapped
service?
be used to motivate less severely, handicapped people so that
people
too would be motivated to prepare themselves for employment?
they
which tie work evaluation and training with physica
Services
for the severely physically disabled serve the state as
restoration
as the client. Such a comprehensive center is recommended by
well
Federal government which provides 90 percent of the total cost.
the
a center costs about i0 million dollars to construct and two
Such
dollars a year to operate.
million
Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation has
The
having a regional comprehensive rehabilitation center in
considered
State. There have been field trips made by members of
Washington
Commission, by staff members, and by consultants to outstanding
the
comprehensive rehabilitation centers in other states.
Hot Springs Rehabilitation Center, Hot Springs, Arkansas,
The
visited by Mrs. Beryl Gridley and Mrs. Helen Powers, members of
was
Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation, Mrs. Jean
the
of Vocational Rehabilitation, and staff members David C, Carson
Mead,
and Allan Wood have also visited this center.
the Pennsylvania Rehabilitation Center, $ohnstown,
Visiting
the Institute for the Crippled and Disabled, and the
Pennsylvania,
of Rehabilitation Medicine, both in New York City, were
Institute
following: Dr. Alfred O. Adams, Messrs. Clarence T. Freeman,
the
P. Holden, John E. Keene, John Merrill, and Robert C, Ridder.
Donald
Donal R. Sparkman visited these.centers earlier. Project Director
Dr.
C. Carson; Pete Shepherd Central Budget Agency; and Peyson
David
Vocational Rehabilitation, toured the centers with members
Jeynes,
of the Planning Commission.
Georgia Rehabilitation Center in Warm Springs, Georgia,
The
visited by Vice-Chairman Roger C. Larson, Project Director David
was
C. Carson and the. following:
W. Burchill, Ass't Commissioner, Employment Security
A.
Department
Kelleher, Ph.D., Ass't Supervisor, Division of
Daniel
Department of Institutions
Planning,
D. Lane, M.D., Chief Medical Consultant, Medical
Jo
Department of Labor and Industries
Section,
D. Pope, Ass't Director, Divisionof Social Services
W.
of Public Assistance
Department
H. Leahy, M. D., State Medical Consultant, Division of
R.
Rehabilitation
Vocational
137

August 1968, Project Director David C. Carson and Voca-
In
Rehabilitation Planning Supervisor Irvin Bryan had a meeting
tional
Juneau Alask with Mr. Edward L. Chouinard, Regional Assistant
in
Rehabilitation Services Administration, San Francisco;
Commissioner,
Director Keith J. Anderson; and Director of the Office of
Project
Rehabilitation C. M. Craft, .to discuss-the role of the
Vocational
of Alaska in a comprehensive rehabilitation center in the State
State
Washington. In December 1968, Dan Schausten, Project Director in
of
of the Governor's Planning Committee on Vocational Rehabilita-
Oregon
reported his state's actions, with a request that Oregon citizens
tion,
be served in a center in Washington.
is no comprehensive rehabilitation center in the
There
of Washington or contiguous states at this time to serve the
State
severely handicapped clients of Vocational Rehabilitation.
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
state funds be appropriated for a regional Comprehensive
That
Center in the State of Washington.
Rehabilitation
Employment Evaluation and Service Center in Washington State
1968 amendments to the Vocational Rehabilitation Act
The
became law July 7, 1968 when President Lyndon B. Johnson signed
which
authorized money to the states for a Vocational Evaluation and
it,
Adjustment Program. Funds for this purpose included $50,000,000
Work
fiscal year 1969; $75,000,000 for 1970; $i00,000,000 for 1971.
for
each succeeding fiscal year only such sums may be appropriated
For
the Congress may hereafter authorize by law. The Federal share
as
the costs of such Vocational Evaluation and Work Adjustment Programs
of
is 90 percent. The state and/or local.share is only i0 percent.
is proposed there be established in the State of Washing-
It
a Vocational Evaluation and Work Adjustment Center in Seattle to
ton
operational in July, 1969. It is proposed further that a
become
such center be opene d in Spokane in January, 1970. The third
second
would be opened in Tacoma in July, 1971. Subsequently, other
center
would be established in other urban centers of the state.
centers
centers would be operated by the Vocational Rehabili-
These
Division but would be planned so that their principal service
tation
be to the disadvantaged and handicapped clients of several
would
It is assumed that the state has a special responsibility
agencies.
try to rehabilitate those who are wholly or partly dependent on it
to
one of its political subdivisions. The next eight pages are
and/or
of a statement of the Project Director tothe Planning Commission
part
December 7, 1969. Public Law 90-391, the Vocational Rehabilitation
on
Amendments of 1968, states that "'Evaluation and work adjustment
Act
include, as appropriate in each case, such services as--
services'
138

a preliminary diagnostic study to determine that the individual is
"(A)
has an employment handicap, and that services are needed;
disadvantaged,
a thorough diagnostic study consisting of a comprehensive evalua-
"(B)
of pertinent medical, psychological, vocational, educational, cultural,
tion
and environmental factors which bear on the individual's handicap to
social,
and rehabilitation potential including, to the degree needed, an
employment
of the individual's personality, intelligene level, educational
evaluation
work experience, vocational aptitudes and interests, personal
achievements,
social adjustments, employment opportunities, and other pertinent data
and
in determining the nature and scope of services needed;
helpful
services to appraise the individual's patterns of work behavior and
"(C)
to acquire occupational skills, and to develop work attitudes, work
ability
work tolerance, and social and behavior patterns suitable for suc-
habits,
job performance, including the utilization of work, simulated or real,
cessful
assess and develop the individual's capacities to perform adequately in
to
work environment;
a
any other goods or services provided to a disadvantaged individual,
"(D)
(in accordance with regulations of the Secretary) to be necessary
determined
and which are provided for the purpose of, ascertaining the nature of the
for,
to employment and whether it may reasonably be expected the indivi-
handicap
can benefit from vocational rehabilitation services, or other services
dual
to disadvantaged individuals;
available
"(E) outreach, referral, and advocacy; and
"(F) the administration of these evaluation and work adjustment services."
the Act, disadvantaged individual is defined to mean (i) the mentally and
In
handicapped individuals traditionally served by Vocational Rehabili-
physically
(2) individuals disadvantaged by reason of their youth or advanced
tation,
low educational attainments, ethnic or cultural factors, prison or
age,
records, or other conditions which constitute a barrier to employ-
delinquency
and (3) other members of their families when the provision of vocational
ment,
to family members is necessary for the rehabilitation
rehabilitationservices
an individual described in clause (i) or (2).
of
prototype of a center such as mentioned in the Act is one .operated
The
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation of the State of Georgia and
by
with funds from the U. S. Office of Economic Opportunity in 1966.
initiated
center is located near downtown Atlanta, Georgia. The Atlanta Employ-
This
Evaluation and Service Center is designed to be a complete community of
ment
and rehabilitation service agencies brought together under one roof with
social
single purpose--serving the client. In short, it is a shopping center which,
a
turn, is in the midst of a deprived area. A former bowling alley was re-
in
and converted to house social workers, rehabilitation counselors,
novated
service personnel, public school teachers, a workshop, sophisticated
employment
evaluation services, medical services, psychological services,a
vocational
and the auxiliary units to keep these service activities functioning
cafeteria
properly. This complex is designed to fill voids in community services and
139

deliver services on a timely basis to many individuals who have not been
to
them. The evaluation component is unique and enables other services
receiving
function at the proper time. It also identifies what services should be
to
the client.
provided
center has been visited by Vice-Chairman Roger Larson of the Plan-
This
Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation, and by Project Director David
ning
Carson of the Planning Commission. In addition, the following individuals
C.
sent from Washington State to consider the services being provided in
were
Atlanta:
W. Burchill, Ass't. Commissioner, Employment Security Department
A.
Kelleher, Ph.D., Ass't. Supervisor, Division of Planning,
Daniel
of Institutions
Department
D. Lane, M. D., Chief Medical Consultant, Medical Section,
J.
of Labor and Industries
Department
D. Pope, Ass't. Director, Division of Social Services,
W.
of Public Assistance
Department
H. Leahy, M. D., State Medical Consultant, Division of
R.
Vocational Rehabilitation
is likely that we are in .agreement that the handicapped dis-
It
citizens of the State of Washington would be significantly helped
advantaged
a Employment Evaluation and Service Center. We are also in agreement, I
by
that such a center would need to be modified somewhat for the needs
think,
our citizens. We can use the experience developed in Atlanta in order to
of
a better program here.
have
the past decade or two, vocational rehabilitation agencies have
During
considerable knowledge and competence in the field of evaluating an
developed
potential skills and his ability to use these skills in the
individual's
place. These agencies have also developed an expertise in bringing
market
of service, in a proper combination with timeliness, to bear on
avariety
individual's problems. Their work, however, has been confined largely to
an
individuals with physical or mental impairments.
in the field of vocational rehabilitation and vocational
Activities
have been on the increase in recent years, but the failure to
evaluation
full utilization of the potential skills of number of population
achieve
in our society has resulted in social and economic problems of great
groups
With the emphasis on full manpower utilization, the selection
proportion.
evaluation of trainee candidates assumes a role of major importance. There
and
a number of population groups in which the need for effective vocational
are
has been evidenced: the under-privileged, the technologically dis-
selection
and the elderly, as well as the physically or mentally handicapped
placed,
traditionally served by vocational rehabilitation agencies.
persons
observes that many of the definable groups have been lumped into a
One
category termed the "Culturally Deprived." The mentally ill, the
larger
mentally retarded, the public offenders on probation and parole, the American
140

attempting to live off a reservation, the migrant without deep roots
Indian
this or any other stable culture, the recipient of Public Assistance--
in
all can be helped by a Vocational Evaluation and Work Adjustment Center.
is a great need for competence in the area of evaluation of po-
There
vocational skills and the ability to use these skills. There is a
tential
to develop a system that would meet the individuai needs of indigent
need
as well as to have characteristics that would meet the needs of many
persons,
agencies.
problems of arranging client movement from appointment to ap-
Chronic
awaiting results and reports, and maintaining intra- and inter-
pointment,
lines of communication have been experienced by the counselors of the
agency
of Vocational Rehabilitation, case workers of the Department of
Division
Assistance, special education teachers, probation and parole officers,
Public
workers in mental hospitals, and many others try to provide services
social
this target population. This lack of coordination of effort frequently
to
in case failure and a wastage of case service funds. These negative
results
show that Vocational Rehabilitation clients, and especially
experiences
seriously impaired, benefit most when services available to them have
those
direction and coordination. The project planners intended to demon-
common
that this direction and coordination could be achieved most effectively
strate
bringing together trained evaluative teams acting in concert with the
by
client.
impaired
too often people in the helping professions have experienced fail-
All
in dealing with the severely disabled client because of the lack of an
ure
comprehensive evaluation prior to an actual vocational plan being
adequate
This project is geared to provide intensive evaluation of the
implemented.
having serious vocational impairments, and extends far beyond the
client
of resources otherwise available.
scope
referral to the center would have to be made through recognized .agencies,
A
public and non-profit which wouid have a contractual .agreement with the
both
center and be providing one or more of the following services:
Services
Casework
CounselingServices
Counseling and Training
Vocational
Experience Program
Work
Employment Placement Program
such as Seattle, Spokane and Tacoma will each have many dozens
Cities
such agencies.
of
of the disadvantaged and handicapped people who are unemployed will
Many
amenable to help only if they receive rewards that are tangible, and fre-
be
They should be given a free hot lunch daily as many will be inade-
quent.
nourished. They should also be given a snack both morning and after-
quately
noon. They should receive money enough for public transportation to and from
141

center. Those who are heads of households which contain dependent
the
may also be given a modest amount daily for a child care allowance.
children
center such as this would need to have fulltime medical, prosthetic,
A
dental care for those who come to it. Most of the people who are described
and
have both medical and dental problems.. Although'an employment evalua-
above
center is not medically oriented, those people with dental and medical
tion
which can be treated should have them treated while undergoing
limitations
employment evaluation or the work adjustment.
the
of those who come to the center have serious problems with literacy.
Many
education is an important part of such a center. A brush-up course
Special
literacy and math would be particularly useful to some of these people.
in
would be made at the center for continuation of this schooling
Arrangements
later for those who leave the center.
center such as this needs to have a staff of indigenous aides who
A
be helpful to the clients. These aides.should reflect the predominantly
will
and other characteristics of the clients being served. If the client
racial
come to the center as scheduled, or call in, the aide is routinely
doesn't
to the home of the client to see what is the matter.. If the client
dispatched
several days to the center for evaluation he is likely to continue com-
comes
There must be enough concern and reward and attention to the client
ing.
the first few days to assure that he will come. The client is probably
for
comfortable with the aide than he is with the professional staff member.
more
the aides can be selected on the basis that they have empathy, are warm
If
genuine helpful people, the client is most likely to be helped.
client should always be taught that he is there for a vocational
The
rather than to be provided with a .dole. He is there temporarily for
reason
evaluation that may last only two weeks or a work adjustment training that
an
last a few months. He is there until he can be evaluated, trained and
may
placed on a job. The center is vocationally oriented.
The objectives of the center are listed as follows:
To establish harmonious cooperative relations with all
i.
private, and non-profit agencies whose purposes
public,
to assist individuals in need of comprehensive
are
services.
rehabilitation
To provide comprehensive vocational evaluation for the
2.
limited, emotionally disturbed, educable
physically
retarded, and the socially and culturally
mentally
deprived.
To develop new and improved techniques for dealing
3.
the problems of the handicapped, and socially
with
culturally deprived by unity of efforts amid a
and
of resources.
diversity
142

To provide individual attention to the individual
4.
of the client.
need
way to summarize what has been stated to this point One
be to show
copies would
the pages from a handbook given the clients of
the Atlanta Employ-
at
Evaluation and Service Center. Perhaps the center in Seattle
ment
in other
cities in the State of Washington or
be somewhat different; however, we
will
can
an idea from this handbook distributed in Atlanta. The Atlanta Center
get
the prototype for
is
legislation which appropriates monies for the
centers
throughout the United States. (End of statement to the Planning Commission)
MY WHO'S WHO AT AEESC
Referral Agent
Coun sel or
Caseworker
TOWER Evaluator.
Adjustment
Work
Coordinator
Education
Special
Teacher
handbook is your guide during your stay at
This
Atlanta Employment Evaluation and Service
the
In it are answers to many questions you
Center.
ask during the time you are here. Also
might
are facts to help you know more about
included
Center.
the
is YOUR handbook. Please keep it handy
This
ready reference while you are here.
for
143
WHO RUNS THE CENTER?
Atlanta Employment Evaluation and Service
The
is run by the Georgia State Department of
Center
Education, Office of Rehabilitation Services.
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE CENTER?
purpose of this Center is to find The known
your
hidden skills and to help you get
and job..
a
ABOUT THE PERSON WHO REFERRED
HOW
TO THE CENTER?
ME
REFERRAL AGENT felt that Your interests
your
be best served by sending would
to our
you
The person who referred Center. remains
you
in you, and will get a report when interested
you
He will play a big part in helping to
leave.
a job for you when your Evaluation has
find
ended.
can be sure that the person who referred
You
to us and the staff at our Center will be
you
working with you to help you get a job.
WHAT CAN EXPECT FROM THE CENTER?
CASEWORKER was your first contact with
Your
Center. She will remain assigned to
the
you
will provide services to you during and
your
here. Your Caseworker will help arrange
stay
for you outside the Center as
appointments
and will answer your questions about
needed
aid, surplus food, family planning, clothing
legal
child care, public housing, etc.
needs,

COUNSELOR will meet with you soon after
Your
come to the Center and often during your
you
here. He is interested in you as a person;
stay
on the job, within family, and in your
your
He will talk with you about different
community.
you are interested in, and tell you how you
jobs
doing with your tests here in our Center.
are
may talk over your personal problems with
You
your Counselor and talk about progress
your
getting a job.
toward
Counselor will arrange services that he feels
Your
be. helpfu to you. You will probably NOT be
will
into ALL of the service areas at the
scheduled
but will be scheduled for SEVERAl of
Center,
services, depending on your needs and yours
these
desires.
CENTER PHYSICIAN will give you a physical
The
exam unless the agency who referred sent us
you
current medical information.
PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT will give you
The
so tests that can we learn about interests,
your
level, and generally, how you figure things
reading
out.
WORK POTENTIAL (TOWER) section will
The
you many give kinds of tasks do. Many will be
to
to you, familiar but others be ENTIRELY
will
to you. By watching you as you work on
NEW
tasks, your TOWER Evaluator will be able
these
tell what your true potentials and skills are.
to
144
WORK ADJUSTMENT section will give you
The
chance to show how you work in an actual job
a
Your Coordinator will see how quick and
setting.
well you can complete tasks. Hewill how
see
you get along with fellow workers and with
how
and if you ask for other tasks when
supervisors,
you finish a job.
EDUCATION is offered to all clients who
SPECIAL
not complete high school and who want a chance
did
brush up on reading and math. Over 100 clients
to
been able to get a High School Equivalency
have
because they worked hard in Special
Certificate
classes.
Education
EVALUA TOR
Your
the center. The
at
Aide's biggest
Evaluator
is to help you get
job
special appointments
to
the Center.
outside
Center is a
This
place. You
big
get "trned
might
during your
around"
days here. If
first
do get lost, or
you
know where to go
don't
ask your Evaluator
next,
Aide.
AIDE can be a big help to you
Lost?
addition to the service areas already described,
In
services may be offered to you here at the
other
or through one of the many related agencies
Center
cooperate with our program.
who

WHAT DOES THE CENTER EXPECT OF/VIE?
DO YOUR BEST
your first day here at our Center, your
During
will give you a schedule card and Counselor
name
a
tag.
sci'IEDgLE CARD will show Your where to go
during you
day. Keep it with you at all times and
each
it from time to time and make check that you are
sure
the correct section of the Center.
in
Schedule Crd
145
NAE TAG tellsothers who Your
are, and shows
which
you
team you are a part of. It will also help
Center
to learn the name of your fellow clients at the
you
Center.
Time
Clock
TIME CARD is used
The
the same way that time
in
are used in regular
cards
You will be
Businesses.
how to use it
shown
during your first
I:roperly
here. Don't forget to
day
In" when you
"Punch
here each mornlng
get
to "Punch Out"
and
you leave every
when
This is our
afternoon.
way of seeing if
main
come to work every
you.
day and on time.

DEPENDABLE
BEING
for any reason you are unable to come to the
If
call your Counselor or Social Worker before
Center,
A.M. If you arrive AFTER 9:00 A.M., report
9:00
directly to your counselor.
We want to see COOPERATION how act and
you
you do a job. Do you "pitch in" and do a good
how
Do you let others keep you from doing your
job?
What happens if you are asked to do a job you
best?
like? Do you don't take pride in doing your best?
way you go about doing a job gives us the answers
The
to these questions and tells us what kind of
answers
you are.
worker
ELSE DO NEED TO KNOW?
WHAT
STUDENT LOUNGE is open during your Ireaks.
The
can sit down and talk with your:friends and
You
clients, buy cold drinks, and candy.
fellow
TELEPttONES are located in the Student
PUBLIC
for your use. Please be thoughtful of others
Lounge
by keeping calls brief.
SPACES are located in front of the
PARKING
for your use if you drive your own car to
building
the Center.
YOU ttAVE TO LEAVE the Center before 4:00 P.M.
IF
check out with your Counselor so that you can
always
be given credit for excused absences.
YOU GET SICK you may
IF
'to our Medical
go
Section. feel bad?
SMALL WEEKLY ALLOWANCE may A be given to you.
includes a free hot lunch daily in our Cafeteria.
'This
$1.00 a day for transportation. If you are the head
and
a household and have dependent children, you may
of
be given $2.00 a day for child care allowance.
also
your Caseworker. for detail s.
Ask
AND RECORD PLAYERS should not be
RADIOS
to the Center.
brought
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN LEAVE THE CENTER?
the end of your stay at the Center you and your
Toward
your Counselor will be talking more and more about
what can you do, what do you want to do? You
jobs;
find that you have .the chance to get into a
might
course. Your Counselor will tell you what
training
of training you might be qualified for and will
kind
help you find the best places to get this training.
you need to go to work right away, your Counselor
If
tell you the kinds of jobs that are best for you.
will
person who referred you to us The will be given a
of your Evaluation and will help you in
report
o job in any way possible. Your Center
locating
will tell you who will lead the effort to
Counselor
the proper job for you. IMPORTANT! A
locate
SHARE OF THIS RESPONSIBILITY IS
LARGE
YOURS!
after you have gotten a job, we will still be
Even
in you. It is important that you send us
interested
if you change your address or change yourjob.
word
is also i.mportant that the Center hear from you if
It
you have trouble with job. This will allow us to
your
you solve the problem without losing your job
help
your income!).
(or
YOU AREIMPORTANT. We
REMEMBER---
JUST as interested in YOUR SUCCESS as
are
are YOURSELF!
YOU
7 8
THE COISSIONRECOMMENDS:
an employment evaluation and service center be operated
That
the State of Washington by Vocational Rehabilitation.
in
146

Facilities and Workshops continued
Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation
The
task forces throughout the state. Task Force II on Work-
utilized
Facilities and Resources functioned as regional advisory
shops
for the State of Washington workshop and facility planning
committees
by Payson H. Jeynes, Rehabilitation Facility Services, Olympia,
headed
The aim of the planning was to provide services for all
Washington.
individuals who need help from workshops, facilities, and
those
so that by 1975 everyone in the state needing these services
resources
will be able to receive them.
Interim State Plan for Workshops and Facilities, pub
The
in 1968 by the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, contains
fished
the following information in the words of Mr. Jeynes:
StatewideTotals
1968
compilation of the statewide rehabilitation facilities
A
resources normally used by or available to the rehab-
and
ilitation counselor follows.
State
Number
of Program of Programs Total
Kind
FACILITIES, PRIVATE
REHABILITATION
TAX SUPPORTED i01
AND
cRehabilitation Centers,
i.
entities providing a
Autonomous
range of rehabilitation services.
Rehabilitation Center section of
2.
Hospitals, or University
General
.Special programs of
Unit.
Therapy, Physical
Occupational
and/or Social Work
Therapy,
etc.
Service,
3. Evaluation Centers.
4. Workshops 46
Regional Facilities that provide
5,
or unusual rehabilita-
extensive
services for clients with
tion
disabilities; i.e.,
special
Kidney Center, Speech
Artificial
Hearing Center.
and
147
43

Ki__nd ofProgram
RESOURCES
REHABILITATION
Private
Group living Facilities and
i.
Halfway Houses.
and
Miscellaneous (Crisis Clinic,
2.
Therapy Program.)
Elks'
RESOURCES
REHABILITATION
Supported
Tax
School Programs
i.
programs for mentally
Special
disabled or problem
retarded,
not accommodated in
students
regular classes.
County-City and District Health
2.
Programs
Special clinics
a.
Public health nursing
b.
services
Institutions
3.
In-Patient
For
a.
Delinquent Minors
Mentally retarded
b.
Mental-.emotional adults
c.
and children•
Out-Patient
For
Health•'Faciliti es
Mental
U. S. Government
4.
employees, veterans,
Government
servicemen
(In-Patient)
Hospitals
Dispensary (Out-Patient)
Government Program
Special
training Seattle (Area
Work
Beaut if icat ion)
Statewide•SitUations•and Considerations
39
i0
114
5¸1
40
State
Total
is imperative that the local vocational rehabilitation
It
have. a good relationship with local facilities and
programs
workshops. Facilities, workshops and rehabilitation agencies
148
266

interdependent, They deal with the same problem the
are
of the vocationally handicapped individual.
rehabilitation
good rehabilitation facilities and workshops will
Build±ng
in better vocat±onal rehabilitation programs.
result
Interim Plan for Workshops and Facllltles has as its
This
the orderly development of workshops and facilities
objective
as to provide needed serviQes for all Washington State
so
who need help, and particularly the clients of the
persons
Division of Vocational Rehabilitation.
inventory indicates that we have 46 sheltered workshops
Our
one in Oregon and 55 rehabilitation facility
including
Their records indicate some type of service
programs.
to over 20,000 persons during the past year, There
given
266 other programs in Washington that are classified
are
rehabilitation resources because they do not meet the
as
definition of a facility or workshop at this time.
present
are, however, possible future facilities or workshops.
They
the persons in need of rehabilitation facilities
Considering
workshops) as a conservative one-half of one
(excluding
of the state population, at the present time the
percent
are serving only. 14 percent of the people who
facilities
the service. This is based on the fact that at the
need
of the survey of facilities there were 2,299 clients
time
receiving services out of a potential client load of 16,300,
the same method with the information obtained in our
Using
of workshops, an estimated one-half of one percent
survey
the population could benefit from workshop programs, we
of
that on the day of the survey the workshops were
find
only 15 percent of the need. This is based on the
meeting
that 2,414 persons out of a potential of 16,300 were
fact
receiving service.
both facilities and workshops we found many programs
With
the available operation was not being utilized fully.
where
is particularly true with the vocational rehabilita-
This
facilities. Many physical therapy departments in
tion
in both large and small communities could handle
hospitals
a few more patients. Many hospitals in relatively
quite
communities like Wenatchee have large physical therapy
small
handling a big load of out-patients. At certain
departments
of the year this service is.badly needed since
times
a fw physical therapists practice in the area.
only
large physical therapy departments although fully
These
during part of the year are not utilized completely
utilized
the rest of the time.
149

Washington has large rehabilitation facilities that
Western
services for clients from the whole state; for ex-
provide
the University of Washington Hospital; the H. T.
ample,
Center of the Labor and Industries Department; the
Buckner
Center for the Blind; and such private operations
Northwest
the Virginia Mason Hospital and Clinc; the Children's
as
Hospital, all in Seattle; C.O,V,E. in Everett;
Orthopedic
Industries Rehabilitation Center in Tacoma; and
Goodwill
the Good Samaritan Rehabilitation Center in Puyallup.
artificial Kidney Center in Seattle and the Elks'
The
Therapy Program are other regional programs out of
Mobile
Seattle.
the present time plans are in progress for a new com-
At
multi-disability center in Seattle to be located
prehensive
not far from Sick's Stadium.
all the existing facilities in Seattle, present and
Despite
growth in King County as well as the temporary influx
future
the sick and disabled people that always occurs in a big
of
will continue to build need for rehabilitation facility
city
services.
needs of the culturally deprived and disadvantaged for
The
facility.services especially in King County
rehabilitation
rapidly becoming evident and this need should be met by
is
establishment of new programs.
the
Spokane area shows an.unquestioned need for the ser-
The
of a comprehensive multi-disability center. A com-
vices
rehabilitation center in Spokane with a vocational
plete
program tied in with a hospital physical medi-
evaluation
program would provide services to a wide area and
.cine
clients from Oregon, Idaho, and Montana as well
attract
as
Eastern Washington.
information on sheltered workshops brings out the
Statewide
that most ofthem are small. Only a few provide ser-
fact
for more than 75 people. The largest workshop in the
vice
is Goodwill Industries in Seattle which has a total
state
of 400 people. Most of the workshops have tended
caseload
serve local people in their own area, but some of them
to
been enlarging and opening their doors to more distant
have
This naturally creates a need for supervised
clients.
housing for the people who come from outside the town.
facilities and workshops have continued to grow in
Both
size and quality of service. Although we have no
numbers,
for the growth of facilities we do have some figures
figures
the U. S. Department of Labor which indicates the
from
150

of sheltered workshops in the state. In 1961 there
growth
18 workshops with !032 clients. In 1966 there were
were
workshops and 1,612 clients. We now have 46 workshops
28
2,414 clients on the date of our recent survey includ-
with
ing one workshop in Portland, Oregon.
seems to be true that only a small proportion who could
It
from the services of a sheltered workshop now
benefit
participate in the programs. Many workshops
actually
not only as a place of work but also as a labora-
function
for the development of new methods and techniques for
tory
handicapped persons. The work activity itself is
training
to clients as it keeps them mentally and physi
beneficial
active and contributes to their recovery.
cally
is no reason why workshops cannot be utilized to assist
There
train the disadvantaged or culturally deprived persons.
and
workshops and sheltered work opportunities might
Sheltered
used to provide work experience and skill training for
be
long-term unemployed who do not have the education or
the
experience backgrounds necessary for them to compete
work
on an equal basis for jobs in our society.
all areas of the state there.is a need for better utiliza-
In
of the workshops we have, and in most areas of the state
tion
is a need for more transitional and extended service
there
Some of these needs may be met by satellite
workshops.
operations of larger shops.
service workshops are becoming more and more neces-
Extended
to serve growing numbers of people who will never be
sary
to work in a competitive setting. Since work itself
able
therapeutic, money spent in a government subsidy to a
is
is better than the same money spent to support a
workshop
on the Public Assistance rolls or in a state institu
person
tion.
questionnaire completed by rehabilitation counselors in
A
state regarding relationships between the Division work-
the
and other facilities, revealed a need for improved
shops
among the various programs. Publication of
communication
WORKSHOPS by the State Office is an attempt
WASHINGTON
fill this need.
to
the development of a Workshop Manual, and improved
With
between the counselors and the workshops and
communications
people, many of these problems are being alle-
facilities
(End of statement by Mr. Jeynes)
viated.
151

WASHINGTON WO.PKSHOP a newsletter, was initi.ated in
The
1968 by the Divi.s$on of Octional Rehabilitation to
Jul-August
coordinate news and activit±es of sheltered workshops. Actively
help
the Division in this effort is. the Wshington Association
assisting
Rehabilitation Industries for the Handicapped. Elton Troth of the
of
staff, is the editor.
Division
State workshops are among the finest in the
Washington
States. They have been subsidized in different ways by Voca-
United
Rehabilitation. The workshops and the Division of Vocational
tional
have had a symbiotic effect on each other. An effort
Rehabilitation
be made to carry out the principles enunciated in a policy state-
will
by the National Rehabilitation Association, Board of Directors,
ment
October 2, .1968. A quotation from the statement follows:
growing use of workshops as facilities for the rehabili-
The
and employment of handicapped people and the unique
tation
which must be solved in connection with the
problems
development, and proper use of such facil-
establishment,
resulted in the development by the National Rehabili-
ities
Association of this statement of public policy on
tation
important subject. It is the position of the National
this
Association that:
Rehabilitation
There are numerous severely handicapped individuals
i.
this country who are not able to compete in open
in
employment.
As the result of a controlled work experience many
2.
these individuals will be able to move into open
of
Others cannot attain or maintain production
employment,
expected of workers, and, hence, cannot earn
standards
the wages ordinarily paid.
It is sound public policy that handicapped individuals
3.
given the opportunity to work for pay to the extent
be
of their productive capacity.
Workshops have been established to provide work oppor-
4.
and related services for handicapped individuals.
tunities
functions of the workshop are to provide evaluation
The
work potential, work adjustment, vocational training,
of
employment for limited or a combination of these.
paid
person sould be continued in a workshop program who
No
can be placed in suitable outside employment.
A workshop performing more than one of the functions
5.
above should be able to identify clearly the
listed
portion of its total program devoted to each function.
152

Clients in workshops should be paid on the basis of
6.
Wage rates should be based on local pre-
productivity.
wages for the same or similar work, and all clients
vailing
employees should be covered by social security.
and
principles will apply to handicapped persons
These
services under a program gponsored by a rehab-
receiving
agency. Workshops, whether private or public
ilitation
should adhere to applicable federal and state
auspices,
wage and hour regulations.
It is the responsibility of the sponsors and the commun-
7.
to provide the initial costs of land, buildings,
ity
and the cost of auxiliary services needed in
equipment,
with providing work opportunities for handi
connection
persons. The cost of such facilities, equipment,
capped
services should not be considered as costs of pro-
and
duction to be paid before wages.
Agencies using workshops for evaluation and training
8.
should pay the cost of these services. These
purposes
should also pay living allowances to handi-
agencies
people receiving training or evaluation when this
capped
is necessary to assure satisfactory living conditions.
A workshop cannot be expected to pay wage rates higher
9.
prevailing community rates for the same or similar
than
If subsidies are needed to enable the handicapped
work.
to maintain a decent standard of living, then
individual
subsidies should be clearly identified and not paid
such
a part of wages and may appropriately come from the
as
federal government, the state or the community.
In order to enable handicapped people to increase their
i0.
the workshop should overcome inadequacies and
earnings,
that limit productive capacity and its
inefficiencies
workers.
A workshop should negotiate its contracts and set its
ii.
at a level which will assure fair competition.
prices
a workshop undercuts prices of private industry by
If
workers or by absorbing overhead costs, it
underpaying
guilty of unfair competition as well as unfair labor
is
Such practices may actually result in the
practices.
unfairly subsidizing an industry that gives
community
workshop a contract.
the
A workshop should have a grievance procedure for communi-
12.
with trainees and employees which facilitates
cating
and hearing complaints and discussing the
receiving
of general or specific nature.
problems
153

The Military Rejectee
the early 1960s rehabilitation services for the military
In
were proposed. Almost all eighteen-year-old males in the
rejectee
States register under the Selective Service System. Many of
United
individuals either physically or intellectully are unable to
these
the minimum standards of the Armed Services, A number of these
meet
individuals have vocational potential. Many have correctable
rejected
defects. Those that are illiterate can be provided specialized
physical
to improve their academic skills. Efforts were made in the
training
to provide rehabilitation services to those rejected as unfit by
1960s
draft boards. However, many of those who were offered vocational
the
services refused those services, particularly if they
rehabilitation
the correction of any defect will make them eligible for the
feel
Services. Military service for many is so repugnant that draftees
Armed
the vocational rehabilitation service which would correct the
refused
The referral program was never vigorously pursued in Washing-
defect.
State and is now dormant.
ton
Pub lic Assistance
THE COMMISSION REGOMMENDS:
since the basic role of persons in some helping pro-
That,
is similar, part of the training programs for new
fessions
and in-service training programs for those in
employees
employment should be together. Those trained together
state
be rehabilitation counselors, employment security
would
public assistance caseworkers, probation and
counselors,
officers, public health nurses, and the like. This
parole
of the training could be done under the State Department
part
of Personnel.
following statement about one aspect of his program is
The
by Mr. E. M. Oliver, long-time Director and Executive Officer of
made
Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, Coordinating Council for
the
Education.
Occupational
its inception in 1933 the Division of Vocational
Since
has worked with disabled public assistance recipients.
Rehabilitation
1955, legislation was enacted which was to make the
In
State program unique in the nation through the initiation
Washington
a pilot program, supported entirely by state funds, for the rehabili-
of
of nondisabled public assistance recipients.
tation
1955 through the biennium which ended June 30, 1967,
From
program, supported by state funds, provided rehabilitation ser-
this
vices to selected public assistance recipients who were vocationally
154

and unable to hold or get jobs because they lacked the
handicapped,
and training required in the labor market. These persons were
skills
to the Division by the local offices of the State Department
referred
Public Assistance. Through the years the combined services provided
of
rehabilitation counselors and social workers, working side by side,
by
so successful that the general philosophy claimed the attention
proved
recognition of the Federal Office of Vocational Rehabilitation.
and
years later, under the Amendments to the Federal Vocational
Eleven
Act, Federal funds became available to support within
Rehabilitation
the states the type of service pioneered in the State of Washington.
all
assessments of the Division's program for public
Various
recipients have been made. In the early 1950s, the State
assistance
for Vocational Education which had the administrative responsi-
Board
for the vocational rehabilitation program in Washington State
bility
with the University of Washington to do a study with regard
contracted
the effectiveness of the entire vocational rehabilitation program.
to
study, issued in 1954, was completed by Frank Ro Bruel,
The
that time an Associate Professor in the Graduate School of Social
at
at the University of Washington. It was entitled, DO THEY STAY
Work,
The author in his conclusions stated in part that the
REHABILITATED?
of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation were remark-
"services
successful" and that "one could not ask for a higher percentage
ably
self-supporting individuals after a period of from 30 to 41 months
of
closure."
following
1960, the State Board for Vocational Education again
In
an outside agency, the Washington State Research Council, to
sought
and report on the degree of economic success or failure of both
study
regular program for the disabled and the growing program for the
the
of public assistance recipients. This report concluded
rehabilitation
"the employment, wage and public assistance record of 125 cases
that
receiving vocational rehabilitation services for the nondisabled
after
beyond any doubt the value of these services."
demonstrates
Washington program was the subject of a Federal study,
The
ANALYSIS OF VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION SERVICES FOR NONDISABLED
AN
PERSONS, prepared by the Division of Statistics and
DISADVANTAGED
of the Federal Rehabilitation Services Administration. Case-
Studies
data for the 1967 Fiscal Year were supplied to the Federal agency
load
the Division for this study. Authors of the study state: "...the
by
results, limited though they are, fortify our a pror
Washington
that the well-developed, patient, comprehensive, individ-
assumptions
vocational rehabilitation approach is an obvious way in which
ualized
help the nondisabled but disadvantaged person achieve a better
to
life for himself and his children."
155

1967: its pioneer.ing period over, the program for the
After
ws incorporated into the general service program of the
nondishled
Te graph belo is from the DiVision's 1967 Annual Report.
Division.
show the number of persons rehaBiltated by the Nondisabled
Figures
Program and by the general agency.
HANDICAPPED PERSONS REHABILITATED
13.648
10-YEAR PERIOD
IN
BIENNIUM THROUGH 1965/'67 BIENNIUM
1957/59
521
3
Nondisabled Program
figure.:
Combined
Federal-State
Services
Extended
Nondisabled
2,399
1,898
i12!'.
57/59 59/61
686
2,997
61/153
BIENNIUM
2,833
!.
63/65
759.
65/67
total of all rehabilitated cases for this 10-year period was
The
Of this number,"2,619 were served in the Nondisabled
13,648.
11,029 were rehabilitated as clients of Federal-State
Program;
Extended Services programs.
an4.
13,648 rehabilit'ants had 23,297 dependents, raising to a
The
total of 36,945 the number of persons who benefited
grand
whose lives were involved in. the rehabilitation process in
and
time.
this
public assistance recipients from both the
Rehabilitated
and general agency program have formed a creditable
Nondisabled
of the number rehabilitated Dy the Division as the following
portion
shows.
table
156

ASSISTANCE RECIPIENTS REHABILITATED
PUBLIC
of Vocational Rehabilitation: 1964 1968
Division
TOTAL REHABILITATED
of rehabilitated
Number
referred by public
cases
welfare agencies
% of total rehabilitated
1964 1965 1966 1967 1968
1355 1478 1564 1957 1855
475 420 502 625 423
34.0% 28.5% 32.1% 31.9% 22.8%
leadership in rehabilitating the largest per-
Washingtons
of public assistance cases of any state in the Union did not
centage
about by accident. Please See table on following page. The
come
which initiated the program resulted from the cooperative
legislation
of the director of Employment Security, the director of Public
efforts
and the director of Vocational Rehabilitation. Joint
Assistance,
of these three departments secured passage of the law which
efforts
three have actively supported throughout the years.
all
Division, again in cooperation with EmploymentSecurity
The
Public Assistance departments, has budgeted for the 1969-71
and
substantial new funds which are expected to double the
biennium
efforts in the rehabilitation of public assistance recip
Division's
ients.
in 1968, joint planning and cooperative efforts by
Further,
Department of Public Assistance, the Division of Vocational
the
and the RegionalOffice of the Federal Rehabilitation
Rehabilitation
Administration led to the securing of a Federal grant for a
Services
evaluate and inventory the rehabilitation potential of
project"to
selected sample of Public Assistance recipients."
a
a project director, a manual of procedures was. drafted,
Under
by March 1969, the project was ready to launch. Following study
and
and the hiring of necessary personnel the agencies involved
sessions
to initiate by July 1969 a program designed to evaluate the
expect
potential of public assistance recipients and to move
rehabilitation
toward preparing these individuals for self-support.
constructively
project is discussed in greater detail under 2bl WIfare,
The
182-184,
page
157

RANKING OF STATES IN ORDER OF THE PERCENT
A
REHABILITATED CASES RECEIVING PUBLIC ASSISTANCE
OF
WHEN ACCEPTED FOR REHABILITATION SERVICES 1966 and 19671
TOP TEN STATES 1966
S TA TE
Number
Rehabilitated
of P.A.
Number
Acceptance
at
of Total Rehabilitated
Percent
PA at Acceptance
Receiving
1,330 312 23.5%
Washington
liforn ia 4,522 1,059 23.4
Ca
822 190 23.1
Utah
4,365 890 20.4
Kentucky
668 135 20.2
Delaware
255 50 19.6
Vermont
M ex ico 476 88 18.5
New
12,338 2,135 17.3
Pennsylvania
Virginia 4,029 699 17 ;3
West
82 14 17.1
Alaska
U. S. TOTALS 154,279 20,106 13.1
TOP TEN STATES 1967
1,689
Washington
968
Utah
6,375
California
4,810
Kentucky
Virginia 4,319
West
127
Alaska
4,439
Missouri
1,1.13
Oregon
3,300
Oklahoma
13,112
Pennsylvania
U. S. TOTALS 173,594
25.9
438
22.0
190
18.5
1,179
17.7
849
16.8
725
16:5
21
16.4
729
16.2
180
15.7
517
15.4
2,015
21,451 12.4
Figures compiled by Division of Statistics and Studies, Rehabilitation Services Administration,
FROM:
distributed at Policy Committee Meeting, Council of State Administrators for Vocational
and
Rehabilitation, February 6-8, 1968, Washington, D.C.
this study the Federal agency combined the closed, case figures from the State-Federal program
1/For
from the state agency serving the blind. In Washington State these are separate programs, but in
and
states a single agency administers both. The 1966 figure for Washington includes 1,209
many
in the State-Federal program, plus 121 rehabilitated by the Services for the Blind. For
rehabilitated
1967, the figures are 1,551 for the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation and 138 for the blind agency.
158

a recent meeting of directors and staff of the State
At
of Public Assistance and the Division of Vocational
Department
the two agencies agreed that an important and vital
Rehabilitation,
facing them today is to assist public welfare applicants and
task
to become self-supporting. Both departments recognize
recipients
the challenge to rehabilitate impoverished and dependent citi-
that
zens has never been greater.
Division has set a goal to move from some I000 public
The
recipients rehabilitated per biennium to approximately
assistance
Joining in this common effort with the Division will be the
2000.
Security Department and the State Department of Public
Employment
Assistance. (End of statement byMr. Oliver)
of the State Department of Public Assistance
Services
considered in a book published by the Planning Commission,
are
IN WASHINGTON STATE: PROGRAMS PROVIDED BY STATE
REHABILITATION
These improvements in the services were recommended
AGENCIES.
the chapters written by one of the co-authors, John B. Welsh, Jr.,
in
is shown in the photograph with the Research Analyst, Mrs. Jean
who
who gathered the laws and interagency agreements having the
Mead,
of laws which were recorded in the book.
effect
159

Migrants
State of Washington makes extensive use of migrant farm
The
to handle the apples, peaches, apricots and berries. Many of
labor
migrants are severely deprived people. A series of articles
these
Darrell Houston, a reporter for the SEATTLE POST-INTELLIGENCER, was
by
in September, 1968 under the title, "Slums in the Orchards."
published
reports indicate that the plight,of the migrant farm laborer has
These
improved significantly in recent years. The abominable conditions
not
which these people live and work have been described at length.
under
Agee wrote about the rural poor in a penetrating work,
James
US NOW PRAISE FAMOUS MEN. In his introduction he outlined the
LET
as follows: "...to pry intimately into the lives of an undefended
task
appallingly damaged group of human beings, an ignorant and helpless
and
family, for the purpose of parading the nakedness, disadvantage
rural
humilitation of these lives before another group of human beings,
and
in the name of science, of 'honest journalism.'"
GRAPES OF WRATH, written about the migrant workers of
THE
1930's, earned John Steinbeck a Nobel Prize for literature.
the
legislation,however, to help. these people has not been written.
Social
are fewer in number now each year, butthe conditions under which
There
they live and work are as bad as ever.
Rehabilitation Amendments of 1965 provided grants
Vocational
a 90/10 ratio to stateswhich would serve these damaged people.
on
money, however,, for the program was not appropriated by Congress.
The
was another case where services were promised but not provided.
This
people in their dumb resignation continue to be abused continue
These
provide little to society as a whole.
to
Social Security and Vocational Rehabilitation
comments which follow were prepared for this report by.
The
P. Holden, Supervisorin charge of Social Security and Disa-
Donald
bility Services.
Social Security Act as amended in 1965, provides for
The
payments to disabled workers and to disabled children who.
benefit
have attained age eighteen.
1966-67 Amendments to the Social Security Act extended
The
benefits to disabled widows, widowers, and surviving
disability
wives, based upon the Social Security wage records of a
divorced
spouse. The cost of rehabilitation services provided to
deceased
workers, disabled widows, widowers, and surviving divorced
disabled
chargeable to the Federal Disability Trust Fund or to the
wives
Federal OASI Trust Fund.
160

intent of Congress in making Trust Fund monies avail-
The
to pay rehabilitation costs is to make it possible for more
able
to be rehabilitated into gainful employment. In so
beneficiaries
Congress intended that the monies be used in such a way that
doing,
savings in benefits that would otherwise be paid, plus the ad-
the
contributions to the Trust Fund paid on-earnings of bene-
ditional
who returned to jobs will exceed, or at least equal the
ficiaries
paid from the Trust Funds for rehabilitation costs. All ad-
money
and case costs for this program are supported one hun-
ministrative
percent by Federal Social Security Trust Funds.
dred
program in this state started in July 1966, and at
The
end of the first six months had 495 cases in the program. By
the
end of the fiscal year 1967, the caseload had increased to 705.
the
year later in June 1968, it had 825 cases. During the first fiscal
A
42 cases were closed.rehabilitated,and in the 1967-68 fiscal
year
the total rehabilitations were 105, an increase of one hundred
year
fifty percent.
of the functions of the Trust Fund program is to screen
One
Social Security Disability claimant applicants for vocational
all
services. The number of cases reviewed is shown on
rehabilitation
table below:
the
SOCIAL SECURITY DISABILITY CLAIMS: 1964-1968
1964/65 1965/66 1967/68 TOTAL
Cases Reviewed 4,250 6,123 10,824 21,197
Screened Out 3.,848 4,819 8,304 16,971
Accepted 402 1,304 2,520 4,226
Rehabilitated 42 105 147
has been a substantial increase in both the number of
There
being served under this program during the last three years, as
cases
well as the number of cases that are being rehabilitated.
program is administered by a state supervisor (Social
The
Administration Disability Service), four vocational rehabili-
Security
officers working full-time on Trust Fund caseloads;.two in
tation
one in Tacoma and one in Spokane. In the smaller towns and
Seattle,
161

areas, these severely handicapped people were served by the
rural
vocational rehabilitation officer.
regular
all the vocational rehabilitation potential is realized
If
these Social Security Disability pension clients, it will be
from
that the staff helping these people be-doubled and the case
necessary
money be more than doubled. It is better to have experienced
service
assiRned to helping these difficult cases, the way it is
counselors
(End of statement by Mr. Holden)
now.
Disab led Youth
THE CO4ISSION RECOENDS:
state-supported nursery schools and home therapy services
That
established for the deaf, hard-of-hearing and language-
be
de layed child.
every student who is in need of vocational rehab-
That...
services should be served.
ilitation
of the most significant programs in Vocational Rehab-
One
involves handicapped youth. This program provides the
ilitation
combination of habilitation and rehabilitation. It combines
best
and therapy. Those states which have provided signifi-
prevention
for disabled youth in special education classes have had
cantly
results. The greatest majority of the youngsters who have
amazing
through thiscooperative school program--more than 90 percent
gone
them--are employed afterwards. .Young people who go through a
of
education program which does not have vocational rehabili-
special
ties are apt to have one chance in two of being employed.
tation
cooperative school rehabilitation program in the State
The
Washington has not served enough people so far. In the last full
of
year--1968, there were only 58 clients closed rehabilitated.
fiscal
secondary level special education students have a disability and
All
likely to be feasible for rehabilitation services; all should
are
served. A further discussion of the school program appears under
be
Mental Retardation, page 196.
COOPERATIVE SCHOOL/REHABILITATION PROGRAMS
Donald Hamilton
by
Supervisor of Educational Services
State
decades public schools have faced the problem of drop-
For
These are slow learners with mental retardation, emotional
outs.
and other forms of disability which require a new educa-
disturbances
approach. Today the modern school system has responded to
tional
these needs by the gradual development, first, of elementary school
162

adjusted to the needs of handicapped students and, more
programs
similar provisions for junior and senior high school stu-
recently,
as well. Curriculum modifications, special teaching methods,
dents
equipment, special health services, and special counseling
adaptive
have been developed with this group in mind. However, the stu-
all
still faces formidable barriers in moving from school to a
dent
adjustment in the community, including a suitable job.
satisfactory
his problems has lead to natural union of public school ser-
Solving
vices and vocational rehabilitation services.
State of Washington, in building toward such a program
The
a caseload study in 1962 with 50 dropouts from the Tacoma Public
did
The results were so successful that a team from the Tacoma
Schools.
District and Vocational Rehabilitation was assigned to design
School
program. During 1963 visits were made to various places all over
a
United States and those ideas that impressed the team were en-
the
in the final draft. From the results of this study our
compassed
program started in the Tacoma Schools in 1964.
first
cooperative school/rehabilitation programs provide a
The
for the two agencies to organize, improve, and expand, their
way
and to focus them in the most meaningful way upon handi-
services
youth. These services encompass the broad spectrum of living
capped
and cultural development, personal adjustment, func-
--intellectual
training, personal social counseling, job training, and job
tional
They may include family casework services, special health
placement.
rehabilitative medical treatment, special recreation pro-
programs,
and the like. Essentially, the cooperative program commits
grams,
school to improve its services to the utmost with the realiza-
the
that these services will be fully articulated with vocational
tion
services, providing a continuum of assistance to the
rehabilitation
student while he is attending school, during the post-
handicapped
period, and to successful job adjustment.
school
rehabilitation has brought to the school setting
Vocational
especially adapted to handicapped students. The rehabili-
services
program continues to provide services after separation from
tation
as needed, to complete social and vocational rehabilitation.
school,
these services are joined effectively, the student is scarcely
When
of the point at which education ends and rehabilitation begins.
aware
end result is not only beneficial to the handicapped student but
The
of tremendous value to the community as well, striking directly
is
such serious problems as unemployment, dependency, delinquency,
at
human waste.
and
cooperative school programs are no longer experimental., they
These
mainline rehabilitation service here in the State of Washington
are
in most other states. At the present time. there are 14 school
and
with cooperative programs, three new ones planned for the
districts
of 1969, three for the fall of 1970 and 29 school districts on
fall
waiting list.
the
163

survey of eligibility indicates that approximately 50
A
are mentally retarded, 25.percent are behavioral problems,
percent
percent are emotional illness, and 13 percent various physical
12
handicaps.
are 1,196 youngsters getting service from 15 voca"
There
rehabilitation officers and 63 prevocational mdvisors. The
tional
budget for the next biennium is 3-1/2 million dollars.
contemplated
of statement by Mr. Hamilton)
(End
Workmen's Compensation
Planning Commission has taken note of task force re-
The
indicating dissatisfaction with the coordination of programs
ports
the Department of Labor and Industries and Vocational Rehab-
between
A number of injured workmen who are eligible for Voca-
ilitation.
Rehabilitation services have not been referred for those
tional
Most of them are not aware of their entitlement to Voca-
services.
Rehabilitation services. Those that are able to muddle
tional
even at substantial costs to themselves and their, families
through
so. Others following an industrial injury who would rebound with
do
rehabilitation services, do not get these services.and are
proper
handicapped. These are the ones who apply for aid to
permanently
totally and permanently disabled under Public Assistance, or
the
Security Disability grants, or in other ways become burdens
Social
society rather than self-supporting members of it.
to
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
an illustrated brochure be prepared tailored toward
That
employer, physician, attorney, and insurance carrier
the
the services of vocational rehabilitation as
describing
relate to workmen s compensation.
.they
a reporting procedure be devised useful in the screen-
That
and evaluation of industrially .injured cases that could
ing
benefit by vocational rehabilitation services
a result of thisrecommendation a committee composed
As
staff members from Vocational Rehabilitation and the Department
of
Labor and Industry has begun to meet to effect the recommended
of
changes.
recommendation under consideration by the Planning
Another
is quoted as follows:
Commission
the Buckner Rehabilitation Center operated by the
Transform
of Labor and Industries in Seattle into a com-
Department
rehabilitation center to service injured workmen
prehensive
others.
and
Problems may delay the implementation of this recommendation.
164

a meeting of the Planning Commission in December 1968,
At
Harold Petrie, Director of the Department of Labor and Industries,
Mr.
to the statement written by John B. Welsh, Jr., in Chapter
objected
p. 72, of REHABILITATION IN WASHINGTON STATE, PROGRAMS PROVIDED
9,
BY STATE AGENCIES:
question then becomes whether the Department of Labor
The
Industries of the Division of Vocational Rehabili-
and
can provide the better service to the injured
tation
It is to be noted, however, that if such re-
workman.
and job placement services could be provided by
ferral
Division of Vocational Rehabilitation the funds
the
for them would be tripled because of the
available
matching grant formula.
federal
Interagency Coordination of Service Prosrams
agreements for cooperative action between
Interagency
Rehabilitation and several other state, agencies have
Vocational
since 1945. Copies of the agreements were not generally
existed
except from the agency files. One of the first major
available
of the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation
efforts
to assemble descriptions of each of the major agencies pro-
was
rehabilitation services to handicapped, and disadvantaged
viding
Where cooperative agreements were in effect these were
people.
as part of the record of coordination. These and other
secured
were made available through the cooperation of the Di-
documents
vision of Vocational Rehabilitation.
contract with the Washington State Legislative Council,
A
nonpartisan agency created to serve the State Legislature, assured
a
legal counsel for this study.
material was published in June 1968, in a book by
This
C. Carson, E. M. Oliver, and John B. Welsh, Jr., entitled,
David
IN WASHINGTON STATE, PROGRAMS PROVIDED BY STATE
REHABILITATION
Copies were provided governmental agencies, members of
AGENCIES.
Legislature, accredited high schools, professional staff members
the
the several agencies involved, Federal officials, and the like.
of
in REHABILITATION IN WASHINGTON STATE is a de-
Included
of the Vocational Rehabilitation program, the Federal
scription
as amended through 1967, the State law concerning Vocational
law
the most current interagency agreements between
Rehabilitation,
Rehabilitation and other governmental agencies and,
Vocational
a description of six agencies providing vocational rehabili-
lastly,
tation services to handicapped individuals. These six agencies are:
165

of Vocational Rehabilitation
Division
of Health
Department
of Institutions
Department
of Labor and Industries
Department
of Public Assistamce
Department
Security Department
Employment
Washington State the agency providing vocational rehabilitation
In
to the blind is part of the Department of Public Assistance.
services
cannot simply be achieved,
Coordination
principle, at the federal level. The efforts
in
really count, those that will pay the divi-
that
begin where the service is, where the
dends,
for it exists, and where a willingness to
need
to improve services is essential-- the
organize
Therefore would like to stress the
community.
of community-oriented efforts to bring
importance
service more efficiently and more practic-
better
to people. I believe that such efforts can
ally
place under almost any setting or any spon-
take
that one chooses.
sorship
E. Switzer, Administrator
Mary
and Rehabilitation Service, in an
Social
to the National Rehabilitation
address
New Orleans, La., October 1968
Association,
December 1968, a two-day meeting of the Planning Com-
In
was held in order to hear state directors discuss programs
mission
Health, Institutions, Labor & Industries, Public Assistance, and
in
Security. The description of these state programs aug-
Employment
the written description published earlier in the year in
mented
IN WASHINGTON STATE.
REHABILITATION
chairman's opening remarks at the meeting were appro-
The
as he reflected the feeling of Commission members in his
priate
that the work of the Commission had reached a point where
statement
was a need to talk directly to state agencies regarding voca-
there
rehabilitation goals for the future. This first-hand know-
tional
he said, will be used by the Commission in writing its final
ledge,
which will contain recommendations for. providing vocational
report
services to all handicapped citizens in Washington
rehabilitation
State by 1975.
166

first speaker on the morning program was MR. WILLIAM POPE, Assistant
The
Division of Social Services, Department of Public Assistance. His
Director,
remarks and the discussion they prompted are summarized.
POPE began by commenting that perhaps he could serve the Commission best
MR.
making himself available for questiens and that he would be glad to do this.
by
State Department of Public Assistance, he continued, has two basic responsi-
The
under both State and Federal law. The first of these, and the one for
bilities
the department is best known, is to provide direct'financial assistance to
which
in need. This aid may be in the form of direct payments to the individual;
those
it may be provided through the purchase by.the department of such services
or,
medical and nursing home care, child care, .etc..
as
second major responsibility is to provide services that help the individ-
The
These are broad and varied. MR. POPE listed protective services, primarily
ual.
children; referral services. such as job placement, job training job finding,
for
well as referral to other state and community agencies or resources; direct
as
or counseling services provided to children, in their own homes, to-
casework
parents, to families; indirect services which help an individual to estab-
unmarried
his right to her services such as benefits from the Veterans Administration,
lish
payments from a father, and others.
support
of the department services are habilitative as well as rehabilitative
Many
nature. They try to help the.individual to examine his own resources, to help
in
himself, and to move from dependency to self-sufficiency.
of the services are given because they have been requested by the individ-
Some
who is in financial need and thus eligible for them. The service is given as
ual
as it is required or until the person ceases to be eligible for it. Other
long
such as protective services, adoptive services, referral services, are
services,
regardless of the financial need of the individual. These are available
extended
the high and low earner alike.
to
department policy in helping people, MR. POPE said, is to consider and
The
use of all appropriate resources.. To .this end individual resources are
make
The law is quite specific about financial resources. Depending upon
examined.
nature of the individual need, the program then asks whether another community
the
state agency might better provide the help needed. If vocational rehabilita-
or
help is needed, the individual is referred to the Division of Vocational
tion
If a community agency is equipped to serve this person with
Rehabilitation.
services, the referral is made there. The services available through
necessary
Red Cross, the veterans' organizations, UGN, and other volunteer programs are
the
Public Assistance does not try to do the job alone, Mr. Pope added.
explored.
must be aware of and use whatever resources exist within the community.
Caseworkers
of services by other departments is avoided, to the maximum extent
Duplication
possible.
POPE provided the following figures on the number of persons who were
MR.
assistance during the month of September, 1968:
given
Age Assistance (OAA) 24,500 persons
Old
to Families with
Aid
Depehdent Children (AFDC) 66,000 of which 47,000 were children
167

to Blind (AB) 543
Aid
Assistance (DI) ii,000
Disability
Assistance (GA) 13,000
General
certified to Medical Care 138,335
Total
children helped through
Total
Welfare Services 13,795"
Child
in this figure" 5,000 children living with their own parents;
*Included
children in foster care; and 700 children in'children's institutions.
6,000
POPE described the Services for the Blind, a major vocational rehabili-
MR.
program for which the Department of Public Assistance is given specific
tation
under Washington State Law (RCW 74.16.181), as permitted by the
responsibility
Vocational Rehabilitation Act. The program operates under a state plan
Federal
is first reviewed at the state level and then submitted to the U. S. Depart-
that
of Health, Education, and Welfare for approval. Funding is presently 75
ment
Federal money, 25 percent State. Three principal components of this
percent
are: vocational rehabilitation, prevention of blindness, and home teach-
program
ing.
Vocational Rehabilitation Services of the Services..for the Blind
Services for the Blind is operated under the same Federal Regulations
The
govern the program of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. Eligibility
that
criteria in the State law provide that a person is eligible who has:
No vision or whose vision with glasses is so defective as
a.
prevent the performance of certain activities for which
to
is essential, or has an eye condition of a pro-
eyesight
nature which may lead to blindness;
gressive
The existence of a substantial handicap to employment
b.
by the limitation resulting from such disability;
caused
A reasonable expectation that vocational rehabilitation
c.
may render the individual fit to engage in a
ervices
remunerative occupation.
list o services which may be provided is basically the same as those
The
from the Division. They include; diagnostic services, training and
available
materials, physical restoration services, transportation, maintenance,
training
tools, equipment, initial stocks and supplies and occupational license,
placement,
and interpreter services, other goods and services necessary to determine
reader
individual's rehabilitation potential or to render him fit to participate in
the
a gainful occupation.
the Randolph Shepherd Act, a vending stand program is operated. Last
Under
36 stands were operated, earning an average income of $6,862 for blind
year,
operators.
comprehensive rehabilitation training center for the blind is operated by
A
program in Seattle. Evaluation and adjustment services are provided here to
the
residents. Residents from other states in this region are accepted
Washington
a fee-for-service based upon the actual cost of providing rehabilitation services.
on
the fiscl year ending June 30, 1968, 158 persons were served in the center,
For
31 from neighboring states.
including
168

program operates with a staff of 45 full-time and three part-time
The
employees.
Prevention of Blindness
for the prevention of blindness have been authorized in the State
Services
1937 in a program that is focused on the provision ofmedical care for eye
since
in which sight is endangered or sight can be mproved. Eligibility
conditions
determined on the basis of need by SDPA county offices. Approximately one-
is
of the cost is provided by Federal funds and two-thirds by State money.
third
conittee of eight practicing ophthalmologists acts in an advisory capacity to
A
the Services for the Blind unit.
Teacher-Counselor
State Law (RCV 74,16,181) authorizes the Department to provide
Washington
service and the teaching of subjects which will assist visually
teacher-counselor
persons in the "ease and enjoyment of daily living." The program has
handicapped
its primary aim the development of self-reliance in the blind person to help
as
adjust to daily living requirements. Counseling is provided, and the only
him
requirement is a visual deficiency requiring the service. There are
eligibility
financial requirements and no fees are charged. The program is funded with
no
percent Federal money and 60 percent.in State funds.
40
is to be noted that Mr. Carson, in his statement of November 14, 1968, on
It
of Vocational Rehabilitation services in State Government, recommended
organization
the Services to the Blind unit be moved to the Division of Vocational Rehabili-
that
Mr. Carson's statement is in Section 7 of the Agenda items.
tation.
Department of Public Assistance, MR POPE said in concluding his account
The
services, is the state agency designated by law to process disability claims
of
the Social Security Administration program. This is a unit of the Depart-
under
with 37 employees which is presently adjudicating an average o£ 250 cases
ment
per week.
Disability Determination Unit of Social Security was also recommended
This
Mr. Carson to be in the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation.
by
DISCUSSION:
GRIDLEY asked whether severely retarded persons could qualify for foster
MRS.
under the present law. MR. POPE replied that foster home care, theoretically,
care
available, especially if the applicant for care is a child. Placement for the
is
adult, however, is more difficult. The foster home care program for
retarded
is just beginning. No satisfactory solution to the entire problem of
adults
living quarters for these people while they are in training has yet
providing
developed. The Services for the Blind has a similar problem finding places
been
their trainees.
for
RIDDER asked how peoplelearned about the services of the Department,
SENATOR
they camefor service. People generally seek aid from the Department, MR. POPE
how
because they know it is one of the agencies in the community which can give
said,
or can direct the applicant to another agency where service is available.
service
169

Department does little outreach except in the case of protective services
The
to a small degree, for Services for the Blind. Some schools of thought
and,
outreach as part of the program. The Federal agency, for example,
recommend
like to see this effort made. Many referrals from other agencies are made
would
directly to the Department.
ADAMS commented that in some states financial eligibility for public
DR.
is being determined on a statement from the applicant. No investiga-
assistance
is made, it is said. The Federal Government is asking states to move in
tion
direction, MR. POPE said, using the relief applicant's statement of need
this
the primary source of information in the determination of his eligibility.
as
i0 percent of the accepted cases would have their statements checked under
Only
spot check system similar to that used by the Internal Revenue Service.
a
statements would result in a mandatory referral to the Prosecuting
Fraudulent
for court action. Frauldulant statements made in relation to the receipt
Attorney
public assistance are considered "gross misdemeanors."
of
FREEN requested information on the residence eligibility requirements
MR.
public assistance payments. Mr. POPE volunteered his personal opinion that
for
an eligibility requirement at the state level was not right, that an individ-
such
should have the freedom to move across state lines without losing his right
ual
to assistance.
EMPLOYMENT SECURITY DEPARTMENT
bXINE DALY, Commissioner, Employment Security Department, was the
MRS.
speaker on the morning program. She expressed.her pleasure in appearing
second
the Commission and spoke of the excellent working relationship existing
before
the Department and the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. For infor-
between
regarding the Department's program and objectives she referred Commission
mation
to the report, Rehabilitation in Washington State, which she said described
members
well the work of her department. Since th-¢ report was prepared, however, some
very
programs have been developed. One of these, mandated to the Department by
new
law, is the Work Incentive Program (WIN). Another is the Concentrated
Federal
.Program being carried on in the Seattle Central Area. She asked
Employment
MR. PAUL PEMBERTON to describe the WIN Program.
WIN Program, MR. PEMBERTON said, we cannot claim a cuccess. We must
The
with him for 60 days of intensive follow-up if necessary to assure that he
stay
retain his job. Proposals have been made to expand these services to other
will
on the Public Assistance rolls who could benefit from the program.
individuals
Between 2000 and 2500 people have been referred to the program since September.
DALY called WIN one of the most exciting programs within the Employment
MRS.
Department. It has been done on a highly cooperative basis, involving
Security
assistance, vocational rehabilitation, and has demonstrated how well
public
of government can work together. She then asked Mr. James W. Harris
agencies
to comment on program developments in the area of human resources.
HARRIS noted that the service program started with the individual,
.
to answer the question, why is he unemployed? Sometimes there are no
seeking
in the community and the solution may lie in moving to where jobs are
jobs
He may need training, or he may have a handicap which keeps him
available.
from employment. Perhaps he cannot be employed because he is black, or becoming
170

The program begins with an assessment of the individual and seeks to find
old.
his community the resources necessary to overcome barriers to employment.
within
plan for solving the. problem includes bringing in representatives of other
The
who can furnish needed resources on a coordinated and cooperative basis.
agencies
DISCUSSION:
RIDDER asked what was considered satisfactQry placement for the
SENATOR
being helped. MR. HARRIS commented that most persons would strive for
persons
as far up the emplonent ladder as his intelligence and amibitfon will
placement
him. MR. PEMBERTON added that in the WIN/Program they may follow up on an
take
for as long as eight months. One of the assumptions in the past has
individual
that the individual aided by a service program will make it on his own.
been
is not always true. The WIN Program tries to stay with their clients until
This
is well on his way.
he
MR. FREEN's question regarding the provision of transportation for
To
on the WIN program . PEMBERTON replied that this was not customary,
persons
but that the service was available in some areas.
DALY agreed that the problem of transportation was only one of many
MRS.
which the Department deals. The barriers to employment are many and varied
with
may involve the lack of day care centers, problems of salary garnishment,
and
to secure bonding, employment requirements, high school diploma require-
inability
to name a few. She also mentioned briefly an intensive outreach program
ments,
the number of employment offices located in population centers. The Washing-
and
ton Indian is a target of the outreach program, too.
CARSON made the comment that the Denny Committee, the Governor's Task
MR.
on Executive Organization, has made a recommendation for a Department
Force
Manpower and Industry which would be composed of the present Employment
of
Department, the Department of Labor and Industries, and the Division
Security
Vocational Rehabilitation. He asked MRS. DALY if she thought this could be
of
practical organization. S. DALY replied that they had just received copies
a
the report, and that their staff had not discussed it, but that she thought
of
would be workable. MR. CARSON remarked that MRS. DALY had mentioned their
it
with the Department of Labor and Industries to which she responded
relationship,
it was very good.
that
HEALTH DEPARTMENT
PEYTON introduced DR. JESS SPIELHOLZ, Deputy Director, State Depart-
MR.
of Health, and DR. RHESA PENN, former Acting Head of the Crippld Children's
ment
A summary of DR. PENN'S comments on the services of the Crippled
Services.
Services follows.
Children's
Service, DR, PENN said, originated underthe Social ecuri.ty Act of
The
The legal basis for the service in the state is contained in Washington
196.
law, Chapter 129, Laws of 1941. The purpose of the service is to help
State
that children of the state havethe best possible chance to become
assure
healthy contributing adults.
Four general areas of service characterize the program. These are prevention,
171

diagnostic services, and treatment. The preventive aspects of
casefinding,
program are concerned with the early identification of conditions that
the
lead to handicapping defects, and include treatment to break this train
may
events and services to reduce the degree of disability when primary or
of
secondary prevention is not possible.
is concerned with the promotion of understanding leading to
Casefinding
of potentially handicapping conditions, and early identification.
suspicion
are encouraged from sources likely to have contact with children
Referrals
are handicapped or potentially handicapped The service also participates
who
promotes screening programs for early identification and supports referrals
and
diagnostic facilities where help may be provided through education and
to
counseling and assistance given in overcoming obstacles.
services are part of the program to assist in assuring there
Diagnostic
appropriate evaluation of each child suspected of having an actual or
is
potential handicap.
services look to the development of a plan that goes beyond
Treatment
immediate goal of correcting a defect, or decreasing its effect to provid-
the
assistance toward the achievement of a long term goal that of becoming
ing
healthy contributing adult.
a
in the service exist, DR. PENN said, primarily because of
Limitations
funds, leading to limited personnel. He noted two general restric-
restricted
tions, one in medical eligibility, a second in financial eligibility.
eligibility limits the program generally to relatively severe
Medical
chronic conditions where there is a reasonable hope for improvement under
and
A list of these conditions would include the following: congenital
treatment.
of the cardiovascular systems, and, to a limitedextent, of the central
defects
system, the genito-urinary system, and gastrointestinal system, ortho-
nervous
defects (including amputation); conditions leading to loss of hearing;
pedic
requiring plastic reconstruction; cleft lip and palate; metabolic disor-
defects
possibly leading to mental retardation.
ders
eligibility does not apply to casefinding and some supportive
Financial
and diagnostic services. It does apply to specific treatment services.
care
general, a family of four with anincome of less than $4,000 is eligible,
In
consideration is given to other factors. In borderline cases the family
but
is encouraged to help with payments, or to reimburse the agency.
PENN provided the following figures showing services provided for
DR.
period July i, 1967 through June 30, 1968.
the
Total number of children receiving physician services: 4,193
total number of conditions tabulated for the 4,193 children who
The
services was 4,588..
received
172

Major categories of dagnosis"
palsy 451
Cerebral
with hearing 1,219
Associated
conditions 969
Musculoskeletal
heart malformations 117
Congenital
Cleft lip and palate 424
TOTAL CONDITIONS 4,588
for future development will be directed toward improving the
Efforts
of home communities to provide care in each of the categories of
capacity
listed in the foreoin table. Other goals will include efforts to
service
that outside assistance is available to meet needs not provided for
assure
the commun±ty. Improvements in fnding will be sought to meet rising
within
to cover categories not presently covered (such as cystic fibrosis,
costs,
neurologic disorders) and to assure.complete, rather than partial
epilepsy,
of needs in implementing plans for treatment. Implied in the latter
meeting
is the development of broader and more specific agreements with resources
goal
than the Crippled Children's Services.
other
16,000 children have eligible defects as compared with the 4,000+
Some
in 1968, DR. PENN pointed out.
served
pattern we hope to develop in the future, DR. PENN concluded, is based
The
the belief that each individual should be under a life-long system of
upon
improvement which would help him understand himself as an individual,
health
and.why he functions as he does, and the value of this individuality both
how
himself and in others. He should know that health is an asset in achieving
in
individual potential and know what to do to promote it and also how to
his
and avoid health hazards. When unavoidable health problems occur he
perceive
meet.them in a way to diminish detrimental effects and he should be
should
aware of and practice specific preventive measures.
development of such a system exceeds the capacity of traditional health
The
and health programs, public and private. Ideally, it must include
professionals
fields of education, social welfare, economics and others, and will require
the
use of a very broad spectrum of personnel whose educational level extends
the
from almost none to highly specialized professionals.
such a broad system for health improvement, the need will exist
Under
dealing with potential or actual handicaps. The capabilities developed
for
the Crippled Children's Services, whether continued under that name or
under
will have an important contribution to make, DR. PENN stated.
another,
such a system, primary prevention would be the most important
Under
with individual needs the basic guiding factor, and a complete meet-
service,
ing of these needs the uitimate goal.
SPIELHOLZ, following DR. PENN, conented that the Crippled Children's
DR.
is one of several units within a broader spectrum. It is not an
Service
173

service, but is integrated with other services provided by the Depart-
isolated
of Health. Over the years, he added, the Department has had a contract
ment
the Division of Vocational Reh.bilitation, providing for methods of referral
with
the two agencies and defining areas where there is mutual interest.
between
mutually satisfactory relationship between the Division and the
Another
has been in effect for many years, DR. SPIELHO&Z said. This is a
Department
arrangement at the community level where local health officers (who
working
physicians in the field of public health) provide medical consultation
are
local vocational rehabilitation officers. The 39 counties of the state are
to
into 25 health districts, each with a health officer. In a few of
divided
these a practicing physician serves as a part-time health officer.
are still unique among the states, DR. SPIELHOLZ emphasized, in this
We
between health officers and vocational counselors, a relationship
relationship
was first developed on a voluntary basis and was then continued under a
which
agreement between the two agencies. The health officer is avail-
cooperative
to the counselor for reviewing cases, for helping with the solution of
able
problems, and sometimes serves by directing attention to community
medical
resources which might be useful in the rehabilitation process.
DISCUSSION
SENATOR RIDDER'S question about the provision of medical services,
To
SPIELHOLZ explained that the role of the medical consultant was not to give
DR.
medical services, but to provide medical advice, to help the counselor
direct
the case, to point out resources in the community, and to insure
understand
the medical components of a case be integrated. In the day-to-day opera-
that
of the Crippled Children's Service, the program concern is primarily
tion
children with complicated conditions who need not only medical skills,
with
help in social and vocational adjustment. A staffing is part of the plan
but
each case and may involve school people, a vocational counselor,.a public
for
caseworker and others. The whole child and what happens to him is
assistance
important.
GRIDLEY asked about services for the emotionally disturbed child and
MRS.
family.
his
SPIELHOLZ replied that the philosophy of the program is to give help
DR.
families to aid in the early identification of any deviation from normal
to
Psychiatric clinics throughout the state are able to refer any case
behavior.
the local health officer.
to
ADAMS described briefly the Shriners Hospital for Crippled Children
DR.
Spokane where facilities, money and staff are available to take care of any
in
child in the state who meets their requirements.
reply to a question about an orthodontia program, DR. SPIELHOLZ agreed
In
services were important and frequently very necessary. Two factors,
these
slowed the program: excessive costs, and the scarcity of orthodon-
however,
The dental program, he said, was developing very slowly.
tists.
174

PIELHOLZ concluded by saying that the public health program feels
DR.
close to the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, both in goals and
very
methods. Whatever structure develops, he expressed the hope that it would
in
the present relationship.
strengthen
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES
PEYTON introduced . HAROLD PETRIE, Director, State Department of
MR.
and Industries, who began his remarks b X expressing concern over the
Labor
of planning bodies at work, naming the comprehensive health plan-
multiplicity
agency, the Planning Commission for Vocat'ionai Rehabilitation, and the
ning
Reorganization Committee. He suggested that perhaps a coordinator to
Denny
all planning activities might be in order.
coordinate
between the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation and the
Relationships
of Labor and Industries have been very amiable throughout the years,
Department
said, and hopefully will remain that way. The function of the Department
he
defined by law and its rehabilitation efforts are limited to physical restora-
is
services for injured workmen. The Department's goal is to return the
tion
worker to employment as soon as possible. The Division's goal, he
injured
thought, was somewhat broader in its scope and viewpoint.
a survey of workers covered by the Department MR. PETRIE provided
From
following figures: Between 600,000 and 700,000 workers are under the
the
industrial insurance program; in any one annual period 123,000 to 125,000
state
be injured, and about 80 percent will require the one-time services of a
will
20,000 22,000 will be injured severely enough to keep them away
physician;
work for three days or more; 4,000 of the latter will end up with permanent
from
residuals, more than half of themback injuries.
the 4,000, 135 will sustain fatalinjuries; between 130 and 150 will
Of
declared totally and permanently disabled. It is with this group, somewhere
be
iS0 and 4,000 that serious problems in rehabilitation occur for the
between
Department.
PETRIE drew attention to statements in Rehabilitation in. Washingo n
MR.
referring to page 71where the sentences appear: "The Department of
State,
and Industries administers the Industrial Insurance (Title 51RCW) which
Labor
the necessary compensation, time-loss from job and medical aid
provides
for workers injured within the scope of extrahazardous employment.
benefits
degree of rehabilitation involved includes physical conditioning and job-
The
services which the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation could easily
placement
provide."
the top of page 72, MR. PETRIE also read this statement: "It is
From
be noted, however, that if such referral and job placement services could
to
provided by the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, the funds available
be
them would be tripled because of. the federal matching grant formula."
for
PETRIE said he hoped there was no correlation between these two
MR.
and that they did no.t suggest that the Division should assume the
statements
175

of job placement, either partially or exclusively, for Labor and Industry
role
The Division, he continued, should have no anxieties regarding the
cases.
center operated by the Department, since the Department does
rehabilitation
in any sense attempt to maintain a total rehabilitation center as the
not
term is understood by rehabilitation people.
Department, V[R. PETRIE continued, has a responsibility to return
The
to gainful employment as soon as possible, an obligation which they
workers
to both employer and employee, and one which they attempt to meet and will
owe
to meet with whatever tools are available. To meet this responsi-
continue
he feels it is quite necessary to havenot only professionally trained
bility
available, but also people with a day-to-day knowledge of the
counselors
field. This is the reason for maintaining an active relationship
employment
the Division and with Employment Security a relationship which Labor
with
Industries has no intention of disturbing. The Department also calls upon
and
officials who are aware of employment possibilities within a given
labor
and upon maagement, too, for the quickest possible placement,
community,
job placement seems to be the answer for any given person.
whenever
PETRIE described as "gray areas" those situations where one group
MR.
look at an individual and say that DVR training is needed while another
might
group-might say that only job placement is needed.
costs for the injuredworker who does not go back to work are
Pension
Thirty thousand dollars is needed to establish a monthly income for
high.
worker for the rest of his life. The actual charge assessed against the
that
is $19,750 an amount which is a great incentive for him to see that
employer
accidents do not happen.
are helpful in effortsto return an Employers injured to a job,
workman
PETRIE said. Difficulties are encountered with the small employer who
MR.
not be able to restructure his.work e£fort to re-employ the injured worker.
may
larger employer is usually able to make room for his own injuredworker,
The
is unwilling to take on a worker injured while working for another employer.
but
this injured worker requires a great deal of emplo,ent "know how."
Placing
understanding of the industrial insurance law, and the Labor and Industries
an
program.
LARSON asked how the second injury clause in the State Industrial
MR.
Act affected the rehiring of a worker.
Insurance
PETRIE described Washington's "Second Injury Fund" as being broad
MR.
the sense that all pre-existing disabilities are considered when disability
in
is made between the second injury and prior disabilities; but is
apportionment
or restrictive in the sense that it can only be applied when a workman
narrow
placed on the total and permanent disability rolls. In other words, there
is
be no cost apportionment when disability is temporary only.
can
such time as the Second Injury Fund is applied, a physician is asked
At
respond to the theoretical question, "What wouldthis workman's disability
to
been (resulting from.the industrial injury) if he did not in fact have
have
pre-existing disability?" The employer's cost experience is then assessed
any
only with the amount of such limited disability and not the cost of the
176

esulting from the combined effects of the second injury and pre-
disability
disability.
existing
working with DVR, MR. PETRIE added, the Department feels that at no
In
can it abdicate any of its responsibility and say to DVR, "This is yours,
time
take over." Each claim calls for the most particular kind of cooperation
you
the two agencies. Statutory authority has been requested to give Labor
between
Industries the right to carry a workman on time los disability after he
and
reached maximum physical restoration. Many times the man's physician may
has
the workman is ready for re-employment, but the man himself is not ready
say
he does not have a job, and does not know how to apply for one. The
because
cannot close out this claim until the man is back at work. It
Department
to carry the workman in a temporary disability status, continuing his
attempts
until the time when a job is found for him and he is at work in that
benefits
This is done daily with the help of the Division of Vocational Rehabili-
job.
tation.
commenting on the second injury clause DR. ADAMS remarked that because
In
the law there is an understandable reluctance on the part of the employer
of
hire people with a previous disability. He. thought some type of waiver
to
indicated. Later he asked why should a man who lost an arm in a hunting
was
transfer the cost of that injury on to his employer. Another meer
accident
that the employer would probably rather hire someone who didn't have
commented
a problem to start with.
PINTO wondered what happened to the workman when the employer payment
MRS.
stopped.
PETRIE replied that of the 23,000 injured workers, only a few end up
MR.
a permanent disability. The claim is closed when a man is ready to go
with
to work. Labor and Industries does not have funds to pay for training.
back
only thing the Department can do is make direct payments to the workman.
The
does not try to maintain any type of training facility or program. This
It
paid"for by the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. The Department tries
is
find out as .soon as possible after an injury whether a potential problem
to
for the Workman. Most of the problems develop after the man stays off
exists
work for 60 days or more.
question from MRS. GRIDLEY drew the response from MR. PETRIE that the
A
merger of departments recommended in the Denny report would not cause
proposed
the Department any problems.
OLIVER commented as the discussion closed that the Division, in
MR.
to a request from k. PETRIE, intends to increase the number of DVR
response
assigned to Labor and Industry cases. He added that the 1945 work-
counselors
agreement between the two agencies had been very satisfactory.
ing
DEPARTMENT OF INSTITUTIONS
CONTE began by saying he was very glad to have an opportunity to
DR.
on the very broad and exciting subject of rehabilitation where steps
speak
now being taken to accomplish an oft-stated goal to make vocational
are
services possible and available to all residents of the state.
rehabilitation
177

esidents in our state institutions, numbering 12,000, are part of
The
total residents of the state to whom services should be available, he said.
the
relationship between the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation and
The
Department of Institutions is historical, he continued. Over the course
the
a ten-year tenure in Washington, he reported, he has had.the assistance
of
the DVR staff in the state hospitals and in the corrections program. One
of
the problems they have faced together is that they hve never had adequate
of
In the state hospitals, a population of 7,000 had the services of
coverage.
a Division counselor for one day a month. This, DR. CONTE noted, is frustrating.
a relationship that has been plagued by manpower shortages, he felt
For
one between the two agencies had been very good. Every conceivable topic '-
the
employment, and rehabilitation has been discussed. The interest
training
been unlimited, but the frustration has been profound.
has
a new relationship is beginning, marked by new interest, because new
Now
have recently become available. The Department and the Division at the
funds
level have entered into a memorandum of understanding containing two
state
proposals: [i) to make vocational rehabilitation services available
important
individuals in institutions who may be eligible for such services under the
to
Plan and the Federal Rehabilitation Act;and (2) to overcome the manpower
State
by building a rehabilitation Staff through a training Program for
shortage
vocational rehabilitation officers. Everyone involved in this train-
beginning
effort is in a position to further vocational rehabilitation services.
ing
DR. CONTE continued, the Department wants to see the 12,000
Specifically,
of state institutions included in this total goal. This does not
residents
that all of the 12,000 are in need of rehabilitation services, but this
mean
must be given attention so that those in need may be singled out. The
segment
clientele is there among the mentally ill, the mentally retarded, the
potential
offender, the adult offender, the probationer and parolee, and in the
juvenile
homes operated by the Department. ¢nen we think of vocational rehabili-
veterans'
tation services, we must think of all of them, he stressed.
the problems of these people could be reduced to a single common denom-
If
it would generally be found that the residents of our institutions are
inator,
some way or another insecure people. They have reached their present situa-
in
becuase they have had some faulty learning experiences, have not profited
tion
normal relationships, and for some reason have not been able to approach
from
in a mature fashion, in keeping with their age or situation in life. For
life
reason, these are people who do not know how to relate, or do not
whatever
effectively, and whose feelings of insecurity and inadequacy have kept
relate
from relating to society. In addition, multiple physical difficulties
them
contributed to their insecurity.
have
of the people in institutions require re___habilitation; another segment
Some
habilitation, DR. CONTE pointed out. This is a matter of conditioning
needs
for the first time to approach life and its responsibilities. These are
them
who are out of step, who have not been able to succeed. They need help
people
and support to reach a better adjustment to society.
178

the schools for the mentally retarded there are about 4,000 individuals
In
intellectual capacity is not what it should be. They can be helped if
whose
difficulty can be clearly defined and they can be given proper supporting
their
Multiple physical defects are a part of their problem.
tools.
correctional institutions hold individuals who, in their lack of
State
Qould destroy the rights of others, and in a hostile way act out
maturity
resentment of others. Because of their actions, "society has decided
their
incarceration is the answer.
that
juvenile institutions within the state there are young people who have
In
out of school, who have carried hostility one step further to violate
dropped
rights of others. A pattern of failure is manifested here. Something
the
to be happening today that makes it more difficult for children to iden-
seems
with their own sexual roles. More and more children are turning to drugs
tify
an escape.
as
physical handicaps, epilepsy, disorders of the central nervous
Other
are among the disabilities which characterize the 12,000, DR. CONTE
system,
said. This is the clientele where clients for rehabilitation will be found.
is it so important to worry about the work a man does and to train
Why
for a vocation? There are those who say, !'Don't worry about him in the
him
But it is never too soon to begin a vocational effort. The
institutions."
a man does contributesto hisown image. When an individual is helped
work
find a place in the world, this is meaningful to his total personality
to
We are trying to help people develop feelings of security. This
structure.
the overlying reason why vocational rehabilitation in institutions has a
is
approach to service. In any approach to vocational rehabilitation services
new
DR. CONTE suggested four areas for consideration:
Evaluation ofthe candidate. This should go beyond the questions,
(i)
there a skill or, is there a job? The individual and his total
is
situation must be reviewed, The depth of the problem and
life
cepacity of the individual to improve his ability must be
the
assessed.
A medical evaluation. Every medical problem must be thoroughly
(2)
Some minor medical problems can completely sabotage
investigated.
all the rehabilitation.services in the world.
Social and psychological problems. These are part of the total
(3)
effort. It is important to know something about the
counseling
not only at the moment of discovery, but at the time he
family,
to the family. Much of his adjustment depends on his family
returns
their support. If it is ineffective, professional efforts go
and
the drain.
down
A specific training_ proggm.. This is a new effort for both the
(4)
of Institutions and the Division and is concerned with
Department
179

DISCUSSION:
comprehensive vocational rehabilitation services to
providing
of institutions who are eligible for these services
residents
the terms of the State Plan. To meet anticipated manpower
under
a program has been devised to provide supervised
shortages,
for entry level vocational rehabilitation officers, thus
training
a pool of experienced personnel.
creating
ST. LAURENT asked how many of the 12,900 now in institutions would be
MR.
to receive and profit from rehabilitation services.
able
CONTE replied that no recent survey had been made, and that making one
DR.
a costly and time-consuming process which in the final figure would show
was
candidates for service than the program could reach. Hopefully, as the
more
becomes better staffed, some statistics for long-range planning will
program
be forthcoming.
HOLDEN noted that at Western State Hospital the VRO stationed there
MR.
able to rehabilitate as many clients annually as a counselor in the regular
was
program.
OLIVER and MR. NOREN confirmed that about 49 per cent of the clients
MR.
in an early adult corrections Program in Spokane were successfully
accepted
rehabilitated.
to preventive programs, MRS. GRIDLEY expressed her interest in
Referring
rehabilitation programs being developed in schools and the success
vocational
in these programs. She also felt there was much to be said for programs
achieved
the community level which keep the child at home.
at
CONTE felt that most social and health programs are only scratching
DR.
surface where prevention is concerned.
the
ADAMS wondered if in some cases people might be kept out of institu-
DR.
for too long a time. There are some, he thought who ought to go in
tions
sooner than they do.
the matter of community care versus institutionalization, DR. CONTE
In
that many communities have not developed the kind of services needed
remarked
these people. But the hope does exist that some day those who are mentally
for
mentally retarded, or who are public offenders may have services within
ill,
their communities that are as sophisticated as those now available in institutions.
are
ST. LAURENT asked about the work release Program and how candidates
MR.
selected.
fifty men are presently in this program, DR. CONTE replied. The law
About
by the 1967 State Legislature) calls for the release of an individual
(enacted
180

a correctional institution for employment or training. An individual who
from
the institution under this program must return each evening to a super-
leaves
situation. Usually this is the county jail and for this reason many have
vised
the service. No set rules exist for the selection of candidates.
refused
is based upon a variety of factors, primari'ly upon the man's record
Eligibility
in the institution and the offense that put him there-. The need for
while
to take care of these cases is apparent, DR. CONTE agreed. Goodwill
homes
and the Kiwanis Club, in Spokane, Were mentioned by MRS. POWERS
Industries
and DR. ADAMS as providing a needed service in this area.
POWERS asked about Birch Cottage. DR. CONTE described it as a well-
MRS.
example of a group type service for young people. Supervision in
publicized
all phases of the life there helps these young people to understand themselves.
CARSON asked DR. CONTE whether he would like to see the vocational
MR.
officer and the parole officer working with the same client,
rehabilitation
under the same roof. And DR. PALMER wondered whether the VRO and
perhaps
correctional counselor might some day be the same person.
the
CONTE felt that people in state officesin Olympia could not'decide
DR.
people ought to collaborate with each other. A good idea in Olympia is not
what
a good idea for people in the field, he cautioned. He said he would
always
to sanction and encourage the above proposal, and hope that the people
like
in the field could try it out to see whether it would work.
GRIDLEY mentioned programs where the social worker is the one who
MRS.
counseling and guidance and said shethought new and complex services
gives
were being developed to meet new needs.
respect to people employed in a program DR. CONTE believes that the
With
barriers between disciplines are becoming blurred. He commented
traditional
on the assignment of people to do a job when they have the ability
briefly
do it, regardless of academic degrees. In dealing with the human element,
to
individual and how he sees himself in relation to others is important.
the
of tese people would not be easy. The professional social worker,
Selection
out of school, needs training to work with the mentally ill in hospitals.
just
are now changing their training programs. In the 40's and 50's,
Universities
recalled, training help was not available, but patients nevertheless were
he
to leave the mental hospitals.because some warm loving person there had
able
given them something they needed.-
of excerpt from approved minutes of Commission
(End
December 6, 1968)
meeting,
181

coordination of the several programs was a particular
The
of the members of the Planning Commission. It was pointed
concern
that some of the interagency agreements between Vocational
out
and other service agencies were quite old. Atthe
Rehabilitation
1968 publication date of REHABILITATION IN WASHINGTON STATE,
June
most recent agreement of the Division of VocNtional Rehabili-
the
with the Department of Public Assistance was in 1954; with
tation
Department of Labor and Industries, 1945; with the Department
the
Institutions, 1966; with the Health Department, 1963; and with
of
Employment Security Department, 1967.
the
school agreements have been signed with more
Cooperative
a dozen different school districts. These are all of recent
than
date.
October 18, 1968, another agreement between the State
On
of Institutions and Vocational Rehabilitation was signed.
Department
agreement calls for the rehabilitation agency to begin a pro-
This
of services in each major service area of the Department of
gram
A full-grown program is the goal of the agreement.
Institutions.
new counselors would need to be added. The efforts, of the two
Many
according to the agreement, would be directed toward build-
agencies,
an effective bridge forthose leaving institutions.
ing
agreement was signed in October. At the time of the
This
of this planning project, there had been no implementa-
completion
The federal cutback in funds during the middle of a fiscal
tion.
prevented the employment of the coordinator called for in the
year
agreement.
State Employment Service
1955 agreement between the Employment Security Depart-
A
and the Vocational Rehabilitation program, and still in effect
ment
1968, provided the framework for the working relationship between
in
two agencies.
the
MDTA Program
Rehabilitation has been providing medical
Vocational
and minor medical services to referred Manpower
examinations
Training Act cases of the Employment Security Depart-
Development
It is assumed that this important service will be continued.
ment.
Pub l i c
We l fare
Public Assistance programs in the United States are
The
rapidly. A higher percentage of the clients of the Voca-
growing
Rehabilitation Division in the State of Washington are
ational
Assistance recipients than any other state, according to
Public
182

figures. It is anticipated that in the years to come Public
recent
clients will receive priority for vocational rehabili-
Assistance
services. The budget document prepared by the Division of
tation
Rehabilitation, outlining its plans for the biennium
Vocational
begins July 1969, has this to say about th 9 Department of
which
Assistance:
Public
Rehabilitationof PublicAssistance Recipients
major emphasis toward vocational rehabilitation of Public
A
recipients must be maintained. The Work In-
Assistance
Program, which was authorized by the 1967 Amend-
centive
to the Social Security Act, will be administered in
ments
State of Washington by the Department of Employment
the
with referrals in selected categories by the
Security
of Public Assistance. It is now estimated that
Department
35 percent of the applicants to the Work In-
approximately
Program will be referred to the Division of Voca-
centive
Rehabilitation because of need for more extensive
tional
intensive services if they are to be removed from the
and
rolls and placed in productive employment. The
welfare
has participated in joint planning with the
Division
of Public Assistance and Employment. Security
Departments
will continue to operate in accordance with plans made
and
the Community Action Motivation Program in Washington.
under
Evaluation and Inventory Project (Public Assistance
An
grant has been made to the Division to evaluate
Recipients)
inventory the rehabilitation potential of a selected
and
of Public Assistance recipients. Historically, the
sample
of Washington has provided vocational rehabilitation
State
to disabled Public Assistance recipients in in-
services
and sizeable numbers. Notwithstanding these regu-
creasing
increases in the population served, the Division of
lar
Rehabilitation has been aware of the need to
Vocational
even more extensive services to disabled Public
provide
recipients. As a result of this concern within
Assistance
Division of Vocational Rehabilitation and a similar
the
in the Department of Public Assistance, there has,
concern
a number of years, been close cooperation between
for
two agencies in order to provide more adequate ser-
these
to Public Assistance recipients.
vices
The project has multiple goals which include the following:
The project will provide the capacity to do in-depth
A.
of Public Assistance recipients. We expect
screening
by this screening we will be able to identify
that
potential in recipients we have not
rehabilitation
previously attempted to rehabilitate;
183

The project will provide us with more accurate infor-
B.
about the number of Public Assistance recip-
mation
who have a potential for vocational rehabilita-
ients
tion;
The project will provide us the opportunity to experi-
C.
test and demonstrate the concept of team evalua-
ment,
tion for vocational rehabilitation;
Operationally, this project will significantly enhance
D.
quality and increase quantity of services provided
the
to Public Assistance recipients.
for increased services of vocational rehabilita-
.Planning
in the biennium will be related to project findings
tion
based on continuing cooperation with the State Depart-
and
of Public Assistance.
ment
project, with a basic purpose to reduce the number of
This
on public assistance rolls, was initiated in the autumn of
persons
soon after the foregoing budget document was written. However,
1968,
several months, the project director resigned and the project
after
now dormant. It does seem as if the project were well. organized
is
the project director during his tenure. The procedures, including
by
evaluation, were carefully written. The public assistance pro-
their
is also discussed on page 154.
gram
Education
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
every student who is need of vocational rehabili-
That...
should be served.
tation
this time approximately one-tenth of the secondary
At
special education students eligible for vocational rehabilita-
level
services are being provided those services. It is hoped that
tion
secondary level special education students be provided services
all
a cooperative school agreement. The Vocational Rehabilitation
under
has many different school systems which have requested co-
Division
operative agreements.
Voluntary Organizations
to voluntary organizations have increased. The
Services
Artificial Kidney Center has a contract with the Division of
Seattle
Rehabilitation which involves service to a number of indi-
Vocational
who would probably die if they did not have .the dialysis pro-
viduals
gram.
184

Cedar Hills Alcoholic Treatment Center has been set up
The
connection with the King County (Seattle) Sheriff's Department.
in
Vocational Rehabilitation Division is participating with this
The
to insure the provision of rehabilitation services as.part of
center
treatment center program. The center at this time has only one
the
counselor assigned to,work with $1coholics. The
rehabilitation
of alcoholics is many times that which could be served
population
one counselor.
by
Division of Vocational Rehabilitation in the State of
The
has had a powerful influence on grants to state academic
Washington
It is hoped that these academic institutions will
institutions.
have a powerful influence on Vocational Rehabilitation as a
soon
agency. There is a marvelous potential to transform counsel-
state
to elevate the state agency through the utilization of counsel-
ing,
trained in the graduate program at the University of Washington.
ors
services to the severely physically handicapped can be influenced
The
the model treatment given at the Physical Medicine and Rehabili-
by
section at the University of Washington Medical School. The
tation
Research Institute in the School of Social Work at the
Rehabilitation
of Washington, is doing some pioneering work-in the utili-
University
of family members in rehabilitation. The Child Development
zation
at the University of Washington has the finest facilities any-
Center
to study the development of handicapped people, including at-
where
toward work. A complete list of the pending and approved
titudes
resulting in grants from the Rehabilitation Services Admin-
projects
follows:
istration
Research and Demonstration
and approved projects resulting from grants by Rehabili-
Pending
Services Administration and extending into the biennium
tation
including the following:
of Washington Department of Education Graduate
University
in rehabilitation counseling
program
of Washington School of Medicine Training in
University
therapy
physical
of Washington School of Medicine Clinical teach-
University
in occupational therapy
ing
of Washington Physical medicine and rehabilitation
University
of Washington School of Social Work Training for
University
workers
social
of Washington School of Social Work Training in
University
nursing
rehabilitation
of Washington Speech and Hearing Clinic.- Expand
University
to train therapists
program
of Washington School of Social Work Education of
University
workers interested in mental retardation and
social
handicapped
socially
185

of Washington Department of Psychology Investi-
University
influence of special modeling and identification
gate
on the behavior of adolescent delinquent boys
opportunities
of Washington Division of Child Health Determine
University
of rehabilitation of young male homosexuals
feasibility
of Washington Department of Psychology Program
University
graduate study dealing With psychological aspects of
of
and the rehabilitation process
disability
of Washington Department of Physical Medicine and
University
Comprehensive evaluation and treatment
Rehabilitation
of Washington Research Institute (School of Social
University
Work)
Foundation Rehab Center for Individuals with attitudinal
Delta
handicaps
Washington State College To prepare certified clini-
Eastern
at master's level to serve in public and private
cians
and facilities concerned with rehabilitating
agencies
with speech and/or hearing impairments.
adults
of Vocational Rehabilitation Research program to
Division
effectiveness of rehabilitation process in appli-
study
to Federal offenders.
cation
of Vocational Rehabilitation Inservice staff training
Division
of Puget Sound Traineeships in occupational therapy
University
of Puget Sound Post graduate workshop Course in
University
therapy
occupational
River Community College Prepare. certified occupational
Green
assistants
therapy
Community College Improved vocational and academic
Seattle
opportunities for deaf people
training
Hearing and Speech Center, Inc. Establish comprehen-
Seattle
rehabilitation program for persons with deafness or
sive
hearing loss
severe
of Institutions Division of Handicapped Children
Department
Provide experience and training to help high
(Fircrest)
and college students become aware of the need and
school
to workwith mentally retarded
opportunity
of Vocational Rehabilitation To develop techniques
Division
provision of rehabilitation services to disabled
for
rehabilitmtion potential is difficult to assess and
whose
because of cultural and environmental factors
achieve
projects are reviewed and approved by the Division in
These
with the provisions of Section 3 and Section 4 (a)
accordance
of the Vocational Rehabilitation Act. In each instance
(i)
Division, by its approval, must indicate that the project
the
to provide direct service to handicapped individuals
proposes
will make a substantial contribution to the solution of
and/or
rehabilitation problems in the State of Washington.
vocational
direct case services to handicapped persons are provided
When
part of the project operation, these individuals are either
as
by the Division and/or become clients of the Division.
referred
186

Division provides direct consultation to the grantee(s) by
The
on advisory committees and boards of trainee selection.
serving
Manpower Policy
the major lecture, "Manpower Rehabilitation as a Public
In
delivered at the 1968 annual meeting of the National Rehab-
Market,"
Association, Paul M. Ellwood,Jr., M.D. of Minneapolis,
ilitation
the following statements:
made
the goal of national employment programs is to assure
"
greatest possible opportunity for employment to the largest pos-
the
number of clients at the lowest sound cost. This is another
sible
of saying that national manpower programs are faced with the ne-
way
of applying the principles of cost-effectiveness, which are,
cessity
course, identified with the exacting, coldly analytical decision-
of
processes of the defense department. Will this style of de-
making
be accepted by the professions and public officials
cision-making
engaged in rehabilitation and employment services?
of the unemployed, likeall other fields,
"Rehabilitation
assume a limited supply of resources as a constant factor to be
must
with as a basic condition of programming and planning. Cost-
reckoned
is, of course, a method of determining whether a dollar
effectiveness
here will go farther than a dollar spent elsewhere. Theoreti-
spent
our limited dollars for unemployment programs could be expected
cally,
produce greater benefits for more people if they were allocated in
to
way."
this
rehabilitation services in the nation are 48
Vocational
old and nearly 40 in our state. The training and use of the
years
human resources are not a new public concern; only in the
nation's
have federally supported manpower programs emerged as a major
1960's
economic and socialpol±cy. As a result, the last half dozen
tool.of
have been filled with feverish activity. Now is an opportune
years
time to take stock.
policy s aimed at developing and using the capac-
Manpower
of human beings as actual or potential members of the labor
ities
Although its central operational field is the labor market,
force.
policy also has a bearing upon economic, education, and mill-
manpower
policies, not to mention programs in welfare, antipoverty, voca-
tary
rehabilitation, and urban development. In fact, there is a
tional
dimension of almost every aspect of economic, social, and
manpower
policy.
political
as poverty may be alleviated and diminished by
Insofar
jobs and educating, training, or upgrading the members of
creating
families, manpower policy is centrally implicated. It is also
poor
in programs to provide people on welfare incentives to seek
involved
and hold jobs.
187

a position paper by the National Manpower Policy Task
In
dated January 1969, and entitled "The Nation's Manpower
Force,
Programs," is the following:
present challenge is to develop a coherent manpower
"The
not just for the moment but for the 1970's and beyond. The
policy,
lesson is that at the local level, where people are located
first
must be served, available manpower services should be provided
and
the basis of need, not impeded by diverse eligibility require-
on
varying administrative practices, or competing agencies. The
ments,
programs must be fused into a single comprehensive manpower
separate
a variety of services in varying mixed depending
program--providing
upon national conditions and local need."
federal government is providing minimum income stand-
The
for those unable to work because they are too old, ill, or
ards
with family responsibilities. But those who can work should
burdened
provided with remedial education, training, physical restoration,
be
or jobs depending upon individual needs and capabilities.
has been a ten-fold increase in money for federal
There
programs just since 1961. In the State of Washington these
manpower
have aided greatly in the rehabilitation of disabled indi-
programs
viduals.
are a humane nation and we are a nation of businessmen.
We
we violate the principles of humanity and business when
Yet
we Continue permit large numbers of Americans to languish
to
the shadow of a serious handicap which could be mastered.
in
the conscience and the purse suffer when men and women
Both
could be self-reliant and productive are consigned to
who
futility and dependengy.
the National Citizens Advisory
--from
on Vocational Rehabilitation,
Committee
1968
188

Coordination With Other State Planning
Poverty
number of studies have shown that the poor have more
A
and emotional disabilities and mental retardation than
physical
who are not poor. In addition,there is a disproportionate
those
of poor peoplewho have multiple handicaps. Too frequently,
number
poor have the least ability and know-how in seeking solutions
the
their problems in connection with these disabilities.
for
SOUL ON ICE, Eldridge Cleaver expressed some of the
In
of one section of the poor as follows:
feeling
Americans are too easily deceived by a few smiles
Black
friendly gestures, by the passing of a few liberal-
and
laws which are left on the books to rot un-
sounding
and by the mushy speechmaking of a President who
enforced,
a past master of talking out of the thousand sides of
is
mouth. Such poetry does not guarantee the safe future
his
the black people in America. The black people must
of
a guarantee, they must be certain,they must be sure
have
all doubt that the reign of terror is ended and
beyond
just suspended, and that the future of their people
not
is secure.
the 1968 Amendments to the Federal Vocational Rehab-
With
Law, came important changes. One of these is the extension
ilitation
the Vocational Rehabilitation program to include: "individuals
of
by reason of their youth or advanced age, low educa-
disadvantaged
attainments, ethnic or cultural factors, prison or delin-
tional
records, or other conditions which constitute a barrier to
quency
and other members of their families when the provision
employment,
vocational rehabilitation services to family members is necessary
of
for the rehabilitation of an individual described above."
State is no longer the sparsely populated, fresh-
Washington
refuge from the congested metropolitan areas of the United States.
air
1950, the state has.gained approximately one million new resi-
Since
almost all added in urban areas. By 1975 the population will
dents,
approximately four million. Urban growth brings many problems.
be
and miserable conditions are often found in urban core areas.
Unhumane
lead to a brutal breakdown of human civilization. The individ-
These
becomes lost in the mass. Those who hurt most are the crippled,
ual
the ill, and the socially disadvantaged.
1966 Oscar Lewis published LA VIDA, a study ofa Puerto
In
family in the culture of poverty in San Juan and in New York.
Rican
them he wrote, "In spite of the presence of considerable pathology,
About.
am impressed by the strengths in this family. I am impressed by
I
their fortitude, vitality, resilience and ability to cope with problems
189

would paralyze many middle-class individuals. It takes a great
which
of staying power to live in their harsh and brutalizing environ-
deal
They are tough people, but they have their own sense of dig-
ment.
and morality and they are capable of kindness, generosity and
nity
They share food and clothing, help each other in mis-
compassion.
take in the homeless and cure the ill. "Money and material
fortune,
although important, do not motivate their major de-
possessions,
Their deepest need is for love, and their life is a re-
cisions.
lentless search for it."
last twenty years have seen a flow from rural areas
The
the cities and a cross-current of former city dwellers to the
into
This created depressed rural communities and decaying core
suburbs.
This dreadful cycle continues. If we build vigorous, thriv-
cities.
communities in our rural areas then we halt and maybe even reverse
ing
migration that has led to so many problems, so much misery.
the
THE COISSION RECONDS:
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation develop more
That
methods of delivering vocational rehabilitation
effective
to handicapped Indians. Indians should be recruited
services
staff members counselors, aides, clerical assistants--
as
work with the reservation Indians and other concentrations
to
Indians.
of
rural areas have their disadvantaged persons and
The
areas just as the urban centers do. The Negro and the core
blighted
ghetto are matched by the Indian and the reservation, and the
city
and the farm labor camp. It is a problem that usually is
migrant
less frequently noticed but equally difficult to solve.
pessimism of these people is reflected in this quote
The
THE.AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF MALCOLM X. He, o course, was assassinated
from
before Grove Press published his book in 1964.
knew that the black man had all the strikes against
They
that the white man kept the black man down, under
him,
his heel, unable-to get anywhere, really.
are certain objectives and principles common to all
There
in the rehabilitation of public assistance recipients. Among
states
them are the following:
goal in all states will be to increase substantially
The
number of public assistance applicants and recipients
the
rehabilitation and social services so that they
provided
be gainfully employed.
can
190

the vocational rehabilitation agency and the welfare
Both
will need to commit staff and funds to carry out
agency
the integrated program plan.
resources of other welfare programa, of manpower
The
and of various other programs such as model
programs,
and neighborhood service centers should be taken
cities
account and utilized in the cooperative program.
into
approaches, including such measures as re-
Innovative
of staff, joint housing of staff, simplified
development
and case and administrative forms used in
procedures
by both agencies, the team approach in case plan-
common
and management, a cooperatively developed plan for
ning
and rehabilitation services for each client served,
social
involvement, the development of new resources
community
facilities, and experimentation in the organization
and
and delivery of services will be essential.
guidelines for the development of an integrated
These
program plan for the vocational rehabilitation of public
action
applicants and recipients were stated in Bulletin 13,
assistance
ii, of REHABILITATION INTERAGENCY FOCUS.
Volume
Kenneth Barnes, in his 1968 lecture, "Planning for
R.
Service Needs in Rehabilitation Facilities" made this
Psychological
"The rhetoric of the psychologist abounds in verbal manipula-
point,
and verbal interpretations. Admitting and accepting the success
tion
the psychological model for upper and middle class America, it is
of
that we cannot solve the awesome problems of many disabled
submitted
most disadvantaged unless we apply the more non-verbal work model
and
environmental manipulation model, not reluctantly, but enthusias-
or
tically, throughout the rehabilitation processes offered in facilities."
also stated in this lecture to psychologists, "A perva-
He
problem that perplexed rehabilitation personnel in the last score
sive
years was the matter of eligibility for service. Once upon a time,
of
same rehabilitation counselor who would have declared eligible
the
service a John Kennedy for his 'bad back, also most likely would
for
rejected an Oswald for 'no diagnostically identifiable disability. have TM
unimaginative administrative and perhaps legal, interpretations
These
resolved by the 1965 and 1967 Vocational Rehabilitation Act
were
which clarified the concept of disability to emphasize the
amendments
disorders and the disadvantaged."
behavioral
services to the urban poor might best be
Rehabilitation
in a new kind of center. On December.7, 1968, the Commis-
provided
endorsed the concept of an Employment Evaluation and Service
sion
operated by Vocational Rehabilitation in Washington State.
Center
It is described in some detail in this book beginning on page 138.
191

Mental Health Planning
provided by the State of Washington's Department
Statistics
Institutions indicate that at this time 3,400 individuals of work-
of
age are discharged annually from the states three mental hospitals.
ing
all of these people are vocationally handicapped at the time
Almost
their furlough or discharge. Many of them would go into the world
of
work if this option were open to them. They often have problems
of
are manifested on the job. Vocational rehabilitation services
that
indicated for these people.
are
vocational rehabilitation services are 8ften not
However,
to these people. The indications are that in the fiscal
available
1968, only 181 of these people were offered vocational rehab-
year
services at the time of discharge. This means that more
ilitation
3,200 of these recovered mentally ill people returning to the
than
were not offered any services.
community
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
should be an expansion of serviees to the hospitalized
There
ill so that by 1975 all patients below the age of
mentally
would be referred to vocational rehabilitation routinely,
60
later screening to exclude those not feasible for
with
vocational rehabilitation services.
entire concept of mental illness and mental retardation
The
being scrutinized. A number of people in the health professions
is
critical of the present situation. We have titles in our books
are
as: THE DISCONTENT EXPLOSION IN MENTAL HEALTH, THE REFORM OF
such
HOSPITALS, and THE CRIME OF COMMITMENT. Seymour Halleck, a
MENTAL
who is Chief of Psychiatric Services for the Wisconsin
physician
of Corrections, wrote.in the March 1969 issue of PSYCHOLOGY
Division
about "The Reform of Mental Hospitals." The article said in
TODAY,
part:
system of committing mental patients to hospitals for
Our
against their will has many drawbacks. But I
treatment
not thereforeTthink the system should be abolished.
do
I think we should concentrate on radical reforms.
Rather
I am convinced these reforms are necessary. In-
And
commitments are unjustifiably frequent today
voluntary
of two false beliefs. Too many believe that the
because
disturbed are more dangerous than normal per-
emotionally
despite repeated statistical evidence to the con-
sons,
Thousands of patients in mental hospitals probably
trary.
could be released without harm to themselves or others.
common misconception is that mental illness re-
Another
long-termhospitalization. This false belief
quires
allows us to tolerate many hospitals that provide primarily
192

care. Thousands in our mental hospitals would
custodial
have to be there if they could receive adequate treat-
not
ment.
society is faced with decision involving control
Whenever
the. insane offender, the mentally incompetent, the drug
of
the sex offender or the mentally ill, it must base
addict,
decision upon social principles or values. Unfortu-
its
our society has been tentative and inconsistent
nately,
defining its values. Punishment is often valued as
in
as rehabilitation. Protecting the status quo of our
muck
mental-hospital system often comes'before protec-
present
emotionally disturbed citizen. Reform would
tingthe
faster if we could consistently adhere to realistic
come
We must developlaws and practices that protect
values.
but at the same time. we must abandon our impulse
society,
punish or neglect the emotionally disturbed. We must
to
for treatment that will return them to society in
search
the shortest possible time.
even more radical recommendation has come from Thomas
An
a professor of Psychiatry at the State University of New
Szasz,
Upstate Medical Center in Syracuse. Dr. Szasz, also writing
York,
PSYCHOLOGY TODAY, stated:
in
and laymen .alike generally believe persons
Physicians
involuntarily confined in mental hospitals because
are
are mentally ill, but don't know they are sick and
they
medical treatment. This view, to put it charitably,
need
nonsense. In my opinion, mental illness is a myth.
is
we label "mentally ill" are not sick, and invol-
People
mental hospitalization is not treatment. It is
untary
punishment.
kinds of therapy once considered so effective in mental
The
are now questioned. It is believed by many professionals
hospitals
a long £erm of person,to-person psychotherapy is hurtful rather
that
helpful to the patient.
than
Hersch in AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGIST, for July 1968,
Charles
DiscoNtent Explosion in Mental Health" wrote as follows:
"The
of the most important sources of discontent was in
One
failure of the mental health movement to deal effect-
the
with many of the problems about which society was
ively
concerned. This is not meant to single out the
most
health professions for special criticism. Their
mental
including those of omission, were shared by the
failures,
professions and organizations as well. But in the
other
of psychiatry, we promised ourselves and society too
age
and we are living now in the aftermath of that
much,
disappointment.
193

the child guidance field, the sociopathic deviations
In
particularly resistant to professional attention.
were
there had been a long history of clinical and
Although
involvement with the problems of delinquency,
research
approaches remained ineffective, and even
traditional
projects, such as the Cambridge-Somerville
large-scale
(Powers & Witmer, 1951), could not produce satis-
Study
results. Efforts in.delinquency prevention and
factory
the treatment of the individual delinquent met with
in
frustration.
repeated
families represented another refractory
Multiproblem
Indeed, their very imperviousness to inter-
group.
came to be considered in some quarters as a
vention
criterion. Many psychiatric disorders were
defining
among their impairments, and the children tended
included
be sufficiently disabled, both emotionally and educa-
to
so as to perpetuate their multiproblem status
tionally,
the next generation. Typically these families were a
in
to the community as well as to themselves. How-
burden
persistent attempts to work with them in. an ortho-
ever,
dox framework found little success.
a need for the treatment of the mentally ill is
Probably
focus on a public health model of operation where prevention is
to
important than therapy. Employment at suitable work is more
more
than most pills, or other traditional therapies. Brief
important
is better than long-term hospitalization. The
hospitalization
worker would be better off to record an employment history
social
than to record the pathology leading to the hospitalization.
treatment method is best exemplified in the United
This
by the Fort Logan StateHospital in the suburbs of Denver,
States
Vocational rehabilitation plays one of the most important
Colorado.
in that hospital.
roles
the State of Washington has three state
Fortunately,
that are relativelY well financed, properly staffed, and
hospitals
operated, and an active research program exists. It would
humanely
particularly easy to work with the superintendents of the three
be
hospitals Eastern Washington State Hospital, Western Wash-
state
State Hospital, and Northern Washington State Hospital--- to
ington
rehabilitation services. Vocational rehabilitation services
provide
be provided in this setting through "third party" funds without
can
state or local expenditures. Money appropriated by the
additional
of Washington's Departmentof Institutions is matched by
state
funds at a ratio of five federal dollars for each state
federal
No additional state funds are required. It is assumed that
dollar.
1975 there will be an enormous expansion of vocational rehabili-
by
services i the three state hospitals. It is also assumed
tation
that different delivery systems of services to the mentally ill will
194

utilized increasingly. Patients will be served in mental hygiene
be
so that the need for in-hospital services will be drastically
clinics
reduced.
state funds are derived from appropriations.made specifically
Most
vocational rehabilitation. Thereare, however, other important
for
Public funds may be made available by transfer between
sources.
agencies or by accounting for indirect costs to the state
state
such as those for space, retirement, etc. A term often used
program
"Third-Party Funds," which means that the state share of the cost
is
serving handicapped individuals under the state plan is borne in
of
by a state or local public agency other than the designated
part
Vocational Rehabilitation agency. A "third-party" joins the
State
Vocational Rehabilitation agency and the Federal Government
State
the funding arrangement. The "third-party" agency actually obli-
in
and disburses the funds, but it does this under the supervision
gates
control of the State Vocational Rehabilitation agency. Third-
and
funding has become increasingly popular since it increases the
party
available for vocational rehabilitation and provides more flex-
funds
financing and fiscal administration. Of far greater importance
ible
the fact that such cooperative undertakings open up new program
is
for reaching disabled people, introduce new services, and
avenues
a continuum of services among programs administered by
provide
state agencies.
separate
Rehabilitation servicesin Washington State con-
Vocational
to be managed by the Coordinating Council for Occupational Edu-
tinue
It may have "third party" funds increased. There is always
cation.
question about what proportion of the rehabilitation dollar should
a
be tied up in "third party" funds
source of state matching funds is expected to
Another
substantial in the next few years. This is local public
become
private money made available.to the state vocational rehabili-
or
agency by a political subdivision of a state to augment
tation
rehabilitation services in that area. Using this pro-
vocational
made possible by the 1965 amendments, 38 states have developed
cedure,
sorts of joint programs with public and private agencies as well
all
increased resources and services for the vocational rehabilitation
as
handicapped people. It is an excellent mechanism for use in
of
projects" and for other target groups such as the rural poor,
"city
juvenile delinquents, public assistance recipients, etc.
alcoholics,
may also be used for establishing facilities and workshops.
It
195

Mental Retardation Planning
1964 the U. S. Public Health Service provided the State
In
Washington with a grant for $30,000 for a study of mental health.
of
grant was provided through the leadership of the Washington State
This
of Institutions. In October 1963 the then Governor Albert
Department
appointed twelve members to the Mental Health Planning
Rosellini
In February 1964, with the knowledge that Washington State
Committee.
have available planning money for mental retardation, the Committee
would
expanded to include three representatives who had a special interest
was
services for the mentally retarded. At that time the Committee was
in
the Governors Committee on Mental Health and Mental Retarda-
renamed
The planning effort was concluded at the end of 1965. The com-
tion.
report of findings was distributed during 1966, as a book
prehensive
EVERYBODY'S CHILDREN SUMMARY OF WASHINGTON'S COMPREHENSIVE
entitled
TO HELP THE MENTALLY RETARDED. The chairman of this Committee
PLAN
was Charles R. Strother, Ph.D., of the University of Washington.
State of Washington has profited from the contributions
The
two of its citizens who are world famous for their work with
from
retardation. One of them is Dr. Strother and the other is the
.mental
Dr. Edgar A. Doll of Bellingham. In addition.there is in Seattle
late
part of the University of Washington a Child Development Center
as
does superlative work in the field of retardation and the prepara-
which
of individuals for careers in the field of Psychology, education,
tion
genetics, social work, and vocational rehabilitation. This
pediatrics,
institution has earned its great reputation.
Commission, too, has benefited from the services of
The
Strother, Dr. Alice, Hayden, Dr. Norris Haring, and others of the
Dr.
of the Child Development Center. Many of the techniques devel-
staff
by Dr. Strother and his Committee were utilized by our task
oped
Relevant parts of EVERYBODY'S CHILDREN were provided the task
forces.
of the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation to aid
forces
them in their deliberations.
is interesting to look at the recommendations made in
It
by the Mental Health and Mental Retardation Planning Committee
1965
order to see how these recommendations have fared in the inter-
in
years. One of theirrecommendations is quoted below:
vening
supervised employment programs and sheltered workshops
That
the employment and training of the mentally retarded
for
be extended and expanded.
This certainly is being done. Two other recommendations follow:
a study be made of the organizational structure and
That
of operation of workshops based on the experi-
standards
ences of such operations within the state.
196

guidelines for operations be developed and made avail-
That
to existing workshops and for all other groups of
able
within the various communities of the state
individuals
have an identified interest in the initiation of work
who
opportunity programs for the mentally retarded.
were achieved in 1968 following major effort by thel staff of
These
Rehabilitation. Four professional people on the staff of
Vocational
Rehabilitation in the State of Washington are concerned
Vocational
with the workshop program. They made a major study of
principally
program in 1968 and developed guidelines for action. These guide-
this
and a workshop manual were approved by the Coordinating Council
lines
Occupational Education in 1968. There is every reason to believe
for
the professional consultation services provided by Vocational
that
to sheltered supervised work opportunity programs are
Rehabilitation
to those of any. other state.
equal
Another recommendation stated:
a policy on employment be developed within state
That
which will allow-for and expedite the selective
government
of the mentally retarded in state jobs on a
placement
plan as that initiated by Federal Civil Service.
similar
recommendation has not been followed at this time. Legislation
This
needed to alter the State Civil Service System. It is likely that
is
such legislation will be introduced this year or the next.
Two other recommendations are quoted in full:
evaluation, social, and prevocational training begin
That
the school years with transition machinery developed so
in
before the retarded child "graduates" from school
that
education), the community is aware of his poten-
(special
and limitations and is actually preparing to help
tial
move along to the next steps in this transitional
him
period.
the cooperative program between the Tacoma School
That
and the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
District
be extended to school districts throughout the
should
of Washington, and that provisions in budgets be
State
to take advantage of available federal funds to
made
cooperative programs.
establish
cooperative school program is described earlier in this
The
in a statement prepared by Donald Hamilton of the Division
chapter
Vocational Rehabilitation. This rapidly expanding program still
of
only about one-tenth of the students in special education
encompasses
in the secondary level of the public schools. Greater expan-
programs
is likely in the future even as special, education programs
sion
197

are being expanded throughout the state, The need remains
themselves
T1e services that are heing provided for the favored school
great,
have been widely acclaimed and the program is recognized
districts
a good one. Each student enrolled in a special education class is
as
Most of them are young people who, with proper training,
handicapped.
be made employable. The benefits of services-to these handicapped
can
are readily apparent. They face a life of dependency or
youngsters
face a life of self-sufficiency, self-support and productivity.
they
Another recommendation from EVERYBODY'S CHILDREN is quoted:
field staff of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
The
to be increased to provide necessary services to the
needs
mentally retarded.
is also being done at the present time. Approximately one-third
This
the counselors of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation were
of
employed in 1968. As the state budget for Vocational Rehabili-
newly
is to be increased by approximately 84 percent in the next
tation
it is likely that there will be continued major increases
biennium
the field staff. Presumably,.the staff will be able to work with
in
handicapped and disadvantaged individuals. It is likely there
more
that the number of mental retardated being provided services
fore
will increase at the same rate.
October 1968 the Washington Association for Retarded
In
made a number of recommendations to the 1969 Legislature,
Children
officials and departments of government, and to citizens of the
to
of Washington. Some of these recommendations were identical
State
those in the 1965 report, EVERYBODY'S CHILDREN, quoted above. A
to
of new ones, however, reflect the improvement in services to
number
mentally retarded which has occurred at both the state and local
the
in the last four years. For example, their recommendation No. ii
level
county mental retardation boards. Such boards did not even
mentions
the time of the writing of EVERYBODY'S CHILDREN. This is an
existat
Therecommendation below appeared in the WARC Newsletter,
improvement.
FOR RETARDED CHILDREN, for October 1968:
HOPE
emphasis should be given to establishing closer
More
on rehabilitation services with County MR
relationship
i.e., acquainting the public concerning the
Boards,
of the retarded for employment in busi-
qualifications
industry, extended services, sheltered workshops,
ness,
etc.
improvement is that involved with the services of
Another
Department of Institutions. This Department has both community-
the
programs and residential treatment facilities for the mentally
based
The programs have been funded at far higher levels than
retarded.
and the over-all programs are obviously superior to the ones
before
recently as four years ago. The 1969 Legislature is considering
as
198

ecommendations of the Central Budget Agency that the budget for
the
state schools for the retarded and the Epton Funds for county
the
mental retardation services be substantially increased.
recommendation made by the WARC last fall, but not yet
One
is as follows:
implemented
departments and agencies,of local and state government
That
encouraged to adopt policies which will allow for and
be
the selective placement of the mentally retarded
expedite
jobs on a plan similar to that initiated and so success
in
fully carried out by Federal Civil Service.
1968 Dr. Newton Buker, a specialist in special education
In
the Office of the Superintendent of Public Instruction of the State
in
Washington prepared a survey. Partsof it are relevant to voca-
of
rehabilitation services for the handicapped. Sections of this
tional
report are reproduced as follows:
PREFACE
education of handicapped children does not start at age
The
and stop at the completion of the eighth grade. The
six
schools have accepted a major responsibility for
public
these young people of high school age with experi-
providing
mnd training which will prepare them to be capable,
ences
citizens.
self-supporting
bulletin investigates the present status of secondary
This
education--particularly as it exists for the student
special
who is academically limited-in the State of Washington.
Bruno
Louis
Superintendent
State
of Public Instruction
the fall, 1967, meeting of the Washington Association of
At
of Special Education, a committee of members
Administrators
appointed to establish guidelines for secondary special
was
programs. This committee agreed that one of the
education
tasks would be to determine present and proposed dis-
first
programs and needs. As a result, in January, 1968.
trict
survey of Washington's public schools was undertaken by
a
State Office of Public Instruction. All Ii0 districts
the
currently operate programs which for children
handicapped
returned the survey questionnaire, State
completedand
institutions were not included in this report.
199

Junior Hish
I. PRESENT STATUS
summary of the returns is presented i Table I. As of
A
1968, 81% of the 85 districts with junior high
January,
(or schools with equivalent age-groupings) in
schools
were serving-areas for reimbursed special educa-
Washington
programs. Of the 129,878 junior high school students
tion
3,540 (2.7%) were reported as handicapped.
reported,
Hish
Senior
the 249 high school districts in the state in January,
Of
61 (or 24%) were serving districts for state reim-
1968,
special education programs. In these districts,
bursed
(1.7%) of the 131,728 high school students were
2,275
as handicapped.
listed
Programs
purposes of analyzing program offerings, the schools
For
the present study were asked to report the approximate
in
number of students who were scheduled into various subjects.
Work-Study Pr_0$r ams
programs are those in which students are given
Work-study
job experiences during school hours. A common
supervised
which has evolved is for tenth grade handicapped
pattern
to be given about two hours of around school work
students
janitorial, library service, teacher assistant,
(kitchen,
garage, etc.), with the majority of his day spent in
bus
home room or contact classes. Eleventh graders may
special
in classes (special home room or contact) for half of
be
day, and then in varied, sample, community work experi-
the
supervised by special teachers. Senior students may
ences
one or two long-term community work experiences which
have
lead to full-time work placement following graduation.
may
on the subject notes that there are, of course,
Literature
variations of this procedure.
many
opportunities were provided to 37%. of the students
Workstudy
41 of the 61 districts who reported high. school special
in
education progr&ms,
200

DVR Three-Party Agre_ements
agreements are a means for cooperative action
Three-party
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation and the
between
of Public Instruction to assist local school dis-
Office
in providing qualified handicapped high school
tricts
with rehabilitation services, including counseling,
students
and/or psychological attention, job experience and
physical
job placement, and extended vocational follow-up.
this time, seven school districts in Washington are
At
with three-party agreements: five "large" (Tacoma,
involved
Vancouver, Edmonds, and Federal Way) and two
Spokane,
(Auburn and Yakima).
"medium":
548 students now receive DVR services in the seven
Some
who participate.
districts
of the main thrusts of these DVR services is in pro-
One
supervised work-experience opportunities and work
viding
for handicapped students. Fifty-twopercent
placement
all handicapped students now involved in a type of
of
are clients of DVR: seventy-two percent in
work-study
large districts and seventeen percent in the medium
the
At this time, none of the twenty-three "small"
districts.
who reported high school handicapped children is
districts
involved in DVR three-party services.
Reporting Needs for More Understanding of,
Schools
Involvement with, Local Agencies
and
Asencies. Schools
21
Unions
19
VocationalRehabilitation
12
Labor/Industries
Security 11
Employment
. 9
Other
8
Welfare
Health Office 7
(End of excerpts from Dr. Buker's srvey report)
Kemp describes formal education as viewed by the
Barbara
handicapped student in a 1966 work, THE YOUTH WE
socioeconomically
HAVEN'T SERVED A CHALLENGE TO VOCATIONAL EDUCATION, in these words:
201

the way In of summary, then, how do the students view
a
and education? It is important to consider and
school
their attitudes before attempting to change
understand
Their educational experience, as they see and
them.
interpret it, is as follows:
The school day is long and tedious.
education they are receiving seems to lack
The
to their future life and needs.
relevance
school system often fails to recognize and
The
their culturally different backgrounds.
respect
teachers lack an understanding of their special
Some
and problems, or ignore them.
needs
or no special instruction and attention are
Little
which might help them fit into the regular
provided
school programs.
much school time, in their view, is spent on
Too
staff members are occasionally involved
discipline;
physical conflict with the students. Such behavior
in
the part of adults is already too frequent a part
on
of these youngsters lives.
think they are not given the type of counseling,
They
or other support they need to enter the
encouragement,
of work, and sothey leave school unprepared for
world
job. When they encounter discrimination or failure
a
job seeking because of their age, race, or poor
in
background, they do not believe that a
educational
return to school will improve their situation.
Vocational Rehabilitation services can help these students.
Th__e Regional Medical ,,Program
Washington-Alaska Regional Medical Program is associated
The
the University of Washington in Seattle. The Director is Donal
with
Sparkman, M.D., a member of the Planning Commission for Vocational
Ro
and previously the medical director of the Division of
Rehabilitation
Rehabilitation. Dr. Sparkman also serves on the Program
Vocational
Group for Comprehensive Health Services. This regional
Management
program has staff members and volunteers who are concerned with
medical
topics. One concerns the need for stroke rehabilitation beds.
specific
report was prepared by Justus F. Lehmann, M.D., Director of the
A
Medicine and Rehabilitation Department, University of Washing-
Physical
ton Medical School, Seattle. This report dated July 30, 1968, follows:
202

SEATTLE AREA STROKE PATIENT BED NEED
order to assist the Regional Medical Program Stroke Sub-
In
in the planning of rehabilitation services and facilities
committee
stroke patients throughout the region, the following data have
for
compiled.
been
Prevalence of Stroke
Seattle Area Chronic Care Patients (60% Survival)
Minimum MaXimum BedsRequired
Population 951 1584 48-80
Current
Population
Projected
1972 1081 1802 55-91
breakdown by age group of persons who have been disabled by stroke
A
as follows:
is
Morbidity of Stroke
Age Group Rate per i000 Stroke Patients
.4
45
7.4
45-65
65+ 36.4
activity limitations will exist for all ages. The per cent
Some
patients reporting CVA as a chronic condition and having that cQn-
of
dition cause activity limitations is as follows:
Estimated Need for Beds
67.1%
45
65.2%
45-65
Percent with Activity Limitation
65+ 70.4%
assess the need for stroke beds, one must take into consideration
To
total number of rehabilitation beds available, since these beds would
the
the stroke patients as well as the general population of the dis-
serve
It must also be recognized that only a portion of the stroke
abled.
will need inpatient rehabilitationand in turn the services
patients
in these facilities to an individual patient would rarely
rendered
beyond four weeks. (The average stay ofa selected group of
extend
patients with severe involvement was approximately 30 days.)
stroke
203

appears that the maximal allotment of one rehabilitation bed
It
2000 population under the Hill-Burton Hospital Construction program
per
too high if applied to rehabilitation beds in facilities which provide
is
rehabilitation. This is taken from a report prepared by
comprehensive
F. J. Kottke, M.D., Director of the Rehabilitation Research and
Dr.
Center at the University of Minnesota Medical. School, in a
Training
prepared for the Cleveland Health Goals Project. A realistic
report
of the number of rehabilitation beds needed in facilities
estimate
provide intensive and comprehensive rehabilitation services
which
be approximately one rehabilitation bed per 5000 population to
would
meet the demand for this type of care.
this formula the present and projected need for rehabilitation
Using
for the Seattle area would be:
beds
Population Beds Needed
1,056,000 211
1968
1,201,300 (Projective) 240
1972
following table gives the present and projected rehabilitation
The
for the Seattle area:
beds
of Beds
Number
1968
Hoital
25 31
University
20 34.
Harborview
Orthopedic 0 20
Childrens'
Administration 12 12
Veterans
Health Service 12 20
Public
12 up to57
Providence
Northwest
Swedish
TOTAL 81 174
Number of Beds
Projected
1972
University of Washington Hospital, Department of Physical
Source:
andRehabilitation Expansion Plan Records.
Medicine
Distribution of Facilities
a study done by Basil J. F. Mott for the.publication Financing
In
OperatingRehabilitationCentersandFacilities, the patient load
and
related to the distance in miles that the patient resides from the
is
center. This obviously has major implications with
rehabilitation
to the planning of such facilities. The following table illus-
regard
this point.
trates
204

Distribution of Patients by
Percent
of Patients' Permanent Residences
Distance
From Center as of the Study Period
All
patients Cen- Inpatient Outpatient
Miles
from ters centers centers.
residences
center
Per- Per- Range
cent cent among cen-
Percent
Range
cen-
among
(per- ters (per-
ters
.. ...cent). cent)
...
Total iO0• i00 i00
15 miles
Under
to 24
15
to 49
25
to 99
50
to 250
i00
250
Over
68
5
5
4
9
9
38
4
7
22
21
14-83
10-19
12-20
2-23
0-39
0-41
88
6
3
i
i
i
58-96
•2-22
1-8
0-4
6 0-
2 0-
United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare:
Source:
Planning of Facilities for Rehabilitation Services,
Areawide
Washington, D. C.., April, 1963.
purposes, the Washington State Department of Health
.Forplanning
a service area for rehabilitation facility as being 40 miles or
considers
one hour's driving time.
(End of statement prepared by Justus F. Lehmann, M.D.)
205

Comprehensive Health Planning
Federal Public Health Service Act was amended in 1966.
The
amendments are known as Public Law 89-749. One section provides
These
the extension and improvement of Comprehensive Health Planning
for
Public Health Services, to provide for a more'effective use of
and
funds for such planning and services, and for other purposes.
available
provides for the establishment of a State Health Planning Council
It
includes representatives of stateand local agencies and non-
which
organizations and a majority of consumer representation.
governmental
members of the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation
Staff
been involved with the comprehensive health planning from the time
have
Daniel J. Evans designated the Planning and Community Affairs
Governor
to accept federal funds for this project. The chairman and the
Agency
director of the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilita-
project
have been from the beginning members of the Program Management
tion
of Comprehensive Health Planning. The vice-chairman of the
Group
Commission has served as a member of the State Health Planning
Planning
and was recently reappointed to this role. A fourth involve-
Council
is that of Donal R. Sparkman, M.D., who is both a member of the
ment
Management Group of the Comprehensive State Health Planning
Program
a member of the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation.
and
objective of this law is to encourage cooperative
Another
among governmental and non-governmental organizations and
efforts
agencies in education, welfare, and rehabilitation. A national
similar
announced by President Lyndon B. Johnson calls for "good health
goal
every citizen to the limits of our country's capacity to provide
for
it."
are assuming that health is a human right. Two corollaries
We
this become self-evident: One, that every person should have ready
of
to high quality personal health services; two, that every person
access
live in an environment which is safe from preventable hazard
should
and conducive to healthful and productive living.
Government Reorganization
October 1965, a study by the Council for Reorganization
In
Washington State Government reported detailed evaluations of 37
of
departments, agencies, commissions, and boards of the executive
major
of government of the State of Washington. Vocational rehabili-
branch
services were not given much attention in the Council's printed
tation
report.
November 1968, a second report by a task force on execu-
In
organization which had been appointed earlier in 1968 by Governor
tive
J. Evans, was published. The chairman for this study was
Daniel
C. Denny, Dean of the Graduate School of Public Affairs,
Brewster
206

of Washington. This bipartisan group invited a number of
University
officials to testify. This task force reported as follows:
governmental
government today faces a crisis. Every year, the
State
played by government in our lives becomes more impor-
role
Relations between the chief executive and those who
tant.
with him continually grow more complex. An expanding
work
bureaucracy increasingly impinges on areas once
federal
the primary responsibility of the state. Govern-
thought
machinery that functioned well enough in a simpler
mental
is no more adequate to cope with today's complex
time
problems than is an abacus in the age of the computer.
Task Force has sought in its study of the structure of
This
government to identify specific problems impeding the
state
of the executive branch of state government to meet
capacity
expanding and changing responsibilities and to propose
its
solutions which can be promptly implemented.
One of their recommendations was.to:
the Department of Employment Security, the
Consolidate
of Labor and Industries and the Division of
Department
Rehabilitation of the Coordinating Council for
Vocational
Education into a Department of Manpower and
Occupational
Industry
In another part of their report they wrote as follows:
can be argued with some justification that the Vocational
It
should be placed within the Department of
Rehabilitation
and Health Services. Our rationale for including
Social
Rehabilitation inthe Department of Manpower and
Vocational
is that rehabilitation is a "manpower" function
Industry.
that its goal is to restore people to productive roles
in
society. Actually, Vocational Rehabilitation stands
in
in the center between a health-welfare and a man-
somewhat
service, ls treatment methods are closely allied
power
the health and social work fields, its end result with
with
Therefore, it could probably go with equal but
employment.
logic to either the Department of Social and Health
different
or to the Department of Manpower and Industry.
Services
approval willbe required for the consolidation being
Federal
here, but preliminary inquiry indicated that such
proposed
can be obtained.
approval
1969 State Legislature rejected bills which would have
The
reorganization recommended by the task force. The Voca-
effectedthe
Rehabilitation program, at least until another session of the
tional
remains under the Coordinating Council for Occupational
Legislature,
Education.
207

Administrative Aspects
Pub lic relations
W. Gardner, in a statement written when he was Secretary
John
the U. S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, and published
of
in NO EASY VICTORIES in 1968, discussed leadership in this way:
have a significant role. in creating the state of
Leaders
that isthe society. They can serve as symbols of the
mind
unity of the society. They can express the values
moral
hold the society together. Most important, they can
that
and articulate goals that lift people out of their
conceive
preoccupations, carry them above the conflicts that
petty
a society apart, and unite them in the pursuit of
tear
worthy of their best efforts.
objectives
money available for rehabilitation services and the staff
The
to administer those services in this and every other state
provided
been inadequate to meet the tremendous demand of rehabilitating
has
individuals. When services were provided well, counselors
handicapped
more referrals than they could handle. Formal public rela-
.received
programs were not considered necessary. As. Vocational Rehabili-
tions
in the State of Washington has grown in size and stature, the
tation
on it have gone up far faster.
demands
the period of work of the Planning Commission for Voca-
In
Rehabilitation there were very few stories in the newspapers
tional
the state about Vocational Rehabilitation. Almost all the stories
of
were the result of local effort rather than efforts of the
printed
Officer of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. If
Information
stories had been published praising the Vocational Rehabilitation
more
and indicating that services were available to handicapped
program
then the result may have been greater disappointment to more
people,
applicants.
attention could have been called during Fiscal
Certainly
1969 to the plight of the Vocational Rehabilitation agency.
Year
after only five months of services in the fiscal year,
Essentially,
budget reduction made at the Federal level devastated the agency.
a
additional client services could be authorized, with a few exceptions,
No
the remaining seven months of the fiscal year. This meant that
for
the period December I, 1968 through the end of June, 1969, clients
from
for Vocational Rehabilitation services were necessarily told
referred
services would be postponed. There was little money even for
that
care to help determine if a client might be eligible for
diagnostic
services.
the consternation of the staff members, the effect
Despite
the cut on morale, and on the pipeline of referrals and services,
of
attention outside the agency was sought. Not a single press
no
was prepared explaining the facts to the public. The Legis-
release
was not even informed of the havoc caused by the Federal cutback
lature
the middle of a-fiscal year. A Pollyanna attitude was the only
during
one presented to the public.
208

editorial by the State Director, E. M. Oliver, in the
An
issue, 1968, of the Vocational Rehabilitation OUTLOOK, is quoted
winter
in full, as follows:
than $7.5 million will be added to earned personal
More
in Washington State in 1968 as result of handi-
incomes
individuals becoming self-supporting through the
capped
of the State Divisionof Vocational Rehabilitation.
programs
than 4,500 persons, including dependents of the handi-
More
benefited directly from the Division's services.
capped,
attention is focused on the efficiency and productivity
While
handicapped employees, the public also should be aware
of
the significance of its investment in the rehabilitation
of
individuals with physical, mental, vocational and other
of
handicaps.
of the rehabilitated in fiscal year 1968 increased
Incomes
average of nearly eight times after rehabilitation, with
an
earnings per individual averaging more than $83.
weekly
75 percent of the nearly 2,000 persons
Approximately
were unemployed before receiving state
rehabilitated
services. The remainder were individuals
rehabilitation
sheltered workshops and others in short-tenure jobs
in
hope of steady income.
without
experts point out that education and train-
Rehabilitation
for Jobs is of major significance to the handicapped
ing
it is to all segments of our growing population. The
as
is given in relation to the fact that 16 percent of
comment
rehabilitants had less than eighth grade education and
the
percent had completed the ninth, tenth or eleventh
25
grades. Only 44 percent had graduated from high school.
fiscal 1968, the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
In
nearly 22,000 clients or potential clients. This
served
an increase of 34 percent over the preceding fiscal year.
was
dependents, some rehabilitants had as many as i0,
Concerning
while others had none other than themselves.
New Year will have real meaning for an increasing, number
The
individuals who will receive services, be rehabilitated
of
and earn higher incomes.
report, to a degree, is unbalanced. It is a promotional job
This
than one showing both good and bad aspects of the rehabilitation
rather
The caseload statistics published by the Rehabilitation Ser-
program.
Administration for the state Vocational Rehabilitation agencies
vices
1968gives a less sanguine picture. For example, it shows that
in
the United States, as a whole, rehabilitated 20 perce.nt more in 1968
while
209

in 1967, Washington State rehabilitated only 4 percent,more in 1968
than
in 1967. Washington State ranked 49th among the states in number
than
of persons rehabilitated during Fiscal Year 1968.
of persons rehabilitated per 100,000 population, by reEion end state; and rank
Number
state, 1964-1968
by
Rehabilitated per i00,000
Region
i/
and
State i968 1967 1966 195 1964
U. S. Total 104 87 78 70 63
Washington 57 57 44 42 36
1968
1967
Renk
1965 1964
"i966
44 46
is roundsd nearest whole number, based the estimated total population of July I, for each fiscal
Rats
Bureau of the Census Series P-25.
year.
good and the bad aspects of the Vocational Rehabili-
The
program should be publicized. The weaknesses, the omissions,
tation
limitations--not just the success stories--should be reported.
the
has too much to offer to fear that a balanced presen-
Rehabilitation
will have a negative impact on the public. It is likely that
tation
a balanced presentation of rehabilitation, "warts and all," would
such
achieve even better public relations.
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
information conferences and meetings be held for high
That
and college students to introduce them to training
school
career opportunities available in vocational rehabili-
and
tation.
techniques could be suggested to improve public re-
Several
of th Vocational Rehabilitation agency.
lations
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
vocational rehabilitation use personnel to contact
That
working with the handicapped to increase awareness
people
the vocational rehabilitation program in the state. The
of
of the agency to help handicapped and disadvantaged
abilities
people and its limitations should be described.
210

Administrative and Operations Studies of Rehabilitation Agency
standards are used for describing clients. They are
Federal
into categories which are designated by numbers and names. As
put
categories are used throughout the country, somewhat comparable
these
can be obtained about various state rehabilitation programs. The
data
data is not publicized much by Vocational Rehabilitation in
following
State of Washington.
the
EXPENDITURES IN DIAGNOSTICS (statuses 00 (Referral) and
TOTAL
(Applicant) FOR CASES CLOSED 08 (Closed from Referral) from
02
(Referral), 02 (Applicant), 04 (Six-monthEvaluation) and
00
(Eighteen-month Evaluation); NUMBER OF CASES AND AMOUNT IN
06
DOLLARS.
Year 1968
Fiscal
REHABILITATION
VOCATIONAL
State of Washington
ACTUAL VALUES
STATUS: No..of Cases Total $
CLOSURE
from: Costs
08
00' 1606 $2,472
Referral
02 3365 62,361
Applicant
Evaluation 04 18 1,464
6-Month
Evaluation 06 55 5,945
18-Month
TOTAL 5044 $72,242
means that in one year more than 5,000 people were con-
This
as potentially eligible for vocational rehabilitation services
sidered
examined further. More than $72,000 was spent on special examina-
until
to help determine eligibility.
tions
was an even greater cost for staff time. The largest
There
cost in.a vocational ehabilitation agency is the cost of a
single
counseling staff.
the degree that counselors and other staff work with more
To
the per unit cost can be lowered. In Washington State
individuals,
counselors work successfully with fewer clients each year. In the
the
States last year 12 people were rehabilitated per man-year of
United
.211

in Washington State 8 persons were rehabilitated per employee
staff;
With the use of ancillary staff, interagency cooperation,
man-year.
an expectation that more clients will be served, the trend will
and
reversed. Than it would be seen that counselors would each year
be
larger numbers of successful rehabilitants. "The greatest good
have
the greatest number" may seem 19th century to us, but it does not
for
seem wrong.
Harbridge House
number of states have utilized Harbridge House, Inc. of
A
Massachusetts, a consulting firm for rehabilitation agencies,
Boston,
assess the functioning of selected parts of the Vocational Rehab-
to
agency. This management consulting firm has much expertise
ilitation
the field of vocational rehabilitation. It is sympathetic to the
in
program but can be objective about individuals and
rehabilitation
working in any particular state. The results of their studies
agencies
constructive ones. The cost of the studies is modest compared to
are
resulting increase in efficiency of the programs of rehabilita-
the
tion.
Harbridge House studies are based in part upon theoretic
The
developed by the consultants, in part on the. numerous studies;
models
rehabilitation programs in other states, and in part on an inten-
of
brief study of the rehabilitation program they are examining.
sive
studies of the vocational rehabilitation agencies
Typical
Harbridge House, Inc. include the following: services to clients;
by
and expenditure patterns; state agency operations; personnel;
funding
communications; program review and control; planning and
internal
program development; and a cost/benefit analysis.
has been no study by an outside consultant firm of
There
kind of the Vocational Rehabilitation program in the State of
this
Washington.
recommend that such a study be undertaken by Harbridge
We
Inc. in 1969.
House,
the five years prior to the beginning of the Planning
In
an average.of $1.3 million of federal funds appropriated for
Project,
vocational rehabilitation of handicapped citizens of Washington
the
reverted unused. This much money could have been used to rehabili-
was
an additional 600 persons a year, or 3,000 more people. "Third
tate
funding" would have permitted the utilization of this federal
party
in our state without any additional state or local appropria-
money
tions.
Interagency Coordination ThroughMulti-Service Centers
of the limitations of the present organization is that
One
rehabilitation staff members counseling handicapped individuals
the
212

isolated geographically and emotionally from other state employees
are
in the helping professions. There is far too little coordina-
involved
with the other state agencies. The reports of ur task forces
tion
with interagency coordination have been specific about this
concerned
For example, a person in a prison is likely to be eligible
matter.
vocational rehabilitation services on the basis that he will have
for
vocational handicap at the time of his parole or discharge from the
a
In this state, he would be handled by the Department of Insti-
prison.
while in prison. As he leaves the prison, let's assume, he
tutions
be involved with a parole officer. If he begins to look for
would
he would be seen by the Employment Security Department.
employment
man is likely to feel very frustrated as he goes from agency to
This
in different parts of the town seeking help. If he receives
agency
the other agencies the same kind of initial rejection which he
from
likely to receive from the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation--
is
he is put on a waiting list and told that he would be contacted in
if
months or so--then he is not likely to have effective govern-
three
services which will rehabilitate him. It would seem that the
mental
government might well consider having these several agencies
state
under one umbrella agency to help insure the availability of
combined
to the handicapped person at the time he needs it. Rehabili-
services
services deferred are likely to be rehabilitation services
tation
denied.
these several state agencies are not combined into one
If
paper, perhaps they can be housed in each community in such a way
on
they will function as one. The multi-purpose center concept is
that
one being described here.
the
Multi-Service Centers
complex array of services designed to meet citizens needs
The
be applied more efficiently. This can best be accomplished through
must
systemof multi-service centers. In such centers the whole stress of
a
action will shift from rigidly separate departmental pro-
government
as employment, rehabilitation, financial assistance--to a
grams--such
attack on the problems of the individual or family.
unified
through such a coordinated program can we expect to
Only
their economic independence to remove them from welfare rolls
establish
and from prolonged dependence on government.
multi-service center will bring together, at a centralized
A
within a poverty area, all state resources which can be mobil-
location
to meet the needs of all disadvantaged citizens. Development of
ized
centers will be coordinated with appropriate federal, county and
such
agencies and community action groups. Such pooling of services
local
make available to citizens a meaningful program to improve their
will
economic and social status. A multi-service center has
vocational,
in Seattle since 1967. Its success is the forerunner of a
operated
network of such centers planned for Washington State.
213

concept of service seeks to remove some of the barriers
This
have kept government services from effectively penetrating the
which
Indian reservations, migrant labor camps--barriers such as
ghettos,
facilities, inadequate transportation for the poor, frag-
scattered
mentation of services, and endless referrals.
scope of the multi-service center will vary with the
The
of the community, If such a center is already operating in
needs
community, an effort will be made to supplement or complement
the
already is being done. Services will be removed from the center
which
evaluation indicates the need has been eliminated. State services
when
the centers will be drawn in part from the following present ele-
in
ments of government:
of Vocational Rehabilitation
Division
Qf Labor and Industries
Department
of Health
Department
of Public Assistance
Department
Security Department
Employment
of Economic Opportunity
Office
of Institutions
Department
Rehabilitation Council
Veterans'
agencies (including the Office of State
Education
of Public Instruction, State
Superintendent
for Community College Education,
Board
of higher learning)
institutions
centers are intended to reduce citizen depen-
Multi-service
on welfare through job training, placement and related programs.
dence
achieve this goal, it is necessary to strengthen both departmental
To
and commitment to the basic objective of government--meeting
resources
needs of citizens. Coordination of such services has been an ob-
the
long sought after but seldom achieved. Differences in sources
jective
authority, philosophy, techniques, interest groups and attitudes
of
departments of state government present the major obstacles to the
of
successful operation of multi-service centers.
Ne__wCon__ts.with Multi-Service Centers
of these differences has prompted introduction
Recognition
other states of important and novel concepts of state services,
in
namely:
Establishment of a common intake unit serving
i.
but separate departmental units.
allied
Development of a systematic, coordinated approach
2.
provide a "prescription program" aimed at
to
assuring economic independence for individuals.
214

Establishment of a field follow-up system
3.
evaluate progress and, where necessary,
to
alter the coordinated "prescription programs.
the lack of coordination which frequently characterizes
Thus
autonomous service programs will be reduced. Under the new
existing
all departments sacrifice a certain amount of autonomy in the
model
of the greater objective of concerted unified service focused
interest
upon the citizen.
Administrative Locations of the State Vocational Rehabilitation Agency
administrative location of the State Rehabilitation
The
has been a matter of highest concern to the Planning Commission.
Agency
considerable time has been spent trying to develop a consensus. The
A
to this year has been concerned with this matter. Biennial
Legislature
estimates for the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation pre-
budget
in the summer of 1968, contain the following statement:
pared
service .techniques are more advanced than
Rehabilitation
the capacities of administration to secure funds and
are
to augment these service techniques. These problems
staff
organization and administration have serious conse-
of
in relation to the speed and effect£veess with
quences
services are delivered to needy individuals. There
which
recognition that all governmental service programs
is
from inadequate coordination. We tried to learn
suffer
such a commonly recognized problem is so persistently
why
us.
with
his inaugural address on January 15, 1969, Governor
In
J. Evans, in speaking toga joint, session of the Legislature
Daniel
andby radio to all the people, said in part:
THE REORGANIZATION PRIORITY
decisions of government are too important and the conse-
The
too grave to allow the executive branch to function
quences
an organization designed to serve the past, and with
with
which make it impossible to serve the future.
restrictions
is time to reconstruct the executive branch of govern-
It
so that we can begin to manage the business of the
ment
instead of just cope with it; so that we can bring
people,
services of government to bear quickly on emerging
the
of dividing our functions through dozens
problems--instead
functions in far too many separate departments and
of
agencies.
215

cannot be run exactly like a business--but
Government
does it say that government must be run in ignor-
nowhere
of business principles. And nowhere can you find
ance
for the contention that size is a realistic
justification
substitute for efficiency.
the next several days, this administration will
Within
a series of bills dealing with the reorganization
introduce
the executive branch of government. Six of these have
of
recommended by the Task Force on Executive Organiza-
been
a bipartisan group of citizens whom I believe, share
tion,
average citizen's concern that government should be
the
to meet the needs of the people, and not to serve
designed
pleasure of its tenants.
the
shall either reorganize or we shall suffocate in the
We
of an outdated and ineffective system of adminis-
quicksand
The details are debatable, but the principle is
tration.
we must forge a government structure which can plan
clear:
and a structure which can deliver whole
comprehensively
to whole problems. I believe.this Legislature
solutions
respond to the very real needs of executive reorganiza-
will
tion.
PLANNING without action is futile;
ACTION without pannng is fatal.
216

Personnel Recruitment, Training, and Utilization
a speech to the professional staff of Vocational Rehabili-
In
in February, 1966, Mr. H. @. Socolofsky, Assistant Director for
tation
Field Services, said:
What New Programs and Which New Services?
the beginning, let me say Sincerely that the Vocational
In
Officer is the key professional worker in
Rehabilitation
Division, and therefore your opinions and suggestions
the
of prime importance in planning the future of the
are
Division.
has made interesting breakthroughs in certain
Rehabilitation
areas and has arrived at solutions which, prudently and care-
problem
applied, can have a major impact on many of the social problems
fully
our times. What is rehabilitation'sgreatest challenge? It is
of
quality, adequacy, and multiplicity of the ability of the voca-
the
rehabilitation program to staff this effort. We are experi-
tional
fantastic growth and planning for even greater growth in the
encing
several years. How do you find the proper people to run vital
next
of overly-rapid expansion? In a very real way rehabilitation
areas
confronted with the same set of problems that confronts any dynamic
is
and governmental agency. It is necessary to gamble on exist-
industry
technology and knowledge to elevate people, into areas for which
ing
are not equipped, to find short cuts to equip these people as
they
as possible, to recruit, to retrain, and to upgrade. These
well
critical problems confront both rehabilitation and business.
As John Gardner stated so well,
plain fact is that all over this country today trouble
The
brewing and social evils accumulating while our patterns
is
social and professional organization keep able and gifted
of
leaders on the sidelines.
potential
laws, dollars and programs don't teach children nor
Federal
thesick. Teachers teach children and doctors heal
heal
sick--individual teachers and doctors in the schools and
the
of Atlanta and Seattle and Phoenix. In other words,
clinics
depends upon increased vitality out where the
everything
is.
action
the field of government, rehabilitation has retained a
In
quality of talent. The day-to-day work of rehabilitation re-
select
a unique degree of skill. But what is more important, most
quires
people sincerely and intensely believe that their work
rehabilitation
important and productive. It is different with some helping agencies--
is
recruit many talented workers, but the extreme frustration of
they
being unable to see tangible accomplishments in their daily efforts
217

off the best talent. If a ten-year cycle of an average govern-
drives
agency were analyzed, the amount of talent flowing through
mental
appear impressive, but the amount retained would appear very
would
indeed. In much of the United States this has not been true
modest
rehabilitation, where talent is both obtained and retained. It is
of
however, always used wisely, and this is an rea of serious
not,
problems.
ability of rehabilitation to recruit talent from the
The
centers shows a different problem than business has.
university
can give a counselor freedom to practice his unique
Rehabilitation
and that is what a talented, creative person wants. This
expertise
exists in some rehabilitation agencies, but not in all. It
freedom
not exist to the degree that is desirable and often seems to
does
despite rather than because of the efforts of key administrators
exist
It exists simply because the program has grown so rapidly
involved.
administrators have not been entirely able to control it and
that
talent has been able to advance faster into wider areas of author-
new
ity and discretio than they could normally expect.
Needs in Rehabilitation ""UIS. Estimated Needs
Personnel
Annually
Immediately
Rehabilitation counselors
i.
Physiatrists
2.
Prosthetists-orthotists
3.
Speech pathologists-audiologists
4.
Occupational therapists
5.
Physical therapists
6.
Social workers in rehabilitation
7.
Rehabilitation nurses
8.
Psychologists
9.
Rehabilitation of the. deaf
i0.
Rehabilitation of the blind
ii.
Rehabilitation facilities administration
12.
3,000
1,600
500
2,000
180
500
1,500
2,000
4,000
12,000
4,000
13,500
3,000
15,000
i00
i00
250
250
50
175
50
150
i00
i00
STATE DATA BOOK, 1966. U.S.
From:
of Health, Education
Department
and Welfare.
larger growth problem impinges upon the more specific
The
of staffing. Educational centers can produce only a certain
problem
of needed personnel, and these sometimes lack the needed level
number
sophistication, intensity and practical experience. The vocational
of
counselor expertise has been developed over years of
rehabilitation
but certain aspects of it have remained isolated in the
experience,
of a few people who have not found ways of communicating it to
minds
newer personnel entering the field.
the
218

leaflet prepared in September, 1967, by Professor J. R.
A
Ph.D., describes the Rehabilitation Counselor Education
Forster,
Program of the University of Washington as follows:
The program was developed to provide educational
Purpose:
leading to a masters degree.for prospective and
experiences
practicing vocational rehabilitation counselors.
Descriptive Information:
program was initiated with partial funding by the
The
Rehabilitation Administration in 1966, after
Vocational
planning by the College and Education and the
joint
of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation.
Department
program is a two-hear (six quarters) academic program
The
to a Master of Education degree in Rehabilitation
leading
Included in the program are courses taken in
Counseling.
College of Education, Physical Medicine and Rehabili-
the
Social Work, and Psychology. The students parti-
tation,
in internships at local rehabilitation agencies two
cipate
days a week during the entire second year of their program.
full-time trainees and one part-time student
Fourteen
during the first academic year, 1966-67, and will
attended
into their second year in September, 1967. Ten
continue
thirteen new full-time trainees will begin their studies
to
the coming academic year, along with two to four
during
students.
part-time
the 1967-68 year, twenty-seven stipends of $1800 and
For
been authorized by VRA, along with support for
$2000rhave
two to four part-time.students.
Long-Range Plans
is expected that the regular student program will continue
It
the 1967-68 level with approximately 26 full-time trainees,
at
one-half of whom Will graduate each year.
the confines of future financial resources, the pro-
Within
for part-time students will be developed to meet what-
gram
needs are expressed by the Washington Division of Voca-
ever
Rehabilitation and other rehabilitation agencies for
tional
training of their regular personnel. (There is evidence
the
a substantial proportion of the Washington Vocational
that
Officers are interested in further graduate
Rehabilitation
training if release time for such efforts is available.)
level
the curriculum and administrative program become more
As
settled, plans for expanded research in the field will
firmly
be developed.
219

Rehabilitation has not as a rule studied how
Vocational
it uses skilled people. Every device possible should be
effectively
at the counselor's disposal to maximize the amount of time he
put
within his professional competence. We forget the amount of
spends
professional talent spent in clerical activi>y. Little real
rare
has been spent devising methodsof supporting skilled personnel
effort
lesser skilled help. Specialization of function of professional
with
members with ample clerical and stenographic support can enhance
staff
the effectiveness of the rehabilitation program.
ratio of secretaries to counselors, which in the State
The
Washington has been less than one to one, should be changed so
of
more of the work is done by clerical personnel. Case aides also
that
be used in this way. It is important that the racial or ethnic
can
be considered in the selection of case aides. Indians, for
factor
should be selected to work as case aides with other Indians.
example,
Americans or Mexican Americans who have been in the migrant
Spanish
and speak the languate of the migrants should be selected to
stream
work with these people. Perhaps a fifth of all staff members
help
be case aides. If case aides are selected as people who can
should
well with others they are likely to be more effective as change
work
than the counselors who are now employed. They work for less.
agents
has been proposed that in the larger offices a video tape machine
It
provided to record these initial interviews of the clients. The
be
of these interviews, privately of course, can be used as
screening
teaching technique and can also be used to inform the counselor
a
about the initial needs of his potential clients.
Planning Commission has been concerned with the staff
The
to handicapped persons. As a result,
services
THE CO4ISSION RECOMMENDS
an intensive series of training programs be expanded
That
adequately financed for personnel at all levels within
and
vocational rehabilitation.
training programs.for non-college bound youth be estab-
That
to prepare them for para-professional positions in
lished
rehabilitation.
since the basic role of persons in some helping pro-
That
is similar, part of the training programs for new
fessions
and in-service training programs for those in
employees
employment should be together. Those trained together
state
be rehabilitation counselors, employment security
would
public assistance caseworkers, probation and
counselors,
officers, public health nurses, and the like. This
parole
of the training could be done under the State Depart-
part
ment of Personnel.
220

a program of undergraduate college education in rehabili-
That
beinstituted.
tation
has been proposed that there be a different method for
It
rehabilitation counselors. At this time they are chosen
selecting
upon the basis of their academic background and profes-
principally
experience. People selected in this way are not necessarily
sional
with the personal, qualities of genuineness, empathy and warmth,
those
as the effective and desirable counseling traits in changing
regarded
behavior. Methods to select people with these characteristics
client
being developed.
are
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
an orientation and training program be initiated and
That
for fieldrehabilitation counselors to inform them
continued
demonstration, seminars andvisits to facilities
through
the state of the problems faced by clients with heart
within
cancer, stroke and other severely disabling conditions.
disease,
efforts should be made to recruit staff members who
Greater
received formal training in rehabilitation counseling.
have
staff members should be offered such training on a
Present
part-time basis or by correspondence.
has been further suggested that the time of the counselor
It
too valuable to be frittered away in_clerical tasks and adminis-
is
duties which can be done as well or better by others. The
trative
job can be done at less cost if counselors are utilized princi-
total
as change agents or counselors and not as high priced completers
pally
forms. The cost per client is rising at a rapid rate. This rate
of
be slowed or stopped if it were possible to free the counselor
might
his highest and best use, by utilizing case aides, secretaries,
for
and the like to do some of the work which until recently
interviewers,
been done by counselors.
has
interviewer could be assigned to see the client at the
An
he first comes to the office. A delay of not more than an hour
time
the most that should be imposed. At this time, clients in busy
is
are sometimes not seen for three months. This can have
offices
consequences for the client who needs immediate services.
catastrophic
interviewer can be a clerical staff member who is able to meet
The
the clients in a helpful way. The client would be helped.to
with
any necessary forms. The basic data gathering would be
complete
at that time. The general medical examination form could
initiated
completed and the authorization made for the examination. Records
be
other institutions and transcripts of academic work could be
from
If the interviewer were new on the job or were having
obtained.
making a decision about a particular client, then she
difficulty
ask for assistance from one of the counselors. Normally, before
could
examinations were authorized e.g., orthopedic examinations,
specialty
examinations, the counselor could be contacted.
psychiatric
221

is recommended that there be a new job title in large
It
People so employed would be compensated at
offices--"interviewer."
higher rate than other clerical staff members. The person so
a
would normally be employed from the clerical staff. They
selected
need to be able to do their usual clerical-stenographic duties
would
well as the basic interviewing.
as
THE COMMISSION RECO4ENDS:
information conferences and meetings be held for high
That
and college students to introduce them to training
school
and career opportunities available in vocational rehabilitation.
that the Federal and state laws have been amended to
Now
the socially disadvantaged eligible for vocational rehabilitatin
make
when other qualifications are met, it is all the more impor-
services
to have indigenous .case aides. These are people selected from
tant
the group of socially disadvantaged people who are to be served.
Utilization of Completed Research
THECOMMISSIONRECOMIENDS:
increased efforts should also be made to computerize and
That
information retrieval processes.
develop
the 1960s rehabilitation did not have close ties with
Until
Research was a seldom-used tool until recently. There
universities.
now an acceleration of research.. The research information needs
is
be disseminated more widely among the people who have the oppor-
to
to utilize the information. A RESEARCH BRIEF describing efforts
tunity
bring research into effective focus follows:
to
222

esea rc
ffective
Vol. II, No. 8 February 3, 1969
MANAGING THE INFORMATION EXPLOSION
information explosion of recent years has
The
grave problems for all professional
created
who naturally wish to keep up with re-
worlers,
in their respective fields. Informative
search
of completed research on topics of in-
abstracts
can greatly help them to do this.
terest
an example of such a helpful enterprise, the
As
Rehabilitation Research Institute at the
Regional
of Florida prepared Management and
University
Abstracts, containing 1,000 abstracts
Personnel
management and personnel, indexed by key
on
The abstracts were selected from the
words.
issues of 51 journals in business, per-
1964-67
management, data processing, and re-
sonnel,
lated areas.
following samples from the publication,
The
to highlight supervision as a management
chosen
illustrate the usefulness of such ab-
function,
Insofar as the utilization of effective
stracts.
results may, as one of its dividends,
research
management practices, such a collec-
improve
of abstracts also has great value for re-
tion
utilization. The capital letters in paren-
search
with the exception of "HMC," permit the
thesis,
to locate each abstract in the publication
reader
just as he would find a word in the dictionary.
Recruitment
While recruiters seek to attract and employ
•
candidates for jobs, the following "crimes,"
top
committed, are a sure guide to failure:
often
searching for a man before you know what
begin
really want or why; sidestep specific ques-
you
about agency objectives; avoid the need to
tions
between two or more good men byfalling
decide
contact them; delay decisions as long as pos-
to
pass the buck; never check references;
sible;
do not question applicant's competence.
and
(BAERJA RGS)
The pitfalls of "oversell" in college recruit-
•
by business firms may have general manage-
ing
significance. "Oversell" conveys informa-
ment
directly or indirectly, which misrepresents
tion,
job or orga.nization in a favorable light.
the
deliberate, it usually results from over-
Rarely
or inaccurate information. It can
enthusiasm
impair an organization's reputation.
gravely
(ZWE RE. OMP)
Ongoing Supervision
For supervisors who are unsure of how to
•
their creative personnel, the following
handle
may help: the creative person is not
guides
by the same forces as run-of-the-mill
motivated
is harder to manage than others, often
workers;
a strong touch of egotism; should be
having
if possible by other creative persons;
managed
should be generously rewarded for good
and
work. (HMC, page 1}
The evidence is that the unskilled worker
•
adjusts well to his routine job but gets
usually
real satisfaction from it. In view of this,
little
following motivators for unskilled workers
the
suggested: treat the man as if he were al-
are
what he could and should be; explain the
ready
emphasize its importance, and tell why it
job,
be done on time; recognize superior work
must
give credit when worker accomplishes some-
and
with the aid of others; allow reasonable
thing
symbols; make sure the employee has the
status
to participate in training programs; and
chance
train supervisors to
recognize, understand, and
with the attitudes of unskilled workers.
deal
MMU)
(JANEHA
Although the evidence is clear that managers
•
delegate authority, and managers know they
must
do all the work for which they are respon-
cannot
there are still many reasons why execu-
sible,
find it very hard to let subordinates help
tives
These include overestimation of the ex-
them.
to which they themselves can do the work
tent
and feelings of insecurity in their
better,
own jobs and in relationships with superiors.
by the Research Utilization Branch, Division of Research and Demonstration Grants, Office of Research, Demonstrations, and
*Prepared
Social and Rehabilitation Service, Department of Health Education, and Welfare Washington., D.C. 2020.
Training
223

are given for improving delegation.
Suggestions
BBD)
(GIBBCH
The fine art of questioning can help to solve
•
interpersonal and organizational problems
many
from poor communication. The ques-
arising
when the goal is mutual understanding,
tioner,
create and maintain a good climate for
should
ask the right questions in the
communication,
way, and listen perceptively to all re-
right
Techniques for asking questions are
sponses.
discussed. (NATHER AAQ)
Managers need to consider the degree of
•
in their work relations. Too often, strong
honesty
toward a person or group are denied or
feelings
Feelings, a real part of organizational
ignored.
are often disvalued, and their suppression
life,
the organization. Typically, the "avoid-
harms
pattern," based on the assumption that
ance
are either irrelevant or disruptive, is
feelings
It is better rouse "problem-orientedfeed-
used.
to individuals and groups, on the assump-
back"
that suppressed feelings cause organiza-
tion
and personal deterioration. (OSHRBA
tional
CAH)
When management does not understand
•
needs, much conflict may result and the
worker
may flourish. Management can under-
grapevine
the grapevine by developing three basic
cut
skills: listen to what personnel
communication
what they do not say, and what they want
say,
say but do not. The grapevine can also be
to
by paying attention to five top factors
weakened
motivate employees: job security,
which
by peers and superiors, interesting
recogn.,tion
fringe benefits, and chance to advance.
work,
WDA)
(MESCDRP.
Since womenare in the working world to stay,
•
must learn how to utilize this grow-
managers
resource. Most women are not interested in
ing
rivals to man, but are motivated by
being
satisfactions from job and working
intrinsic
Make the work area congenial to them.
place.
for social contacts on the job. Bear in
Allow
their family obligations. Use their in-
mind
in people and welfare, their aptitude for
terests
effort, and their drive toward harmony.
patient
(LEVIH MWW)
Evaluation
Evaluation of personnel can provide top
•
with much information needed in
management
for the future, and give those being
planning
an idea of how well they are doing.
appraised
often, the second objective is not met, for
Too
is afraid to be critical. One way
management
avoid defensive attitudes in staff by includ-
out:
self-appraisal of performance and potential
ing
in evaluation interviews. (LANDM LHK)
The employee appraisal interview must be
•
with an understanding of its sensitivity
conducted
both company and employee are to benefit. The
if
should reflect carefully beforehand
supervisor
the job, the man, and himself. Specifically,
on
should consider the framework into which the
he
job fits, criteria for acceptable per-
man's
on it, whether successful performance
formance
specific aptitudes, whether present job
requires
conducive to the person's growth in the
is
the person's past and present job
organization,
and how it may be explained, and
performance
the employee's attitude toward the inter-
what
may be. (NOLARC RBI)
view
Termination
A well-conducted exit interview can produce
•
information for management. The in-
valuable
should be structured and unhurried,
terview
place in a private office, and be conducted
take
someone high enough in the organization to
by
and assess significant information and
recognize
remedial action when indicated. Despite its
take
validity, information so obtained can.
limited
much about employee attitudes, agency
tell
and a wide range of other matters
procedures,
which may need attention. (BAHNCH EUE)
Research Brief is based on Management and Personnel Abstracts (edited by Dr. Neil S. Dumas), a product of RD-
This
of which Dr. John E. Muthardis Project Director. Copies of the publication are available from the grantee. Ad-
1127-G,
requests to KWIC Ii, Regional Rehabilitation Research Institute, J. Hillis Miller Health Center, University of
dress
Gainesville, Florida 32601.
Florida,
224

Planning Tppics
Special
Barriers
Architectural
fifth task force was concerned with barriers to employ-
Our
of the handicapped, including architectural barriers. Task force
ment
members were sent copies of the following listed documents:
for All Americans: Report of Design he National
on ArchitecturalBarriers to Rehabilitation
Commission
the Handicapped. U. S. Department of Health, Educa-
of
and Welfare, Rehabilitation Services Administration,
tion,
December 1967.
Facilities Accessible to the Physically Handi-
Making
Performance Criteria, State University of New
capped:
York, Albany, New York, July 1967.
Development and Effects of an Inexpensive Elevator
The
Eliminating Architectural Barriers in Public
fo__r
by Harold E. Yuker (and others). Hofstra
Bu$1dings,
Hempstead, New York, October 1966.
University,
the Doors, (folder) President"s Committee on
He_Open
of the Handicapped. Undated.
Employment
general, the reports of this task force indicate that
In
barriers are the major concern of those who have studied
architectural
situation. However, there seems to be a feeling of impotence on
the
part of the general informed public about action that might be
the
by them to reduce architectural barriers. The state law spon-
taken
by Representative Marjorie Lynch of Yakima in the 1967 Legis-
sored
making it mandatory that buildings constructed with state
lature,
be accessible to the handicapped was applauded. There seems to
money
the feeling that architects,, designers, and engineers should be
be
ones who should be knowledgeable about barriers, and that they
the
should be forced to eliminate barriers as much as they can.
seemed to be general agreement that little can be
There
about buildings previously constructed. Efforts should be made
done
reduce the barriers in new construction and when there is major
to
Not only should all government owned and used build-
reconstruction.
such as schools, post offices, be accessible to the handicapped,
ings
transportation facilities, eating facilities, businesses, .and
but
like should be in buildings accessible to all major potential
the
users.
an article entitled, "Escape From Confinement," January
In
Journal of Rehabilitation, Kurt Dreifuss said:
1969
225

years ago a group of physically handicapped persons
Two
Disabled Adults Residential Enterprises
representing
came to the Welfare Council of Metropolitan
(DARE),
to seek help in freeing severely handicapped
Chicago
from virtual imprisonment within their homes. They
people
for three things: architecturally barrier-free
asked
transportation to accommodate persons in wheel
housing;
on crutches, or otherwise using prosthetic aids to
chairs,
about; and greater opportunity for gainful employment,
get
recreation and participation in the normal life
education,
of .their community.
an example of a task force report concerned with archi-
As
barriers, the following is presented. It was prepared under
tectural
direction of Mr. Bruce Johnson, Chairman of Task Force V, of
the
IV, which includes Olympia and Tacoma. Mrs. Sherman Pinto is
Region
General Chairman of this region. This task force recommended:
the Commission urge the Governor to supplement
That
35, Laws of 1967, dealing with the elimination
Chapter
architectural barriers from public buildings by
of
the incorporation of appropriate legal stan-
requiring
dards into state and local building codes,-
the Commission encourage local committees throughout
That
State of Washington. to learn what barriers to the
the
of the handicapped can beremoved at reasonable
employment
in the design and construction of new buildings and
cost
facilities, both private and public; to "watch dog"
public
enforcement of Chapter 35; to require the removal of
the
barriers wherever feasible in remodeling
architectural
public buildings.
existing
the Commission report urge every school giving a
That
in architecture and building design to include in
course
curriculum a chapter on elimination of barriers (i)
the
employment of the handicapped, and (2) to the use of
to
public buildings by the blind, aged, and disabled;
all
licensing examinations for architects include sections
that
requiring knowledge of this curriculum.
the 1968 report of the National Commission on Archi-
That
Barriers to Rehabilitation of the Handicapped be
tectural
available to Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
made
and that they cooperate in efforts to make build-
employees
and facilities accessible to all disabled persons;
ings
that Division of Vocational Rehabilitation make
further,
report available to appropriately interested agencies
this
persons.
and
226

Transportation
Buell presented info rmation indicating the con¢ern of
Mr.
Indoor Sports Club loclly and nationally, in the
the
of barriers to free movement of wheel chair
elimination
persons. He mentioned particularly turnstiles in
limited
centers and basement and mezzanine restrooms in bus
shopping
railroad depots which are very difficult for wheel chair
and
His organizationhas been in touch with the
travelers.
Institute of Architecture and Park and Recreation
American
about making all facili.ties available to the handi-
Boards
capped.
(End of excerpt from task force report)
a result of the recommendations of a number of task
As
the Planning Commission on January 25, 1969 voted to have a
forces,
to Congress, concerning the transportation of handicapped
Memorial
in the United States. This Memorial, introduced by the Honor-
people
John Merrill in the House of Representatives, became House Joint
able
No. 9. The Memorial is quoted in full, as follows:
Memorial
Many physically handicapped Americans--two hundred
WHEREAS,
thousand in wheelchairs; two hundred thousand with
fifty
leg braces; one hundred forty thousand with artificial
heavy
and five million with heart conditions--are attempt-
limbs;
ing to maintain their self-respect through employment; and
Many of them need to use public transportation
WHEREAS,
and
facilities;
These handicapped and others who are blind or aged
WHEREAS,
that flights of stairs, curbs, revolving doors, out-of-
find
drinking fountains and telephones, narrow doorways,
reach
restroom facilities, high steps on buses and
inadequate
and other similar restrictions, tend to deny them
trains,
access to transportation facilities and to buildings
free
which they might pursue valuable business, educational,
in
and recreational objectives; and
social
Architectural and transportation facilities.designed
WHEREAS,
serve the handicapped also serve the able-bodied; and
to
the Governor's Planning Commission for Vocational
WHEREAS,
of the State of Washington, following study
Rehabilitation
existing conditions, finds that unnecessary architectural
of
transportation barriers are impeding the handicapped in
and
their potential as creative and productive individ-
realizing
in our society;
uals
227

THEREOSE, your Memorialists respectfully pray that
NOW,
Congress enact legislation expanding assistance to
the
solve th transportation needs of handicapped people.
IT RESOLVED, That copies of this memprial be immediately
BE
to the HonorableRichard M. Nixon, President
transmitted
the United States, the President of the United States
of
the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and
Senate,
each member of Congress from the State of Washington.
Registry for the Blind
has been proposed that the blind in Washington State be
It
so that they might know of governmental services to help
registered,
them.
few people, even professional people, know the services
So
to them through state and private sources.
available
young married people have defectivechildren because
Many
mother has a viral disease in the first trimester of the pregnancy.
the
this happens some of them flee like wounded animals, and hide the
When
in some back room. Their anguish immobilizes them. They feel
child
ashamed. The handicapped child languishes.
such parents, of course, facethe problem and seek
Other
and therapeutic assistance. Their children, even with a
diagnostic
have a chance to grow to be self-supporting, happy, self-
defect,
adults.
respecting
importance of S.B..472 is that the blind children and
The
who are catastrophically disabled will be identified. A coun-
those
skilled in working with the blind can offer help to the parents
selor,
these children. When the cause of the blindness is explained, the
of
will have their guilt feelings assuaged. Constructive activ-
parents
can be offered the parents. Optimism can come again,
ities
numbers involved under this bill are not large. Only
The
6,000 blind are in the state. Most of these about already known
are
the Services for the Blind of Public Assistance. Support for this
to
comes because it is probable that more blind infants and children
bill
be reported to rehabilitation services for the blind. If they
will
be helped early, in their first few years, they can become healthy,
can
responsible people.
bill passed the Senate in 1969 but died in the House of
The
The bill as it passed the Senate is as follows;
Representatives.
228

1
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
ENGROSSED SENATE BILL NO. 472
of Washington By Senators Ridder, Holman,
State
Regular Session Grelve and Marquardt
41st
first time February'lT, 1969 and referred to Committee on MEDI-
Read
DENTISTRY, PUBLIC HEALTH, AIRANDJWATER POLLUTION.
CINE,
AN ACT Relating to blind persons; establishing a register of blind
persons in the state of Washington to provide for the manda-
tory reporting of information concerning such persons; and
adding new sections to chapter 26, Laws of 1959 and to chap-
ter 74.16 RCW.
BE IT ENACTED BY THE LEGISLATURE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON:
NEW SECTION. Section i. There is added to chapter 26, Laws
of 1959 and to chapter 74.16 RCW a new section to read as follows:
The director of the department of public assistance shall es-.
tablish and maintain a register of blind persons residing in the
state of Washington. Such register, shall, under regulations pre-
scribed by the director of the department of public assistance, pro-
vide information of such nature as will or may be of assistance in
the planning of improved facillties and services fo{ blind persons
and in the restoration and conservation of sight.
NEW SECTION, Sec. 2. There is added to chapter 26, Laws of
1959 and .to chapter 74.16 RCW a new section to read as follows:
Each
(i) health, educational, and social service agency or instltu-
tion operating in the state of Washington and having in its care or
custody, either full or part time, or rendering service to, any blind
person;
(2) physician or osteopath licensed or registered by the
state of Washington who has in his rofessional care for diagnosisor
treatment such a person; and
optometrist licensed by the state of Washington who,'
(3)
course of his practice of optometry, ascertains that a person the i
22-9
ESB 472

7
8
10
II
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
3O
31
32
blind; shall report in writing to the director of the department of
publlc assistance, the name, age, and residence o£ such person and.
such addltionalinformation pertaining to blindness-as the .director
may, by regulation, require for incorporation In the register re-
ferred to in section 1 Of this act.
NEW SECTION. Sec. 3. There is added to chapter 26, Laws of
1%59 andto chapter 74.16 RCW a new section to read as follows:
The register of blind persons and report submitted pursuant
to section 2 of this act shall not be open to public inspection. The
director may make available in the form ofstatlstlcal abstracts or
information contained in such register and reports if the
digests
of persons referred to in such'register or report is not
identity
disclosed in such abstracts or digests.
NEW SECTION. Sec. 4. There is• added to chapter 26, Laws of
1959 and to chapter 4.16 RCW a new section to read as .follows:
For the purposes of •this act the term "blind person" means,
and the term "blind" refers to, a person who (a} is totally blind,
(b} has impaired vision of not more than 20/200 visual acuity in the
better eye and for whom vision cannot be improved to better than.
20/200, or (c} who has loss of vision due wholly orin.part to im-
palrment of fleld vision or to other factors which affect the useful-
ness of vision to a llke degree.
SECTION. Sec. 5. There is added to chapter 26, Laws of
NW
and to chapter 74.16 RCW a new sectlon to read•as follows:
1959
Any person who in good faith makes a report pursuant to this
act or pursuant to any regulationpromulgated under the authority
of this act,sha11 not, by reason thereof, be personally liable in
damages.
ESB 472
230

National Re.ha.ilitation Asoiation
Ntiona! Rehabilitation Association has a 43-year
TNe
of service to the handicapped and those who serve them. The
history
voluntary rehabilitation organization in the country, it has
oldest
a leader in the development of the concept of rehabilitation and
been
promoting voluntary and public programs to rehabilitate the handi-
in
The Journalof. Rehabilitation contains many helpful articles.
capped.
for this organization has been weak on the West
Support
and in mountain states. The state vocational rehabilitation
Coast
which are recognized as most productive are in the South and
programs
the East Coast. These states support the NRA best of all. The
on
Northwest is last in the nation in such support. Greater
Pacific
in the work of the National Rehabilitation Association
participation
the part of professional staff members of Vocational Rehabilitation
on
have a mutually helpful effect.
would
Job Development and Placement
Nation's Manpower Programs," a position paper by the
"The
Manpower Policy Task Force, dated January 7,1969, has been
National
by the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation.
considered
position paper describes a number of the efforts of the United
This
Government in terms of their impact on manpower. It is assumed
States
vocational rehabilitation services have a strong manpower compo
that
nent.
copy of the Donald Dabelstein Memorial Lecture presented
A
October 1968, at the National Rehabilitation Association meeting
in
NewOrleans by Paul M. Ellwood, Jr., M.D., entitled Manpower
in
as a Public Market was considered by the Planning
Rehabilitation
at a meeting in December 1968. This description of voca
Commission
services as being in the manpower field has
tionalrehabilitation
the stand taken by the Commission concerning the Executive
influenced
of the State Government.
Reorganization
has been proposed that the State of Washington have an
It
called the State Department of Manpower and Industry, composed
agency
the present Departments of Employment Security, Labor &nd Industry,
of
Vocational Rehabilitation. This suggestion was made by a non-
and
group considering all aspects of executive reorganization
partisan
state government. The committee was headed by Dean Brewster C.
of
of the Graduate School of Public Affairs, University of Washing-
Denny
Seattle. The bill to create the Department of Manpower and Ind
ton,
was sent by executive request to the Legislature. At the
Industry
of this writing it has passed the House of.Representatives and
time
being considered by the Senate, with vocational rehabilitation
is
deleted from the bill and only the Employment Security Depart-
services
ment and Labor and Industry to be joined.
231

following quotations from TASK FORCE ON EXECUTIVE
The
by Dean Brewster C. Denny, are presented:
ORGANIZATION
government today faces a crisis. Every year, the
State
played by government in our lives becomes more impor-
role
Relations between the. chief executive and those who
tant.
with him continually growmore complex. An expanding
work
bureaucracy increasingly impinges on areas once
federal
the primary responsibility of the state. Govern-
thought
machinery that functioned well enough in a simpler
mental
is no more adequate to cope with today's complex
time
problems than is an abacusin the age of the computer.
Task Force has sought in its study of the structure
This
state government to identify specific problems impeding
of
capacity of the executive.branch of state government
the
meet its expanding and changing responsibilities and to
to
solutions which can be promptly implemented. At
propose
same time we have attempted to design a strategy by
the
the organizational structure of state government can
which
to be improved in order to keep our government
continue
to the changing needs of the people of the State
responsive
Washington.
of
have approached our task at a time when the role of
We
government is undergoing extensive change. At least
state
major factors are compelling that change. First,
three
state is experiencing an unparalleled explosion and
the
of its population accompanied by rapidly
concentration
service demands which often make today's plans
increasing
tomorrow. Second, a major change in the quality
obsolete
the character of service demands upon the state is
and
And third, a revolutionary and still changing
occurring.
in intergovernmental relations between federal, state
role
and local government is taking place.
one at this time can predict with precision what role
No
will ultimately play in the complex, evolving
government
intergovernmental relations now developing.
patternsPof
it is evident that if state government is to
Nevertheless,
as a vital and significant force in society it can
survive
longer retain the rather static and fixed character
no
it has traditionally projected. Change has become
that
order of the day and state government must become an
the
for change flexible, innovative and capable
instrument
anticipating and responding to the needs and problems
of
of the people.
state government has played a major and often
Traditionally
role in the delivery of a large variety of services
dominant
within its borders. Despite the expansion of federal programs
232

the demands of local goyerrm.ent o.geter authority
and
ust be assued tt stake government will continue to
$.t
a major source of services-and a major factor in the
Be
and the coordination of such new-programs as may
planning
evolve so long as it is able to perform effectively.
roadblocks to effective management of the state's
The
are many. At the heart of these is the simple
business
that the Governor is not the boss. While most of the
fact
of this state think of the Governor as chief
residents
of all the agencies of state government and hold
executive
responsible for their effective administration, in fact
him
is in no real sense the chief executive of approximately
he
of the executive functions of state government.
one-half
other areas, although he has some executive responsibili
In
he does not have the authority and administrative tools
ties,
associated with the chief executive of a major
traditionally
or the chief executive of the United States
corporation
whose office the office of Governor most closely
Government,
parallels,
authority is divided among eight other independently
Executive
officials over whom the Governor has no control. The
elected
is effectively insulated from having anappropriate
Governor
voice in a number of vital areas of state government
policy
which transportationis one major.example. He has little
of
say about recruitment, development and assignment of the
to
executives of state government. He lacks effective
key
over the administrative operations of the state's
influence
functions. At the present time 28 major depart-
personnel
and agencies report either directly to the Governor
ments
through commissions. In addition, in excess of 60 other
or
and commissions function within state government.
boards
of these manage line operations and many of them have
Some
policy-making functions.. While the Governor
significant
many of these commissioners and board members and
appoints,
expect to have access to him when they want it, he often
they
relatively little influence over their actions.
has
these kinds of limitations, responsive and responsible
With
is made exceedingly difficult. With the rapid
government
of events and the ever accelerating rate of change within
pace
America, we no longer have the luxury of time
contemporary
once may have been the case. The need for coherent
which
efficient administration and a greatly improved
planning,
system for the delivery of services is clearly evident.
Task Force has considered the goals of our organiza-
This
studies to be:
tional
233

i. To make state government more responsive to the people.
To create the too].s whereby the state's business may
2.
managed and necessary services delivered economically,
be
efficiently and effectively.
To allow the policies of the Governor and the legis-
3.
to be executed more directly and more expeditiously.
lature
To secure able leadership in key state offices and to
4.
competent performance at all levels of state
encourage
government.
To maximize the capacity of state government to make a
5.
contribution to the beneficial development of
creative
citizens and to the preservation and improvement of
its
quality of their environment.
the
seeking to attain these broad goals we have focused on
In
issues as the authority of the Governor to appoint the
such
managers andpolicy makers within state govern
principal
the alignment of like functions within the same depart-
ment,
provision for adequate manpower ments, andthe of
reduction
number of persons reporting directly to the Governor.
the
adopted, our proposals would consolidate seven entities
If
the human resources sphere of state government into two;
in
in the transportation sphere into one; three having
seven
control functions into one; three agencies within
pollution
Governor's Office into one, plus a new line agency;
the
would merge two separate personnel structures.
and
recommend the consolidation of the functions of the Depart
We
of Employment Security,.the Department of Labor and
ment
and the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation of
Industries
Coordinating Council on Occupational Education into a
the
Department ofManpower and Industry.
mission of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation,
The
also receives much of its funding from the federal
which
was originally oriented towards the rehabilitat-
government
of persons with physical handicaps. Over a period of
ing
the rehabilitation eligibility standards have been
years
so that now the rehabilitation program can be
broadened
as a highly flexible tool in the attack upon the pro-
used
of the hard core unemployed, law offenders and the
blems
physically or
socially disabled.
can be argued with some justification that the Vocational
It
program should be placed within the Depart-
Rehabilitation
of Social and Health Services. Our rationale for
ment
Vocational Rehabilitation in the Department of
including
234

and Industry is that rehabilitation is a "man-
Manpower
function in that its goal is to restore people to
power"
roles in society. Actually, Vocational Rehabili-
productive
stands somewhat in the center between a health
tation
and a manpower service. Its treatment methods are
welfare
allied with the health and social work fields, its
closely
result with employment. Therefore, it could probably
end
with equal but different logic to either the Department
go
Social and Health Services or to the Department of
of
and Industry. Federal approval will be required
Manpower
the consolidation being proposed here, but preliminary
for
indicates that suchapproval can be obtained.
inquiry
is apparent that a close working relationship will be
It
between the proposed Department of Social and Health
required
and the Department of Manpower and Industry. At
Services
community level integrated field service operations
the
the two departments should be encouraged. Often
between
will be essential. By reducing six agencies to two,
this
community-level coordination as well as communi.
effective
in Olympia between the departments and with the
cations
Governor should be significantly enhanced.
should be emphasized that in recommending a Department
It
Manpower and Industry and a Department of Social and
of
Services, we havein mind changes far more signifi-
Health
than merelyshifting boxes into new diagrammatic
cant
These changes are only a means for creating
relationships.
greatly improved system for the delivery and deployment
a
state services that will maximize the development and
of
of our state's human resources. This, of course, will
use
time, but by promptly implementing our recommended
take
the conservation of the human resources in our
changes,
communities can be more effectively pursued now.
235

CHAPTER Vl
THE COMPOSITE WORKING PLAN
FOR SERVICES TO THE HANDICAPPED AND DISADVANTAGED
responsibility of the Planning Commission for Vocational
A
was to devise a plan to serve all the handicapped and
Rehabilitation
in Washington State with vocational rehabilitation ser-
disadvantaged
by 1975. It would seem easy enough to devise such a plan if
vices
money could be spent for enough staff members to do the job.
enough
plan to rehabilitate the handicapped and disadvantaged was to
This
that adequate appropriations would be made. Money was to be
assume
object. However, federal funding subsequent to the initiation f
no
planning project has increased only gradually. An evolutionary
the
in rehabilitation services becomes possible under this funding,
growth
it would seem a re___volutionary increase in services is needed.
but
needs to be a quantum jump in rehabilitation funding annually
There
1975 if a substantial number of the handicapped and disadvantaged
to
to be provided rehabilitation services. The nation's preoccu-
are
with an Asiatic war precludes attention to this worthy domestic
pation
issue.
The Size of the Problem
to the study was a determination of the number of
Basic
people living in the statewho might profitably receive
handicapped
rehabilitation services. Figures on the incidence and
vocational
ofhandicapping conditions are given in some detail in
prevalence
present report, REHABILITATION ADVANCE PLANNING TO SERVE THE
the
AND DISADVANTAGED. The planned distribution for the
HANDICAPPED
will place it in major libraries of the state where it will
report
as a reference source for those interested in the study.
serve
crucial figure, the number of new clients expected
The
be eligible, feasible and interested in vocational rehabilitation
to
each year, is 37,500. One third of these, or 12,500, are
services,
disabled people whose disability is a crippling condition,
physically
blindness, cerebral palsy, deafness, or amputation, or a disease
or
as heart condition, epilepsy, diabetes, or arthritis.
such
237

addition to physically disabled people it is expected
In
25,000 mentally ill, alcoholics,mental retardates, public
that
and socially disadvantaged individuals might be referred
offenders
for vocational rehabilJ.tation services.
annually
of the first tasks of the staff of the Planning Commission
One
Vocational Rehabilitation was to determine th number of handicapped
for
disadvantaged people in the State of Washington. One of the first
and
that was done was to contact state agencies in order to find the
things
of duplicated and unduplicated people served by the Division of
number
Rehabilitation and other state agencies.
Vocational
trying to determine precisely how many individuals known
In
Rehabilitation were also known to Public Assistance, Special Educa-
to
Department of Institutions, Employment Security Department, and
tion,
Board of Prison Terms and Paroles, the State Department of Health,
the
State Office of Economic Opportunity, the State Veterans Rehabili-
the
Council and the like, we were frustrated. This frustration was
tation
because of lack of cooperation, butbecause of the various ways
not
are kept for the several agencies. Some of these state agencies
records
record, and some do not record, the social security number, the date
do
birth, disability, if any, and the like. Some filing is done by
of
district, or county, or other region rather than for the state
school
a whole.
as
is evident that a new system of case identification is
It
by state agencies. This new system should be one that most
needed
agencies could use, would be inexpensive, would be one that would
state
confidentiality, and would be one that could be used at the
preserve
centers now. There continues to be discussions by state
multi-service
about data processing andconfidentiality.
officials
a data bank had information about handicapped people which
If
be derived from a number Of different sources, then services to
would
handicapped could be planned more skillfully. It is expected that
the
rehabilitation services can be provided at less cost if the
better
numbersof the handicapped weremore accurately known.
THE COW,MISSION RECOMMENDS:
a single system of case identification be used by all the
That
helping agencies.
state

Financin$
37,500
feasible and interested potential new clients
Eligible,
of Vocational Rehabilitation in the year 1975
12,500
disabled
Physically
people
of total clients
1/3
25,000
ill, alcoholics, mental
Mentally
public offenders,
retardates,
disadvantaged
socially
2/3 of total clients
the service number determined, the Commission's role
With
one of recommending changes that would improve and expand the
became
services and establish new ones. An immediately apparent
existing
is a substantial increase in funding to reach the very large num-
need
of persons in need but not presently served. Total appropriations,
ber
and state, in 1975, would have to be increased about nine times
federal
the money appropriated per year for the 1969-1971 biennium. Appro-
over
of the magnitude of $i00 million to $120 million per year
priations
be required if Vocational Rehabilitation serves the estimated
will
eligible, feasible and interested potential new clients of
37,500
Rehabilitation in Washington State in 1975. And even this
Vocational
might prove inadequate in supplying the large number of handi-
figure
in Washington State with the skilled services needed to make
capped
employable.
them
in dollars from the federal government to the State of
Aid
vocational rehabilitation program is assumed to be unlimited,
Washington's
insofar as the planning project specifications are concerned,
years gone by the federal share of Section 2 funds seemed
In
as the State of Washington reverted an average of $1.3 million
ample,
for the five fiscal years ending in 1967, due to lack of state
annually
funds or third party matching contracts.
appropriated
present situation seems different. Federal funds assigned
The
vocational rehabilitation are far from adequate. The 1968 Voca-
to
Rehabilitation Act Amendments changed the matching formula for
tional
of these funds from 75 percent federal, 25 percent state and local,
most
80 percent federal, 20 percent state and local. It would seem that
to
greater amounts would be assigned for the handicapped and disad-.
much
in Washington State. However, the increase from 3/4 to 4/5
vantaged
share was not funded in President Johnson's budget for fiscal
federal
70.and President Nixon further reduced the national appropriation
year
for this period from $524 to $471 million.
request
"239

pays as well as costs. For the individual
Rehabilitation
is unemployed because of a disability the program may provide
who
which make him self-supporting. The state and local taxes
services
by the rehabilitated person are soon equivalent to the entire
paid
amount spent upon him.
state has a special obligation to try to rehabilitate
The
who are dependent upon it and/or one of its political subdivisions.
those
individual receiving public assistance, or Social Security disabil-
-The
payments, or aid to the needy blind, or services from the Depart-
ity
of Institutions consumes many thousands of dollars of governmental
ment
over the course of several years. It makes good sense to provide
money
a one-time expenditure to rehabilitate such a person into self-support.
services can remove disabled public assistance
Rehabilitation
from welfare rolls. Even if conservative estimates of costs
clients
benefits are made, this is still a sound social investment. Both
and
and welfare recipients would benefit from a greatly expanded
taxpayers
rehabilitation program for this group.
clients need more and better evaluative services than
Welfare
have received in the past. In particular, more counselor inter-
they
with client, family, and employer are needed to "see" the client
views
his total environment; and more medical, psychological, and other
in
to assess his overall status. This may be the key to rehab-
procedures
greater numbers Of these clients, for accurate diagnosis is
ilitating
both in selecting those who can profit from services and in
essential
the services each client needs to become self-sustaining.
choosing
coordination of services and strong emphasis on pre-
Proper
as many clients as possible to become self-sustaining are very
paring
important.
services for younger clients give a higher return than
While
older ones, all age groups up to 55-60 can be served with assurance
for
those rehabilitated will return social benefits at least several
that
the cost.
times
rather than supportive services give the greatest
Corrective
returns and should be emphasized, along with training
cost-benefit
designed to remedy deficiencies uncovered by evaluation.
Planning Commission believes that for better planning,
The
information about the number of disabled persons in the state
better
is essential.
THE COISSION RECOENDS:
the Department of. Planning and Community Affairs. (or its
That
agency) in cooperation with the Division of Vocational
successor
240.

the Departments of Health, Institutions, Public
Rehabilitation,
and Employment Security, and the Regional Medical
Assistance
Program:
expand studies to identify the handicapped in
I.
state;
the
study private and voluntary organizations as
2.
as state organizations which provide services
well
to these handicapped;
determine the number of disabled who seek services
3.
are rejected for these services; and
who
reconend the allocation of staff to serve fully
4.
disabled people.
all
AND FURTHER THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
expenditures, both federal and state, be increased so
That
rehabilitation services may take a .significant step
that
meeting the needs of increased numbers of disabled
toward
disadvantaged people.
and
has been hampered both by lack of funds and an
Rehabilitation
to spend all the federal and state funds appropriated to
inability
the handicapped in Washington State. An average of $1.3 million
serve
year reverted to the federal government unspent in the five years
per
ending in fiscal 1967.
handicapped people are served in the state, per i00,000
Fewer
than in the rest of the United States. The chart below
population
Washington ranked as the 49th state last year in the number of
shows
rehabilitated per i00,000 population. An effort must be made
persons
increase the rehab±litants here. The f±scal year 1969 rehabilita-
to
figures for Washington State are fortunately much improved over
tion
recent years' figures.
U, S, Tot&/
of persons rehabilitated per 100,000 population, by reii0n and state; and rank
Number
state, 196h-1968
by
RehabtlitaCed per 100,000
Reston
pOl,Ulationl/
and
Scats 1968 1967 966 1965
Washiuton 57 57 44 42
year. Bureau of the Census Series P-25.
241
Rank
36 49 41 48 44 46

States
Rank
by
4.44
Guam
Arkansas 4.31
2
West Virginia 4.02
3
South Carolina 3.94
4
5 Georgia 3.66
Alabama 3.60
6
Vermont 3.05
7
Wyoming 2.82
8
Oklahoma 2.80
9
i0 Wisconsin 2.54
Colerado 2.52
II
Mississippi 2.50
12
Rhode Island 2.47
13
North Carolina 2.47
14
15 Utah 2.43
Pennsylvania 2.38
16
Arizona 2.32
17
Florida 2.31
18
Louisiana 2.28
19
20 Minnesota 2.24
2.07
21,Virginia
Maryland 2.07
22
Iowa 2.05
23
Hawaii 2.02
24
25 South Dakota 2.00
Alaska 1.94
26
Tennessee 1.92
27
Virgin Islands 1.91
28
Missouri 1.91
29
30 Washington 1.80
District of Columbia 1.77
31
Delaware 1.77
32
Oregon 1.75
33
Nebraska 1.75
34
35 Puerto Rico 1.72
Texas 1.72
36
Montana 1.71
37
North Dakota 1.70
38
Kentucky 1.69
39
40 Illinois 1.53
Nevada 1.53
41
California 1.50
42
Massachusetts 1.48
43
New York 1.42
44
45 Michigan 1.41
New Jersey 1.36
46
Idaho 1.34
47
1.24
48Maine
Connecticut 1.19
49
50 New Mexico 1.16
Ohio 1.02
51
New Hampshire .97
52
Kansas .94
53
Indiana .65
54
Capita Expenditures for Vocational Rehabilitation in 1968
Per
and State Funds)
(Federal
(Amount in Dollars)
0 60 1.20 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.60 4.20 4;80
1.88
National
Averag.e3
S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Rehabilitation
U.
Administration. STATE VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION AGENCY
Services
DATA FISCAL YEAR 1968. p. 24.
PROGRAM
241(a)

cost per case in Washington State and in the national
The
rehabilitation program as a whole has been increasing
vocational
faster than the inflation. Vocational rehabilitation services,
even
costs, have been rising far faster in recent years than the
hospital
of most other items. It is not realistic to expect to reverse
cost
trend; it is practical to expect to slow it. Specialization is
this
way to decrease the cost per case. The use o case aides and
one
personnel in rehabilitation discussed in a previous section,
clerical
is another.
WASHINGTON DIVISION OF VOCATIONAL RENABILITATION PROGRAM
CASES CLOSED REHABILITATED: 1963 1968
Year Appropriation Number / Average Cost Per Rehab 2/
Fiscal
Jne 30 Expended Rehab'd State U.S. Average
Ending
$ $
$
1,935,337 1503 1,287 996
1963
1964 2,082.984 1355 1,537 1,113
1965 2,312,808 1478 1,565 1,143
1966 3,164,136 1564 2.023 1,385
1967 4,320,436 1957 2'208 1,750
1968 5,630,353 1855 3,035 1,816
for the number rehabilitated are from Annual Reports of the
Figures
They differ from figures in Federal reports because they
Division.
cases rehabilitated by state funds and therefore not reported
include
the Federal matching program.
in
Section 2 funds only.
Personnel to do the Job
clientele of Vocational Rehabilitation are the catastro.
The
physically disabled, the mentally and emotionally handicapped,
phically
the socioculturally deprived. Whatkind of staff member-is able
and
help these people to productive worthwhile lives? These agents of
to
who are most effective in their jobs are described as having
change
warmth, and genuineness. They are not necessarily those who
empathy,
advanced academic training, and who relate well to authority
have
Some changes in personnel practices may need revision.
figures.
242

expanding program will need additional staff. Will the
An
be able to meet the strong competition for qualified personnel?
program
Could present staff be used to better advantage?
recruitment practices are needed. Staff development
Vigorous
for all levels of personnel, education lave, released time
programs
for professional growth help to hold employees after recruitment.
Training Programs
and information programs for present and potential
Training
of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation were the subject
employees
a number of recommendations by the Planning Commission. Also in-
of
was a recommendation that employees with related and similar
cluded
in other state departments be part of this training.
responsibilities
were made for the following training programs.
Recommendations
For presentemp!oyees. The Commission recommended
(i)
continuation of present orientation and in-
the
training programs and the initiation of new
service
for the Division's field rehabilitation coun-
ones
to keep them informed through demonstration
selors
and visits to facilities within the state
seminars
the problems faced by clients with heartdisease,
of
stroke and other severely disabling conditions.
cancer,
Commission also recommended that greater efforts
The
made to recruit staff members who have received
be
training in rehabilitation counseling. Present
formal
members, they proposed, should beoffered such
staff
training on a part-time basis or by correspondence.
third recommendation in this category was that an
A
series of training programs be expanded and
intensive
financed for .personnel at all levels within
adequately
Division of Vocational Rehabilitation.
the.
For emplo ees in related service prosrams The Com-
(2)
recommended that joint training sessions, con-
mission
by the State Department of Personnel, be made
ducted
to state employees whose basic roles in the
available
professions are similar. Such trainingwould
helping
for, but not limited to, rehabilitation counselors,
be
security counselors, public assistance case-
employment
public health nurses, probation and parole
workers,
officers.
For potentialemployees. The Commission recommended
(3)
information conferences and meetings be held for
that
high school and college students to introduce them to
243

Sabbatical Leave
and career opportunities available in voca-
training
rehabilitation,
tional
second recommendation was that undergraduate programs
A
vocational rehabilitation be instituted in our state
in
colleges and universities.
third .recommendation in this field was that training
A
for non-college bound youth be established to
programs
them for para-professional positions in rehab-
prepare
ilitation.
leaves are an accepted personnel practice in public
Sabbatical
private agencies and should be considered for the management per-
and
of the rehabilitation agency in Washington State. Those individ-
sonnel
who have been in the same job for six years should be offered an
uals
to trade positions temporarily for a three-month period
opportunity
longer with their colleagues in similar positions in other states.
or
staff members would, in effect, trade Jobs for a given period.
These
would both find the exchange renewing. On returning to their
They
posts, Washington Vocational Rehabilitation employees would
regular
back information about policies in other states which might be
bring
in this state. While away they would be able to offer infor-
considered
in the other state about commendable programs in this state.
mation
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
sabbatical leaves for management personnel in vocational
That
be instituted.
rehabilitation
Manasement Stud
consulting firm in Massachusetts has been employed to study
A
practices in rehabilitation agencies in many states. Such
management
study, never before done by an outside consulting firm, is timely
a
1969, since the State Director of Vocational Rehabilitation since
in
E. M. Oliver, has announced his retirement in the autumn of this
1945,
Harbridge House, Incorporated, of Boston, Massachusetts .is one
year.
such consulting firm. .
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
there be maintained a continuing evaluation of the manage-
That
practices of the vocational rehabilitation agency in
ment
State and that a nationally recognized consultig
Washington
be used for this purpose.
firm
244

Record Keeping
in the record keeping practices for the Vocational
Improvements
program are needed. True, the rehabilitation agency
Rehabilitation
using computers a few years ago but much of the demographic
started
about client characteristics has not been available for study.
data
is recommended that factor analysis of client characteristics be
It
and that trends in client services be studied. The basic
undertaken,
from the R-300 reporting form on each client should be stored for
data
as needed in studies. Casework statistics are needed for
retrieval
program management. Present efforts of the agency to secure
sound
information for managerial purposes should be continued.
statistical
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
increased efforts should also be made to computerize
That
data and develop informationretrieval processes.
client
Coordination and Cooperation Among Asencies Better Patterns of Service
Government
government, a first priority is the reorganization of
In
Rehabilitation services into the Department of Social and
Vocational
Services. Such reorganization it is believed would result in
Health
improved system of delivery of services to the disabled, one which
an
provide services at less cost than is possible under the present
would
structure.
administrative
secretary of the State Department of Social and Health
The
would be able to mandate to his subordinates that they coor-
Services
their efforts in a better way than has been possible heretofore.
dinate
example if a person in prison has family members receiving help
For
the Department of Public Assistance it is difficult for all pro-
from
workers touching the individual to be in communication with
fessional
other. The persons leaving prison may be assigned a parole officer
each
a vocational rehabilitation counselor. He is likely to find
and
to task force reports, that the interagency coordination
according
these departments leaves much to be desired. If the officer
between
the counselor were in the same agency their efforts in behalf of
and
parolee would certainly be more firmly joined.
the
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
Vocational Rehabilitation services be placed in the State
That
of Social and Health Services, or a similar agency
Department
which the Legislature would create.
245

sharing of in-service training programs within the
The
department complex would achieve a goal which is the subject
larger
of the following recommendation,
THE COMMISSION RECOENDS
since the basic role of persons in some helping professions
That
similar, part of the training programs for new employees and
is
training programs for those in state employment should
in-service
together. Those training together would be rehabilitation
be
employment security counselors, public assistance
counselors,
probation and parole officers, public health nurses,
caseworkers,
the like. This part of the training could be done under the
and
Department of Personnel.
State
cooperation with the State Department of Institutions
Close
be required for the following recommendations adopted by the
would
Commission.
THE COMMISSIONRECOMMENDS:
services to the hospitalized mentally ill should be so
That
that by 1975 all patients below the age of 60 would
expanded
referred to Vocational Rehabilitation routinely, with
be
screening to exclude those not feasible for vocational
later
rehabilitation services.
Rehabilitation should also work with thosewho.
Vocational
the intellectually retarded seek self-support. Many retardates
help
state schools can be helped with the proper facilities. These
in
are small ones in population centers. Both supporting staff
usually
student body members are carefully selected from the larger popu-
and
lation.
retarded.
The 1969 State Legislature authorized group homes for the
THECOMMISSIONRECOMMENDS:
Vocational Rhabilitation cooperate with the Departmen t of
That
in the establishment and support of group living
Institutions
homes for the mentally retarded.
number of retarded in the state is estimated as more
The
30,000. Facilities, schools, and staff to meet their needshave
than
been inadequate. Responsibility for-services to. this severe%y
always
segment of our population is shared by a number Of st.-
handicapped
agencies.
246

public offenders are often offended by society.
So-called
their punishment by fine or jail or .prison they usually return
After
society. Few prisoners are offered rehabilitation services now.
to
potential of juvenile offenders for a long life of crime is great,
The
yet few are known to rehabilitation.
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
the Division of .Vocational Rehabilitation work with the
That
law enforcement and other co,unity resources in the
courts,
of rehabilitation programs for offenders and
development
offenders, and that those in need of vocational
potential
rehabilitation services, should be served.
AND FURTHER THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
there should be an expansion of services to the persons
That
prisons and other correctional institutions so that by
in
all prisoners below the age of 60 would be referred to
1975
Rehabilitation routinely, with later screening
Vocational
exclude those not feasible for vocational rehabilitation
to
services.
mployment Evaluation and Service Centers for the Disadvantaged
evaluation and service centers are recommended
Employment
the three principal cities of Washington State Seattle, Tacoma,
for
Spokane. Operated by Vocational Rehabilitation these centers
and
be so planned that their principal service would be to the dis-
would
advantaged and handicapped clients of several agencies.
the centers a diagnostic study would determine whether
At
individual is disadvantaged,whether he has an employment handicap,
an
whether he needs rehabilitation services. The thorough diagnostic
and
would examine pertinent psychological, vocational, educational,
study
medical, social and environmental factors which bear on the
cultural,
to employment. The services provided would
individual'shandicap
the individual's pattern of work behavior and occupational
appraise
The center envisioned would have on its staff representative
skills.
from the several social and health services agencies, and
members
manpower agencies such as the Department of Labor and Industries,
from
the Employment Security Department. Working together in a team
and
backedby the resources of their individual agencies, these
approach,
members would be able to solve many of the vocational problems
staff
the severely disabled client.
of
THE GO9ISSION RECOMMENDS:
state funds be appropriated for employment and evaluation
That
centers, operated by the Vocational Rehabilitation
service
of the State of Washington, to serve the disadvantaged
agency
and near Seattle, Spokane, and Tacoma.
in
247

Comprehensive Rehabilitation Center
of the most powerful combinations of services for the
One
physically disabled person is found in the comprehensive
severely
center. Such a center combines training, medical care,
rehabilitation
care, counseling and guidance in one etting. Although
residential
are several of these centers in the United States meeting the
there
definition forsuch a facility, none is west of Arkansas.
federal
of our crippled who now languish a£ home on welfare can be made
Many
through the services of such a comprehensive center,
self-supporting
neighboring States of Oregon and Alaska have asked that Washington
Our
a regional comprehensive rehabilitation center. Nine-tenths
develop
of the cost of such a center would be paid by the federal government.
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
state funds be appropriated for a regional comprehensive
That
center in the State of Washington.
rehabilitation
Multi-Service Centers
program recommended for Washington State also reflects
Another
Commission's concern that resources of the state be readily avail-
the
for the handicapped person seeking help. This is their recom-
able
below regarding multi-service centers. In such a center the
mendation
helping services of government are housed together. The
principal
is able to go easily from one agency to another. He realizes
client
that his several counselors are likely to be in communication.
Seattle Multi-Service.Center, located at 2315 S. Jackson
The
houses a number of social service agencies. The Division of
Street,
Rehabilitation has been represented there since February,
Vocational
in an office manned at first by a single vocational rehabilitation
1968,
and secretary. Midway through the 1969 Fiscal Year a rehabili
officer
aide and a clerical worker were added, and in the spring of 1969
tation
a second vocational rehabilitation officer joined the crew.
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
state, and other government and private agencies providing
That
for the handicapped be housed in multi-service centers
services
the state where it can be demonstrated that better
throughout
for the people can be provided. A city like Seattle
services
have several such centers, one in each major neighborhood.
would
plan would be developed so that such agencies now housed
A
would be brought together as soon as leases expire
separately
existing buildings. It would be helpful if health care
on
were contiguous to this center,
facilities
248

Th__e Dr. H. T. Buckner Rehabi li tation Gente_r _ In°red Woren Seattle
Buckner Rehabilitation Center of the State Department
The
Labor and Industries, located in Seattle, serves injured workmen.
of
individuals are provided services in this facility if their
These
is such that they cannot be helped in settings closer to
condition
homes. Payment for services comes from a fund to which the
their
and his employer both contribute. It has been proposed that
worker
industrial accident victims be referred for rehabilitation ser-
more
vices.
THE COW, MISSION RECOMMENDS:
an illustrated brochure be prepared tailored toward
That
employer, physician, attorney and insurance carrier
the
the services of vocational rehabilitation as
describing
relate to workmen's compensation.
they
AND FU,RTHER THE COMMISSION RECONDS:
a reporting procedure be devised useful to the screening
That
evaluation of industrially injured cases that could benefit
and
by vocational rehabilitation services.
Coordination with Education
has had an intimate association with various
Rehabilitation
of education from the time it was initiated, In most states
levels
rehabilitation services started in State Departments of
vocational
Only in recent years has there been a strong trend to remove
Education.
rehabilitation program from the direct sponsorship of education.
the
rehabilitation has in the past, and must continue in the
However,
future, its close ties with education..
educational institutions with which vocational rehabili-
The
has most often been connected in the past are the special educa-
tation
programs in the K-12 program, the community colleges, the private
tion
schools, the special education schools operated by the state
vocational
the blind, the deaf, the retarded, and the mentally ill. The
for
Development Center of the University .of Washington has much to
Child
offer vocational rehabilitation.
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
vocational rehabilitation services be made available to
That
secondary level special education student.
every
we accept the view that every student enrolled in a
If
education class is handicapped, no effort while this child is
special
school seems too great if it will diminish his handicap and develop
in
potential for successful living. The Commission's recommendation
his
249

efers particularly to the special education student. In 1968
above
one-tenth of these students were involved in the Division's
only
Cooperative School Program.
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
the area of overlap between the schools and Vocational
That
be.carefully studied in order to more clearly
Rehabilitation
roles and agree on responsibilities for services to
define
handicapped.
the
AND FURTHER THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
each special education client served by the school and
That
Vocational Rehabilitation have a curriculum that is tailored
by
his needs with the best combination of academic instruction,
to
adjustment training and on-the-job experience.
work
AND FURTHER THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
Vocational Rehabilitation accept handicapped high school
That
as early as age 14 in order to provide prevocational
students
guidance and counseling as well as other appropriate services.
Rehabilitation and Health
physicians and health agencies rank second only
Hospitals,
welfare agencies in the number of referrals made to thevocational
to
program. The present working relationship between the
rehabilitation
and the medical professions is regarded as a close and satis-
program
one. Liaison is achieved by the medical director with the
factory
profession, and a unique working arrangement whereby public
medical
officers serve as local medical consultants for vocational
health
officers in their districts and help to carry informa-
rehabilitatio.n
tion about rehabilitation services into the profession.
health planning will touch most aspects of
Comprehensive
delivering rehabilitation services. An exchange of informa-
programs
tion between the two programs should be maintained.
need for more hospital beds has been stressed by Justus
The
Lehmann, Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation
F.
of Washington, Seattle. The average hospital stay of a
University
group of stroke patients with severe involvement, he found,
selected
approximately 30 days. Based on this finding, he proposed that
was
should be at least one rehabilitation bed per 5,000 population.
there
Hill Burton Hospital construction program provides more generously
The
one bed per 2,000. Using Dr. Lehmann's figure as the more realis-
for
the number of rehabilitation beds in the Seattle area alone needs
tic,
be increased from the 1968 total of 81 to a projected 240 by 1972.
to
Medicine and ancillary staff need to be provided to serve the cardiac
250

stroke and other patients in these beds.
recommendation concerning rehabilitation counselors would
A
members of the professional staff to acquire greater competency
help
in health services.
THE CO4ISSION RECOMMENDS:
an orientation and training program be initiated and
That
for rehabilitaton counselors to inform them through
continued
seminars and visits to facilities within the
demonstration,
of the problems faced by clients with heart disease,
state
cancer, stroke and other severely disabling conditions.
AND FURTHER THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
vocational rehabilitation use personnel to contact people
That
with the handicapped to increase awareness of the
working
rehabilitation programs in the state. The abilities
vocational
the agency to help handicapped and disadvantaged people and
of
its limitations should be described.
AND FURTHER THE CO4ISSION RECONDS:
in addition to the training of the handicapped there is
That
tremendous need to train ancillary personnel: physical
a
therapists, occupational therapists, speech and hearing special-
vocational evaluators, psychologists, administrators,
ists,
to staff the workshops, rehabilitation houses, and other
etc.,
facilities now .in existence or projected for the
rehabilitation
future.
Seattle Artificial Kidney Center
care provided at the Kidney Center is essential to
Medical
life of the people served there. The Vocational Rehabilitation
the
has been supportive of this effort, and has placed clients
program
the center. The Commission sees the services of the Center as
in
medical care rather than vocational rehabilitation services.
Blind
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
in the future state funds to support kidney patients should
That
through the State Department of Health rather than Voca-
come
tional Rehabilitation.
rehabilitation services for the blind and visually handi-
Special
should be continued. Presently offered by the Services to the
capped
Blind under the Department of Public Assistance these services
251

in nature, should be under the administration of Voca-
rehabilitative
Rehabilitation.
tional
Deaf
THE COMMISSIONRECO4ENDS:
transfer should be made of the vocational rehabilitation
That
of Services to the Blind from the Department of Public
aspects
Assistance to Vocational Rehabilitation.
training is a requirement for professional coun-
Special
who work with the deaf. The low percentage of cases in the
selors
caseload of the rehabilitation program must be indicative
present
some failure of the program to meet these needs.
of
Counselors with communication skills are needed and
More
be brought into the program.
should
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
state-supported nursery schools and home therapy services
That
established for the deaf, hard-of-hearing and language-
be
de layed child.
people who are blind are granted an extra income tax
The
by the Internal Revenue Service. The deaf, who are equally
exemption
have no exemption. If the blind have an extra income
handicapped,
exemption, so should those who are deaf.
tax
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
Congress explore income tax exemptions for various
That
of the handicapped,
categories
Migrant Workers
farm workers are mong the most abused and
Migrant
segments of society. They are most apt to be ignorant,
handicapped
sick, non-productive. Services to them could improve the health
poor,
society as well as their own. As a group, migrant farm workers
of
most in need of literacy training, consumer protection, decent
are
health care, services to family members, and training in
housing,
proper spending of their earnings.
THE COM#$ISSION RECOMMENDS:
State Division of Vocational Rehabilitation efforts be
That
to serve migrant farm workers and that federal grants
expanded
should be sought to help support such enhanced services.
252

Indians
are the most disabled ethnic group in the State of
Indians
They are lowest of all in income, in education and in
Washington.
care. They are the most deprived socially of all in the state.
health
has been recommended that they be provided with a better chance for
It
vocational success.
THE COM#$ISSIONRECOMMENDS:
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation develop more
That
of delivering vocational rehabilitation
effectivemethods
to.handicapped Indians. Indians should be recruited
services
staff members counselors, aides, clerical assistants
as
work with the reservation Indians and other concentrations
to
Indians.
of
Labor Organizations
citizens of our state are active members of labor
Many
These unions were early and strong supporters of rehabili-.
unions.
tation agencies.
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS:
relationships among unions, employers, and Vocational
That
be strengthened. Vocational rehabilitation
Rehabilitation
should have easy access to.potential rehabilitation
counselors
and to the supporting data, and should collaborate
candidates
union representatives, others associated with the union's
with
of services, and representatives of management, such
network
shop foremen. A team composed of representatives from the
as
center (if there isone), theunion, and Vocational
health
can function as a steering group for all rehab-
Rehabilitation
activity.
ilitation
AND aOMMZSSION R eO NDS:
Vocational Rehabilitation develop procedures that will
That
employers and labor unions to make early referrals to
enable
Rehabilitation of employees who have drinking and
Vocational
problems that affect their performance or behavior on
other
the job.
knowledge and use of the union power structure
Systematic
communication channels are necessary ifthis is to be accomplished.
and
the leadership publicizes and legitimizes rehabilitation services
When
its members, the membership will respond,
among
253

THE PUBLIC SERVED
members of Vocational Rehabilitauion should be aware
Staff
social changes and their own role in these changes.
of
rehabilitation program started with .clients who were
The
orthopedically handicapped. These people wanted and were pro-
most].y
vocational training to help overcome their handicap. The men-
vided
ill, the mentally retarded, the public offender, the socially
tally
the alcoholic, and other major groups of disabled people
disadvantaged,
excluded from these services at first by law. Afterwards they
were
excluded by custom. Only recently, and reluctantly, has the pro-
were
worked with these groups of handicapped people.
gram
started out to be a program to provide services to
What
motivated individuals in need of training has changed substan-
well
It was implied in the beginning that clients had all the
tially.
Boy Scout virtues--trustworthy, loyal, helpful, friendly,
traditional
kind, obedient, cheerful, thrifty, brave, clean, and rever-
courteous,
In contrast at this time we find that many of our clients are
ent.
and dirty, deceitful and irresponsible, without gratitude. They
mean
actively or passively thwart efforts to make themselves self-
either
supporting.
is the clientele with which the rehabilitation counselor
This
The courageous and the cowardly, the deficient and the defeated
deals.
among the deserving disabled, disadvantaged, and deprived who
are
their way to his door. Many of them will meet eligibility require-
make
for service. For those accepted by the program, the rehabili-
ments
process can offer services designed to help them reach an optimum
tation
level of self-sufficiency, self-reliance and self-supporto
respond differently to a handicap, probably be-
Individuals
of their interactionwith society. Some are strengthened by
cause
try harder than most, emphasize their assets, attempt to
adversity,
in life despite.the handicap. Others do the opposite. Society
succeed
is beginning to reward the better attributes of the handicapped.
and others who have worked in rehabilitation
Counselors
that the services provided result in a number of secondary gains
know
the individual. Efforts to make the rehabilitation client employ-
for
result in a number of other gains. First of all, his own.con-
able
is usually restored. His worth in the eyes of his family and
fidence
is enhanced. He is looked upon favorably by potential employers.
friends
he becomes a self-respecting, self-supporting law-abiding citi-
Soon
of his community. The secondary gains often outweigh the primary
zen
just as the return to the government in taxes outweighs the
ones,
of rehabilitation services.
costs
rehabilitation staff member working with the handicapped
The
has many more resources than were available a few years ago.
today
He is liable to have even more resources by 1975. Not only are
254

care resources improved; education has made great strides in
medical
years. The proliferation of community colleges which provide
recent
basic education beyond the high school is one example. Educa-
good
is nearly universal now. With programmed instruction and other
tion
teaching techniques it is rapidly getting much better.
the best example of an improvement in rehabilitation
Probably
is the change.in governmental structure. The delivery system
services
rehabilitation services in the Stateof Washington differs from
of
of two years ago. Other important improvements are expected.
that
coordination will be made mandatory by reorganization in
Interagency
state and in the nation. Particularly in the cities and towns where
the
centers for the delivery of government services are being
multi-service
we should expect a reduction in the gaps in service to
established,
a reduction in the duplication of services, and a
handicapped.people,
more economical and more dependable delivery of services,
quicker,
need for vocational rehabilitation services is great.
The
program falls far short of reaching the 37,500 handicapped and
The
disabled who, it is estimated, could benefit annually from services.
need for greater appropriations more services, and
The
staff has been stressed, The achievement of goals envisioned
improved
the Commission in its study requires the concerned involvement of
by
and of lay and professional organizations in our communities.
citizens,
these potential supporters of the program of their
Informing
in the helping services is the responsibility of the Vocational
roles
Rehabilitaton agency.
THECOMMISSIONRECOMMENDS:
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation in its involve-
That
in community action planning for services in poor neigh-
ment
arrange for poor people themselves to participate in
borhoods
planning.
the
AND FURTHER, THE COmmISSION RECOMMENDS
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation work with
That
agencies to find means of delivering vocational rehabili-
other
tation and educational services in the rural areas of Washington.
force members were quick to note and report from all
Task
of the state that the services of Vocational Rehabilitation
sections
not well known. Some of their recommendations were directed
are
correcting this situation. The following are quoted from task
toward
force reports.
255

and
the Division employ personnel to contact physicians
"...that
other professionals working with the handicapped to increase
and
awareness of the Vocational Rehabilitation program."
the Division develop a more comprehensive public
"...that
program."
information
How Shall Services be Delivered?
placement of the vocational rehabilitation agency in
The
government•is a factor which determines to a degree the efficacy
state
extensiveness of the services to be delivered. The State Planning
and
is on record as recommending that the agency be placed in
Commission
social service complex under one of the reorganization plans proposed
a
1968 by the Governor's Task Force on Executive Organization. First
in
of the Task Force was placement of the agency in a manpower
choice
which would consolidate the functions of the Employment Security
complex
the Department of Labor and Industry, and the Vocational
Department,
agency, a recommendation which was qualified by the
Rehabilitation
"it can be argued with some justification that the Voca-
statement,
Rehabilitation program should be placed within the Department
tional
of Social and Health Services."
legislation introduced in the 1969 session of the
Other
Legislature proposed the creation of a Department of Vocational
State
Rehabilitation with a director appointed by the •Governor.
1975, a safe prediction seems to be that•the Division
By
Vocational Rehabilitation, under the administration of the Coor-
of
dinating Council for Occupational Education will no longer exist.
the larger social service complex the Commission could
In
see benefits to the•rehabilitation program, when operation
accruing
were mandated by the agency head to insure coordination
procedures
services and full working cooperation with other units of the
of
agency. Hopefully, this would result in a stronger affirma-
larger
of•the rehabilitation philosophy and could be accomplished with-
tion
damage to the unique and individual services which characterize
out
rehabilitation program.
the
the final months of the project the Commission was
During
up in a maze of legislative indecision and indifference. Pro-
caught
legislation which might have resulted in new administrative
posed
died in the Senate Rules Committee, after having passed the
patterns
House of Representatives nd one Senate Committee.
256

A Needed Assessment of the Federal Program
one sense the role of the Planning Commissions for Voca-
In
Rehabilitation in the several states was preempted by the publi-
tional
in January 1968, of a ll5-page REPORT OF TE NATIONAL CITIZENS
cation
COMMITTEE ON VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION. They said it all and
ADVISORY
well. Their assessment of vocational rehabilitation and their
very
are all that is needed at the federal level. The idealism
remedies
the practicality they have shown could lead vocational rehabilita-
and
for the decade of the 70's. Howard A. Rusk, M.D., the Director
tion
the Institute of Rehabilitation Medicine, New York City, was the
of
No person from Washington State served as a member of this
chairman.
committee.
Report contains criticisms of the Federal Vocational
The
establishment, criticisms difficult for a state rehabili-
Rehabilitation
agency to make. There seems to be little federal involvement
tation
control of--the State of Washington's Vocational Rehabilita-
in--and
program, although about 80 percent of all the funds come from
tion
sources.
federal
administrators of the Vocational Rehabilitation program
The
Washington State and in other states, have asked for simplified
of
programs and regulations with appropriations made far enough
federal
advance for orderly expenditures by state and local agencies.
in
cuts in vocational rehabilitation federal appropriations
Substantial
during a fiscal year for that fiscal year, can have a damaging
made
A number of state agencies including Washington State's,
effect.
damaged catastrophically by such a reduction in federal appro-
were
in 1968. Dependable amounts of appropriations should be
priations
at least six months prior to the beginning of a fiscal year
announced
the expenditures are to be made in a prodent and frugal way. It
if
too much to expect a state agency to be responsible fiscally if
is
thefederal appropriations are made too late for sound planning.
W. Gardner was Secretary of Health, Education, and
John
at the time the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabili-
Welfare
was authorized. In another context he recently said, "We are
tation
clever at avoiding self-examination." People legitimately
enormously
change which institutions often stubbornly resist, The rehab-
demand
agencies in the United States are in a context where .the
ilitation
rush of change brings a kind of instant antiquity.
Reuben J. Margolin, Ed.D., in a January 1968 article said:
is nothing wrong with admitting our inadequacies and
There
our professions could be enhanced greatly by remedying
that
deficiencies. The fact that we have them does not
these
the reality of the important contributions we are
alter
making to the rehabilitation of the disabled. When we
257

complete satisfaction with our performance, our
express
potential and correspondingly our potential for
learning
clients becomes somewhat limited. Dissatisfaction
assisting
at the very heart of the professional growth process,
is
it we cannot maintain or increase our competence.
Without
contends that dissatisfaction with .existing conditions
Miel
seems to be a prerequisite for intentional change.
growth of the rehabilitation programs in the several
The
and state agencies is related to the successes rehabilitation
federal
had and the expectation that more rehabilitation services will
has
our handicapped people with some solutions to their problems.
provide
Again, quoting from John Gardner, NO EASY VICTORIES:
modern belief that man's institutions can accomplish
The
about anything he wants, when he wants it, leads to
just
certain characteristic contemporary phenomena.
is the bitterness and anger toward our institutions
One
well up when high hopes turn sour. No observer of the
that
scene has failed to note the prevalent cynicism
modern
all leaders, all officials, all social institu-
concerning
That cynicism iscontinually fed and renewed by
tions.
rage of people who expected too much in the first place
the
and got too little in the end.
Why the Emphasis on Vocational Rehabilitation?
numerous ways we have learned that work isimportant.
In
is a statement in Spanish on the wall of the East Los Angeles,
There
Multi-Service Center, "Trabago honesto, justamente recom-
California,
This is translated as, "Honest work, justly rewarded."
pensado."
general assembly of theUnited Nations proclaimed The
The
Declaration o__fHuman Rights. Article 23 of this declara ---
Universal
tion is as follows:
23. (i) Everyone has the right to work, to free
Article
of employment, to just and favourable conditions
choice
work and to protection against unemployment.
of
Everyone, without any discrimination, has the right
(2)
equal pay for equal work.
to
Everyone who works has the right to just and favour-
(3)
remuneration ensuring for himself and his family an
able
worthy of human dignity, and supplemented, if
existence
by other means of social protection.
necessary,
Everyone has the right to form and to join trade unions
(4)
by the protection of his interests.
his Presidential Address to Division 22 (Psychological
In
of Disability) of the American Psychological Association
Aspects
delivered in San Francisco on September i, 1968, Walter S. Neff, of
.258

New York University said:
is quoted as rmnarking that the two most vital human
Freud
are the ability to love and the ability to work,
functions
of course he wrote many volumes on he former and
but
nothing on the latter. His example has been followed
almost
all major theorists of personality, whose chief pre-
by
has been with the demands of interpersonal
occupation
intimacy, rather than with the demands of work.
the Second Bill of Rights of President Franklin D. Roose-
In
below, he begins with employment. It was important in our culture
velt,
then and it is now.
have accepted, so to speak, a second Bill of Rights
under which a new basis of security and prosperity can
We
established for all-regardless of station, race, or creed.
be
theseare:
Among
right to a useful and remunerative ob in the industries
The
ShOl or farms or mines of the Nation;
or
right to earn enough to provide adequate food and
The
and recreation;
clothing
right of every farmer to raise and sell his product at a
The
which will give him and his family a decent living;
return
right of every businessman, large and to trade in
The
atmosphere of freedom from unfair competition and
an
by monopolies at home.or abroad;
domination
right of every family to a decent home;
The
right to adequate medical care and the oppommity to
The
and enoy good health;
achieve
right to adequate protection from the economic fears
The
old age siclmess, accident,, and unemployment;
of
The right to a good education.,99
creates new problems. Working together with new
Progress
and new tools we seek better solutions.
knowledge
Will Disab.i.Lit y Rates Rise or Diminish?
general protective laws are implemented, it is hoped
As
there will be less disability, therefore, less of a need to
that
259

disabled people. If a practical way could be devised
rehabilitate
encourage young people not to begin smoking tobacco, such as a
to
on advertising of tobacco products, there would be a great reduc-
ban
soon in emphysema, cancer, heart disease, and tuberculosis.
tion
we have general affluence and general education, there
As
be a reduction in mental retardation, as Rodger L. Hurley, stated,
will
in POVERTY AND MENTAL RETARDATION A CAUSAL RELATIONSHIP:
widespread prejudice and ignorance often cloud
This
clear fact that poverty in America is one of the
the
significant causes of mental retardation. It
most
to retardation far beyond the more publi-
contributes
damaged believed done by heredity or unontroZabl
cized
suffered by prominent, prosperous families.
accidents
poor endure the tragedy of mental retardation because
The
their poverty to a much greater degree than any other
of
class. The majority of the mentally retarded
socio-economic
the children of the more disadvantaged classes of our
are
society.
way to reduce the need for vocational rehabilitation
Another
would be to reduce the job related accidents. In a Labor Day
services
article, in the New York Times entitled, Industrial Accidents,
1968
PERSONS ARE DISABLED ON JOB THAN IN MOTOR VEHICLE COLLISIONS,
MORE
Howard A. Rusk, M.D., stated:
they bring death so dramatically, automobile
Because
make the headlines, but few of us realize
accidents
accidents on the job.cause more disabling injuries
that
motor vehicles.
than
1966, 2,200,000 persons suffered disabling injuries
In
work compared with 1,900,000 from motor vehicle
at
accidents.
also comes as a surprise to most people that accidents
It
the job cause about i0 times as many working days away
on
from work as do strikes and other work stoppages.
A Look at Washington Rehabilitants
this time the clients of Vocational Rehabilitation in
At
State are similar to the clients of rehabilitation in the
Washington
nation as a whole.
table which follows provides a description of Clients
The
disabling condition:
by
260

WASHINGTON DIVISION OF VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION PROGRAM, 1968
Me, or
MAJOR DISABLING CONDITION IN REHABILITATED CASES
Disablin$ Condition
deformities and
Orthopedic
impairments
retardation
Mental
character and
Personality,
disorders
behavior
illness
Mental
Amputation
Cardiac
impairment
Hearing
disabling conditions, visual
Other
speech impairments, drug
and
epilepsy, etc.
addiction,
Assistance clients with
Public
physical disability
no
by Vocational
served
Rehabilitation
Number Percent
37.71
610
14.32
232
9.72
157
8.54
139
5.06
82
4.84
78
70 4.34
251 15.47
1,619 i00.00
1,855
costs for rehabilitation services in Washington State
The
significantly from the national norms. Nationwide, nearly eight
vary
of the expenditures for vocational rehabilitation services
percent
to specialized rehabilitation facilities. In Washington State,
go
there are no such facilities meeting the federal definition no
where
at all is spent in this way. In the case of severely handi-
money
clients, most of them are denied services because of the lack
capped
these specialized facilities. It is to be noted that Commission
of
have been made for special rehabilitation facilities
recommendations
Washington State.
in
THE COMMISSION RECOMMENDS
state funds be appropriated for employment and evaluation
That
operated by the Vocational Rehabilitation agency of
centers,
.261

State of Washington. to serve the disadvantaged in and
the
Seattle, Spokane, and Tacoma.
near
AND FURTHER THE COISSION RECOMMENDS:
state funds be appropriated for a regional compre-
That
rehabilitation center in the State of Washington.
hensive
range of appropriations--federal, state, local--
The
for vocational rehabilitation in Washington State by the year
needed
is $i00 million to $120 million if the estimated 37,500 handi-
1975
and disadvantaged eligible and interested persons are served
6apped
annually.
Region
and
Stae
of Total Expendlturaa by Category (General Agencies)
Percent
Year 1967
Fiscal
Guidance
Caae
and
F1aeesnt Services
Sall
Buslnass
Enterprises
Workshops
Rehabilitation
Facilities
9.5
U. S. Total 4.7 0.5 1.2 7.9
26.2
43.3
Washlnton 7,5 0.7 5,0 ,0
43.5
workshops in Washington State cost approximately five
The
of the total budget of Vocational Rehabilitation. In the
percent
as a whole, they receive only approximately one percent. The
nation
in this state have benefited from this expenditure.. They
workshops
been able to serve.quite well several kinds of rehabilitation
have
To a degree, they have taken up the slack caused by the
clients.
of comprehensive rehabilitation facilities again, as defined
absence
the Federal Rehabilitation Services Administration. The Physical
by
and Rehabilitation Unit of the University Hospital in Seattle,
Medicine
a deserved national reputation for excellence for the kinds of
has
services which they provide.
the above chart also shows, the cost of administering the
As
program in Washington State is about fifty percent
rehabilitation
than for the nation as a whole. It may be possible to expand
higher
rehabilitation program in Washington State substantially without
the
enlargingthe present administrative staff significantly.
possible way to reduce the cost of rehabilitation
Another
per client is to improve the delivery system of services.
services
262

is not easy, as Mary E. Switzer told the National Rehabilitation
This
meeting in New Orleans in 1968. Her statement is recorded
Association
an article in the Journal of Rehabilitation entitled, COORDINATION:
in
PROBLEM AND A PROMISE. She said:
A
achievement of coordination is essential in the very
The
and complex job of delivering services to people
difficult
we are tofulfill our mission and make federal, state,
if
local dollars--whether they be public or private--
and
really pay the dividends they are intended to pay.
is not calculated planning and analysis alone which have
It
so short a time produced our present array of federal human resource
in
About 459 such programs are described in the annual catalog
programs.
federal systems programs, produced by the Office of Economic Oppor-
of
Coordination among them remains to be achieved. As Charles
tunity.
Odell, Director of the Uo S. Employment Service stated,
E.
number of manpower and anti-poverty programs have been
A
during the past eight years, which provide
established
to assist the disadvantaged. These include such
tools
as outreach, orientation and assessment, (includ-
services
work sample testing).coaching, counseling, basic
ing
occupational training, training allowances,
education,
assistance and relocation allowances, job develop-
mobility
and placement, supportive services, and follow-up and
ment
to assure acceptanceand adjustment on the
follow-through
ob.
programs that provide.these services are funded from
The
wide variety of sources and are usually regarded as
a
structured programs, rather than
separatevertically
parts of oneover-all program. Furthermore,
integral
for the disadvantaged are being performed by a
services
different agencies, who are often competing with
numberof
other toassist the same client or to enlist the
each
of the same employer,
cooperation
describing the National Citizens Conference on Rehabili-
In
of the Disabled and Disadvantaged, to be held in the Mayflower
tation
in Washington, D. C. from June 24 to June 27, 1969, Secretary
Hotel
Health, Education, and Welfare Robert H. Finch said:
of
are aware that many of todayVs public and private pro-
You
do not meet people's needs as well as they should.
grams
the physically and mentally disabled, but.many
Notonly
Americans are handicapped in obtaining education,
other
training, jobs, or medical care.
263

is our hope that the Conference, by bringing together
It
who provide services with the consumers who need
those
will eliminate some of the roadblocks that do exist
them,
stimulate action in States and communities throughout
and
the country.
a recent article Joseph Hunt, Commissioner, Rehabilitation
In
Administration, described the decade of progress which ended
Services
the fiscal year 1968. He found much to approve of in that year.
in
saw the achievements of 1968 as being the result of a long period
He
of preparation, in his words:
was accomplished in 1968 and what that accomplishment
What
for the future is the result of all the effort in
means
years. It is the result, for example of the 1943
previous
when the mentally disabled were made eligible for
legislation
it is the result of the 1954 law which gave us
services;
and training of personnel; it is the result of the
research
amendments which gave us increased federal financial
1965
and the new construction and improvement pro-
participation
grams for facilities, among other things.
year 1968 was the formative year of the Rehabilitation
Fiscal
Administrationunder the newly organized Social and
Services
Service. The new agency has the purpose of
Rehabilitation
a unified approach to the problems of needy
providing
with special emphasis on the family and at the
Americans,
time to assure continued special emphasis upon serving
same
the aged, the handicapped, and children.
stresses a rehabilitation philosophy within its several
SRS
units; .provides for better program coordina-
organizational
and makes a separation of payment and service functions.
.tion;
mission is directed at the best possible delivery of
Its
the community where the people who need the
services.in
live.
help
Lea__d Tim____e i__qn Staffin $
potential success of the rehabilitation program in Wash-
The
State is also dependent upon preparation. The achievements of
ington
rehabilitation counselor training program at theUniversity of
the
are a case in point. Years of preparation are required
Washington
the first graduate begins helping clients in a rehabilitation
before
The recommendations made by the Planning Commission for
agency.
Rehabilitation in the field of training are likely to have
Vocational
but fewer immediate benefits. Staff training and
longtermbenefits,
retraining is time consuming and costly but is vital.
264

Information GBe$ins Early
the program which will take the longest of all to
Perhaps
its purpose would be an effort to put vocational rehabili-
accomplish
information in the textbooks utilized by the students studying
tation
in our schools. A survey of these textbooks used in the school
health
of the State of Washington was made by Mrs. Jean Mead, Research
systems
assigned to the Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabili-
Analyst,
This 1968 study of hers revealed that there is almost no
tation.
information about the vital rehabilitation program, even
textbook
in the United States the expenditure level in that year for
though
exceeded half a billion dollars. If rehabilitation
rehabilitation
can be known to junior high and high school age students,
services
of whom take required courses in health, then the fund of infor-
many
about this service would expand. The staff of the Planning
mation
in March 1968, asked the Rehabilitation Services Adminis-
Commission,
about the utilization of textbooks to inform the public about
tration
services. The letter ofinquiry follows:
rehabilitation
the statewide Planning Commission moves into communities
As
Washington State to study regional needs for voca-
within
rehabilitation through task forces, our members
tional
often find that very.little is known about the program,
too
services, purpose, general availability, etc, Dis-
its
on how to overcome this "knowledge gap" take off
cussions
many directions, lead to no specific answers, but do
in
a great many questions. Some of these we would
generate
like to field to the Federal Office.
have wondered if a survey of textbooks used in secondary
We
and in teacher-training programs in our colleges
schools
universities would show information about the vocational
and
program in texts in the social sciences,
rehabilitation
physical education civics and government, and
health,
to name the more obvious subject fields. Do
sociology,
of disability, for example, refer to established
discussions
programs .where persons afflicted with a disability
existing
may find help?
are wondering whether a survey of tis kind has ever been
We
by the Federal Office, possibly by contacting textbook
made
directly. Another question that comes tomind
publishers
whether any effort has been made t the Federal level to
is
information on the vocational rehabilitation program
have
into textbooks.
put
response of Ralph W. Susman, Chief, Program Planning and
The
Branch, was in part, as follows:
Development
has asked me to reply to your letter of
Commissioner,Hunt
27, 1968. To our knowledge the Federal Office has
March
265

directly communicated with textbook publishers concern-
not
the inclusion of any vocational rehabilitation material
ing
textbooks available to schools on any level. To our
in
no survey of the type you mentioned has ever been
knowledge
done.
must be remembered that rehabilitation, and certainly
It
rehabilitation of the disabled, is a comparatively
vocational
field of study. As both academia and publishers become
new
aware of the medical, social, psychological and voca-
more
aspects of rehabilitation, we are sure they will wish
tional
include information about rehabilitation in books, maga-
to
and all other media used for public education. At
zines,
time however, inclusion of any material on rehabilita-
this
would be primarily dependent upon the authors of the
tion
textbooks and not on the publishers.
various
is our hope that through the Statewide planning projects
It
many citizens of the State on all levels, the
involving
of the total field and the needs within the field
knowledge
become more recognized, Many of the projects have a
will
committee studying and evaluating this "knowledge
separate
as you so aptly phrase it, and its relationship to the.
gap"
area of public relations--which in turn relates to
larger
acceptance or rejection of any programs by the public
the
sector.
recommend that Rehabilitation Services Administration
We
members inform authors of textbooks in the social and health
staff
field, in psychology, social work,.political science, and
services
In order to have the textbooks contain information about
medicine.
services to rehabilitate the handicapped and disadvan-
governmental
a more subtle approach might also be utilized, and these books
taged,
written in such a way that they present the idea that a full life
be
economic self-sufficency are not necessarily denied the individual
and
a disabling physical, mental, or social condition. Efforts to
with
the positive .influence on the individual and on society which
show
rehabilitation can make to the handicapped should be pre
vocational
sented.
Directory
REHABILITATION RESOURCES DIRECTORY was published in 1964,
The
in 1967 as a cooperative venture of the State Department of
revised
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation and the Office of
Health,
State Superintendent of Public Instruction. This kind of. publica-
the
tion is needed, but it is difficult to keep such a work current.
order to improve the communications in the state about
In
governmental and non-governmental services to the handicapped,
both
266

should be a directory published in loose-leaf form which
there
these services, The services to be described should include
describes
provided by the major state agencies such as Institutions Public
those
Vocational Rehabilitation, Department of Health Employ-
Assistance,
Security, Labor and Industries the Judicial system, State Patrol,
ment
Also included would be county, city, and other local services.
etc.
might well be nonProfit organizations which provide services.
Included
would include such organizations as the Goodwill Industries,
These
Heart Association, United Good Neighbors, the Catholic Charities,
the
Vocational Services, and the like. The services offered the
Jewish
by the various educational institutions from the elementary
public
with its PTA through the multiple services of the great univer-
school
sities should be.included.
directory should be published and kept current by the
This
Community Affairs and Development Agency. The book should be
State
to individuals likely to be called upon for advice about
distributed
These would include governmentworkers, counselors physicians,
services.
ministers, and the like, If such a directory of current
teachers,
were widely disseminated, people in need of services would
information
likely obtain those services. This.communication to the people
more
need, plus the recommended changes in the delivery system of govern-
in
services such as would be available at a multiservice center
mental
better assure that those needing services will be able to obtain
will
them.
IN WASHINGTON STATE: PROGRAMS PROVIDED BY
REHABILITATION
AGENCIES, was published in 1968 by the Planning Commission for
STATE
Rehabilitation. Also publishedin 1968 by the Planning
Vocational
was the DIRECTORY OF AGENCIES PROVIDING WORK TRAINING AND/OR
Commission
SHELTERED EMPLOYMENT IN WASHINGTON STATE.
Rehabilitation Is now only one of many agencies
Vocational
thepopular term "rehabilitation" to describe program efforts.
using
other activities which.have the effect of rehabilitation upon
These
indiviuals served are a wholesome development. Such imitation
the
can be considered a compliment.
almost all other agencies are subject to some
However,
not felt by Vocational Rehabilitation. The uniqueness
limitations
Vocational Rehabilitation among agencies serving disadvantaged
about
is described in a publication of the Council of State Admin-
people
of Vocational Rehabilitation, THE SATEFEDERAL VOCATIONAL
istrators
PROGRAM LOOKS TO THE FUTURE, in these words;
REHABILITATION
strength of the state vocational rehabilitation programs
The
a total program of services to handicapped people stems
in
a considerable extent from the unique qualities of the
to
Some of these are discussed briefly in the
programs.
following paragraphs:
267

The vocational rehabilitation agencies are responsible
i.
providing vocational rehabilitation services to all
for
youth and adults with employment problems. In
disabled
a state vocational rehabilitation agency cannot ex-
fact,
any class of handicapped people and receive federal
clude
Most agencies with related programs have services
funds.
to a specific class of the handicapped, such as
limited
mentally ill, the mentally retarded, the alcoholic, the
the
offender, etc., or to certain age groups.
Vocational rehabilitation agencies have authority to
2.
substantially all of the services that are needed
provide
evaluate the rehabilitation potential of the individual
to
prepare him for employment. Most agencies with related
and
are limited to the provision of specified services,
programs
as medical services, social, security benefits, voca-
such
training, placement, etc. The opportunity to provide
tional
of the services rather than a part of the services needed
all
help an individual achieve rehabilitation is an indispen-
to
element in the vocational rehabilitation process and
sable
contributed most substantially to the results that have
has
achieved. It has resulted in the development of a new
been
rehabilitation counseling, the skills of which
profession,
vocational evaluation and integration of all services
include
toward helping a handicapped person solve his pro-
directed
blems.
The services of a state vocational rehabilitation agency
3.
available on equal terms to handicapped people in all
are
of. the state. Services are notdependent upon
subdivisions
action of localgovernmental bodies, although the coop-
the
of subdivisions of the state is sought; these sub-
eration
may contribute to the enrichment of programs for
divisions
own handicapped people,under conditions specified in
their
vocational rehabilitation plans.
state
Laws and regulations governing the administration of
4.
programs in the state are flexible, enabling
rehabilitation
state agency to work with related agencies in almost
the
waythat will expedite the rehabilitation of handicapped
any
Vocational rehabilitation agencies may either pro-
people.
services directly or purchase services from other state
vide
voluntary agencies or from private practitioners. For
or
a state agency may provide directly most counseling
example,
but purchase most of its medical services. This
services
has made it possible for these state vocational
flexibility
agencies to initiate cooperative agreements
rehabilitation
other agencies and to be innovators in developing joint
with
programs.
268

The flexibility of funding of state vocational agency
5.
makes-it possible for state vocational rehabilita-
programs
agencies to be experimental and innovative in their
tion
to the provision of rehabilitation services. As
approach
result of this flexibility, vocational rehabilitation
a
have expanded rapidly in recent years, utilizing
agencies
methods and techniques in the provision of services,
new
initiating rehabilitation services to groups for whom
and
such services were not formerly available.
first priority is to expand appropriations making voca
The
rehabilitation services available to all handicapped individ
tional
in the state by July 1975. Total appropriations, federal and
uals
in 1975 would have to be increased about nine times over the
state,
appropriated per year for the 1969-1971 biennium. Appropria
money
of the magnitude of i00 million to.120 million dollars per year
tions
be required if Vocational Rehabilitation serves the estimated
will
eligible, feasible and interested potential new clients of
37,500
Vocational Rehabilitation in Washington State in 1975.
at the needs of the rehabilitation program we seem
Looking
see it through interlaced dollar signs. Money can add quality, and
to
to the service, employ the staff, expand the program. It can
quantity
the facilities, create new service centers, add beds to hospitals.
build
for brochures, for TV and radio spots it becomes the great com
Spent
It buys the talent for effective administration.
municator.
costs money, Just as seeds do. A gardener
Rehabilitation
for his seed with the knowledge that he will have. a return.
pays
view of the cost to the state of dependency the cost of
In
and maintaining an adequate vocational rehabilitation pro-
developing
would be an investment which should pay large dividends in future
gram
years.
Planning Commission has attempted to describe as many
The
as possible which would improve the functioning of the rehab
programs
programs within the State of Washington and in the nation
ilitation
a whole. Modesty requires the admission that not all problems will
as
solved, even should our recommendations be adopted in full. In the
be
of Ernst Toiler, introducing a volume of his plays:
words
plays collected in this volume ae social dramas and
The
They bear witness to human suffering and to
tragedies.
yet vain struggles to vanquish this suffering. For
fine
unnecessary suffering can bevanquished the suffer-
only
which arises out of the unreason of humanity, out of
ing
inadequate social system. There must always remain a
an
of suffering, the lonely suffering imposed upon
residue
by life and death. And only this residue is
mankind
and inevitable, is the tragic element of life
necessary
of life's symbolizer, art.
and
269

are convinced that the good of the individual served, as
We
as the good of the state itself, will be benefited by attention
well
the recommendations of this Planning Commission for Vocational
to
Rehabilitation.
basic purpose of the Planning CommiSsion for Vocational
The
has been to recommend improvements in rehabilitation
Rehabilitation
so that more clients may be better served at a savings to society.
it is that men who can organize themselves and their
Why
and resources to get to the moon apparently
knowledge
do a great many other things of equal worth and
cannot
urgency
greater
fact, the vision, skill, courage and intelligence that
In
gone into the space program ought to shame mankind--
have
Americans in particular. .Because if men can do what
and
astronauts and their earthbound colleagues--human
the
all--have done, why cannot we build the houses we
beings
Why must our cities be choked in traffic and the
need?
polluted air it produces?
are our lakes and rivers so fouled by mankind that, as
Why
Kennedy once said, if you fall in you don't drown,
Bob
dissolve? Why is virtually every major city without
you
safe and comfortable public transportation? Why
clean,
our airways and airports overcrowded to the point of
are
Why does every effort to remove slums and rebuild
scandal?
cities bog down in red tape and red ink?
a nation can train and organize the skilled manpower
When
to launch and recover Apollo, why can't it train
needed
employ the unskilled manpower standing hopeless and
.and
on the ghetto streets? Why are the transient
embittered
on both coasts, Indians in the West, blacks in the
workers
and unfortunates in every state going hungry in the
South
nation in the world? Is it not obscene for a nation
richest
conquered polio to permit pellagra and rockets?
that
Tom Wicker, THE NEW YORK TIMES, March 20 1969
270

REFERENCES
James and Walker, Evans. LET US NOW PRAISE FAMOUS MEN.
Agee,
Mifflin Company, c1939.
Houghton
Psychological Association. PROCEEDINGS OF THE 76th ANNUAL
American
1968. Volume 3. The Association, 1200 Seven-
CONVENTION
teenth N.W., Washington, D.C.
Maxwell. WINTERSET. (In Representative American Plays,
Anderson,
H. Quinn, comp.) Appleton-Century-Crofts, c1953.
A.
of Rehabilitation Centers, Inc. SUPPORTIVE PERSONNEL
Association
REHABILITATION CENTERS. The Association in cooperation with
IN
Rehabilitation Research & Training Center, Pennsylvania
Arkansas
and Training Center. August 1967.
Research
AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF MALCOLM X. Grove Press., c1964.
Andrea, and Lurie, Jay. REPORT ON THE PREVALENCE OF DISABILITY
Ayers,
WASHINGTON STATE. Prepared under supervision of Jerald
IN
Director of Graduate Program for Vocational Rehabili-
Forster,
Counselors. University of Washington, Seattle. Septem-
tation
ber 1968.
Jackson. OUR PRISONS ARE CRIMINAL. (In New York Times
Bruce,
September 22, 1968.)
Maazine,
Cairns, Fred I. PROGRESS IS UNORTHODOX. Boston, Beacon Press, c1950.
Cleaver, Eldridge. SOUL ON ICE. McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1968.
of State Administrators Of Vocational Rehabilitation. THE
Council
VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION PROGRAM LOOKS TO THE
STATE-FEDERAL
A STATEMENT OF MISSION AND GOALS. The Council , 1522
FUTURE:
Street, N.W,, Washington, D.C.n.d.
K
Martin. THE INCIDENCE OF DISABILITY IN MARYLAND. Univer-
Dishart,
of Maryland, College of Education, August 1967.
sity
Robert. HANDICAPPED AMERICANS. (In Consressional Records,
Dole,
14, 1969)
April
Kurt. ESCAPE FROM CONFINEMENT. (In Journal of Rehabili-
Dreifuss,
Vol. 35, No. i, January-February 1969)
tation,
H. Wentworth. TAMING MEGALOPOLIS. Volume II. How to
Eldredge,
an Urbanized World. Anchor Books. 1967.
Manage
272

Paul M., Jr., M.D. THE REHABILITATION-INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX:
Ellwood,
A NEW REHABILITATION MARKET. The Donald Dabelstein
TOWARD
Lecture. 1968 NRA Conference. (In Journal of Rehabili-
Memorial
Vol. 35, No. 2, March-April 1969)
tation,
Daniel J. INAUGURAL ADDRESS. Delivered to the Forty-first
Evans,
in joint session. Olympia, Washington, January 15,
Legislature
1969.
Gardner, John W. NO EASY VICTORIES. Harper & Row, c1968.
Seymour. THE REFORM OF MENTAL HOSPITALS. (In Psychology
Halleck,
Vol. 2, No. i0, March 1969.)
Today,
Donald W. COOPERATIVE SCHOOL/REHABILITATION PROGRAMS.
Hamilton,
Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, 1969.
Typescript.
Charles. THE DISCONTENT EXPLOSION IN MENTAL HEALTH. (In
Hersch,
Psy.cholo$ist, Vol. 23, No. 7, July 1968.)
American
Joseph. A DECADE OF PROGRESS. (In Journal of Rehab111tation,
.Hunt,
35, No. i, January-February 1969.)
Vol.
Donald R. ALTERNATIVES TO CONJUGAL VISITING. Typescript.
Johns,
Department of Institutions, Olympia, Washington, 1969.
State
County, Washington. Easter Seal Society. GUIDEBOOK TO SEATTLE
King
THE HANDICAPPED. Compiled and published by the Junior
FOR
of Seattle, Inc., in cooperation with the Society.
League
1966.
Justus F. SEATTLE AREA STROKE PATIENT BED NEED. A
Lehmann,
medical program report. University of Washington 1968.
Regional
Oscar. LA VIDA: A PUER=]iT .I!ICAN FAMILY IN THE CULTURE OF
Lewis,
SAN JUAN AND NE Y(iIK. Random House, c1965.
POVERTY
Reuben J. COUNSELOR $ELF.-EXAMINATION AND CLIENT MOTIVA-
Margolin,
(In Professional Bulletin. Vol. VIII, January 1968.
TION.
National Rehabilitation Conseiing Association.)
Walter S. WORK AND HUMAN BEHAVIOR. (In American Psychological
Neff,
Division 22 uiitin. Vol. 15, No. 3, November 1968.)
Association
Jersey. Department of !nstittions. POVERTY AND MENTAL RETAR-
New
A CAUSAL RELATIONSHiP By Rodger L. Hurley. Division
DATION
of Mental Retardation, !68
Charles E. IMPROVING OPPORTUNITIES THROUGH COORDINATION.
Odell,
Journal of Rehabilitatien Vol. 35, No. 2, March-April 1969.)
(In
273

Comprehensive Statewide Planning for Vocational Rehabilitation
Ohio.
REPORT OF THE GOVERNOR'S COUNCIL ON VOCATIONAL REHABILI-
Services.
Bureau of Vocational Rehabilitation, Columbus, Ohio.
TATION.
1968.
September
Sylvia. "LATE START" PROGRAM COULD HELP ELDERLY. In Seattle
Porter,
August 21, 1968.)
Post-Intelligencer,
Commission for Observance of Human Rights Year (1968).
President's
UNIVERSAL DECLARATION OF HUMAN RIGHTS. Article 23. The
THE
Commission, n.d.
Commission on Law Enforcement and Administration of
President's
THE CHALLENGE OF CRIME IN A FREE SOCIETY. The Commission,
Justice.
Washington, D.C. February 1967.
THE NARCOTIC ADDICT. Report of Institute on New Devel-
REHABILITATING
in the Rehabilitation of the Narcotic Addict, Fort Worth,
opments
February 16-18, 1966. Sponsored jointly by the Division
Texas,
Hospitals of the U. S. Public Health, Service, Vocational
of
Rehabilitation Administration and Texas Christian University.
Nan. DATA BANK: A THREAT TO YOUR PRIVACY? (In Sunday
Robertson,
York Times, January 7, 1968.)
New
Roosevelt, Franklin D. Second Bill of Rights. n.d.
Howard A. INDUSTRIAL. ACCIDENTS. (InNewYorkTimes,.Septem-
Rusk,
i, 1968.)
ber
Edward E. A MODERN SISYPHUS GOES TO COLLEGE. Presented at
Sampson,
Annual Meeting of the American Psychological Association,
the
San Francisco, California. September 1968.
Clair (and others). RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIAL RELATIONS.
Selltiz,
Rinehart and Winston, Inc., 1959.
Holt,
William F. HIPPIE: BASTARD SON OF THE BEAT GENERATION, Joint
Soskin,
on Mental Health of Children, Inc., University of
Commission
California, Berkeley, December 1967.
George R. NOT SO RICH AS YOU THINK. Boston, Houghton.Mifflin,
Stewart,
1968.
Mary E. COORDINATION: A PROBLEM AND A PROMISE (In Journal
Switzer,
Rehabilitation, Vol. 35, No. 2, March-April 1969)
of
Thomas fHE CR!ME OF COMMITMENT, 6in PsychologyToday,
$zasz,
2, No. I0, March 1969.)
Vol.
274

Toiler, Ernst. SEVEN PLAYS. Liveright Publishing Corporation, c1934.
S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Office of Education.
U.
YOUTH WE HAVEN'T SERVED A CHALLENGE TO VOCATIONAL EDUCATION.
THE
By Barbara Kemp. U. S. Government Printing Office, 1966.
S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Social and
U.
Service.- Office of Research, Demonstrations,
Rehabilitation
Training. RESEARCH AND DEMONSTRATIONS BRIEFS: Vol. II,
and
6. Plastic surgery for public offenders, January 2, 1969;
No.
Vol. II, No. 8. Managing the information explosion,
and
3, 1969.
February
(State). Census Board. POPULATION FORECASTS: STATE OF
Washington
1965 to 1985. By Calvin F. Schmid (and others).
WASHINGTON,
Seattle, Washington, March 1965.
(State). Commission on the Causes and Prevention of Civil
Washington
RACE AND VIOLENCE IN WASHINGTON STATE. Published by
Disorder.
Secretary of State, Olympia, Washington, 1969.
(State). Department of Health. PROJECT REPORT: REHABILI-
Washington
EDUCATION SERVICE, January i, 1959 to December 31, 1961.
TATION
cooperative effort by the State Department of Health, Depart-
A
of Public Assistance, and the Division of Vocational Rehab-
ment
ilitation. Olympia, 1962.
(State). Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. 1,855
Washington
STORIES. An Annual Report. The Division, Olympia,
SUCCESS
Washington, 1968.
(State). Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. INTERIM
Washington
PLAN FOR WORKSHOPS AND FACILITIES, 1968. By Payson H.
STATE
Jeynes. The Division, September 1968.
(State). Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. SOCIAL
Washington
TRUST FUND PAYMENTS FOR VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
SECURITY
Prepared by Donald P. Holden. Typescript. The
SERVICES.
March 31, 1969.
Division,
(State). Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. Vocational
Washington
Outlook. Winter Issue, 1968.
Rehabilitation
(State). Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. WORKSHOP
Washington
OF PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES. The Division, 1968.
MANUAL
(State). GovernorVs Advisory Council on Urban Affairs.
Washington
WASHINGTON: APATHY OR ACTION? A report. Urban Affairs
URBAN
c/o Secretary of State, Legislative Building, Olympia,
Council,
1968.
275

(State). Governor's Mental Health and Mental Retardation
Washington
Committee. EVERYBODY'S CHILDREN. A summary of Washing-
Planning
Comprehensive Plan to Help the Mentally Retarded. The
ton's
Olympia, 1966.
Committee,
(State). Governor's Task Force on Executive Organization.
Washington
TO GOVERNOR DANIEL J. EVANS. Brewster C. Denny, Chairman.
REPORT
The Committee, Olympia, 1968.
(State). Office of Superintendent of Public Instruction.
Washington
SURVEY OF THE STATUS AND NEEDS OF SECONDARY SPECIAL EDUCATION.
A
G. Newton Buker. Office of Superintendent of Public Instruction,
By
Capitol Building, Olympia, 1968.
Old
(State). Planning and Community Affairs Agency. NONWHITE
Washington
STATE OF WASHINGTON. By Calvin F. Schmid (and others).
RACES,
The Agency, Olympia, 1968.
(State). State Legislature, Forty-First Regular Session,
Washington
HOUSE JOINT MEMORIAL NO. 9. By Representative John
1969.
"To the Honorable Richard M. Nixon, President of the
Merrill.
States, and to the Senate and House of Representatives
United
the United States of America, in Congress Assembled." This
of
a petition to Congress to enact legislation "expanding assis-
is
tance to solve the transportation needs of handicapped people."
(State). Statewide Planning Commission for Vocational
Washington
DIRECTORY OF AGENCIES PROVIDING WORK TRAINING
Rehabilitation.
SHELTERED EMPLOYMENT IN WASHINGTON STATE. Developed
AND/OR
the University of Washington (Seattle) Rehabilitation
under
Education Program. Compiled by Charles Freeman,
Counselor
Fisher, Betty Marion, and Larry Paustian. Editorial
Carolyn
comments by Jerald R. Forster, Ph.D.
.(State). Statewide Planning Commission for Vocational
Washington
REHABILITATION ADVANCE: PLANNING TO SERVE
Rehabilitation.
HANDICAPPED AND DISADVANTAGED. ASummary. David C. Carson.
THE
Commission, 1969.
The
(State). Statewide Planning Commission for Vocational
Washington
REHABILITATION IN WASHINGTON STATE: PROGRAMS
Rehabilitation.
BY STATE AGENCIES. David C. Carson, Eo M. Oliver and
PROVIDED
B. Welsh, Jr. The Commission, Olympia, 1968.
John
University. ROLE OF VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION IN COMMUN-
Wisconsin.
MENTAL HEALTH. Report of a conference, September 13-15
ITY
Madison, Wisconsin, under auspices of Wisconsin Psychia-
1967,
Institute University of Wisconsin and Rehabilitation
tric
Administration, Region V. Edited by Leigh M. Roberts.
Services
1968.
The-University,
276

Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. FINAL REPORT
Wisconsin.
STATEWIDE PLANNING FOR VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
COMPREHENSIVE
SERVICES. The Division, 1968.
Publications of the Rehabilitation Services Administration
S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. Rehabilitation
U.
Administration. U. S. Government Printing Office,
Services
Washington, D.C.
ANALYSIS OF VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION SERVICES FOR NONDISABLED
AN
PERSONS. Prepared by Division of Statistics and
DISADVANTAGED
the Administration, Washington, D.C. Reprinted by
Studies
Council for Occupational Education, Division of
Coordinating
Vocational Rehabilitation, Olympia, Washington, 1968.
STATISTICS STATE VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION AGENCIES:
CASELOAD
1968.
INTRODUCTION TO THE VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION PROCESS; A
AN
MANUAL. By John F. McGowan and Thomas L. Porter.
TRAINING
Revised July 1967.
OF THE ALCOHOLIC: A REPORT FROM THE STUDY GROUP
REHABILITATION
REHABILITATION OF THE ALCOHOLIC AND PUBLIC OFFENDER. Sixth
ON
on Rehabilitation Services, May 20-22, 1968, University
Institute
Pennsylvania.
Park,
OF THE PUBLIC OFFENDER. Fifth Institute on
REHABILITATION
Services, May 22-25, 1967, Madison, Wisconsin.
Rehabilitation
VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION AGENCY PROGRAM DATA FISCAL
STATE.
1967.
YEAR
277

APPENDICES
278

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
280
rO
0
APPENDIX A
o

CHAIRMEN OF REGIONAL COMMITTEES
Mr. Herb Altschull Region I Seattle
.Mr. Rodney A. Boddington Region II Sultan
William N. Paris
Mr.
D. Murray Mason
Mr.
III Longview
Region
III Longview
Region
Mrs. Sherman Pinto Region IV Tacoma
The Honorable Robert D. McDougall Region V Wenatchee
The Honorable Marjorie Lynch Region VI Yakima
Helen Powers
Mrs.
Raymond Raschko
Mr.
Vll Spokane
Region
VII Spokane
Region
Mr. Roger C. Larson Region VIII Pullman
282
APPENDIX B

APPENDIX C
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Commission and staff are greatly indebted to these advisory
The
many of whose members met numerous times to study needs,
committees,
problems, consider proposals and work out pocedures. Their
identify
efforts are reflected at many points in this report.
dedicated
sincere appreciation is also expressed to those many con-
Our
citizens who attended the series of local hearings and study
cerned
throughout the state to express the needs of the disabled and
sessions
contribute their thinking toward solutions.
to
Forster, Ph.D.,
Jerald
Seattle
Chairman,
Grindrod, Seattle
Edward
R. Erickson, Seattle
Dennis
H. P. Hall, Seattle
J.
Martha MacFarlane, Seattle
Ms.
J. Goleeke,
William
Seattle
Chairman,
Helen Mickelsen,
Mrs.
Seattle
Co-chairman,
C. Betz, Co-chairman,
Roger
Seattle
Settle, Seattle
Kenneth
D. Powell, Seattle
Robert
J. Rhodes, Ph.D.,
Robert
Seattle
M. Hudson, Seattle
Richard
J. Whitmore, M.D.,
Janet
Seattle
James Osborn, Seattle
Mrs.
Robert V. Schembs,
Mrs.
Issaquah
ADVISORY COMMITTEES
TASK FORCE I REGION I KING COUNTY
(Prevalence of Disability)
Constance Carter, Seattle
Ms.
S. Lane, Vashon
William
Helen A. Hanson, Seattle
Ms.
R. Sparkman, M.D., Seattle
Donal
Carl L. Marrs, Redmond
TASK FORCE II REGION I KING COUNTY
(Workshops, Facilities, & Resources)
283
W. Carter, Seattle
Randolph
G. Russell, Seattle
Douglas
Beryl Gridley, Seattle
Mrs.
W. Baker, Bremerton
Robert
H. Jeynes, Olympia
Payson
Holly T. Day, Seattle
Mrs.
Arwine, Seattle
Russ
Jacobson, Bellevue
Albert
A. E. Naess, Jr., Seattle
J.
A. Mehas, Seattle
Arthur
Blanche Wolman, Edmonds
Ms.
Nathanson, Kirkland
Phil
Kay Plumb, Seattle
Ms.
Walkama, Seattle
William

E. Unti, Chairman,
William
Seattle
TASK FORCE III REGION I KING COUNTY
Lewellen, Seattle
Dwayne
Blanche Causey, Seattle
Ms.
Sweetser, Seattle
Jack
D. Stanley, Seattle
Dayton
Frances Taylor, Seattle
Mrs.
Rose Lee, Seattle
Ms.
S. Sampson, Seattle
Miles
W. Abbott, Seattle
Chauncy
L. Eastly, Seattle
Leonard
Elizabeth Benedict,
Miss
Seattle
Dorothy Bostrom, Seattle
Miss
Harold Fish, Seattle
Palmer, Ph.D.,
Densley
Seattle
Chairman,
Cecile Lindquist,
Mrs.
Seattle
Co-chairman,
Bette King, Seattle
Mrs.
W. Taylor, Auburn
Harold
Holman, Auburn
Hayes
MacDonald, Seattle
Carl
J. Straka, Kent
Thomas
Anne Milner, Seattle
Ms.
John Milner, Seattle
Mrs.
Howard, Seattle
Roy
(Interagency Coordination)
Josephine Bates, Seattle
Ms.
Mineo Katagiri, Seattle
Rev.
Thibaudeau, Seattle
Roger
Gladys Kirk, Seattle
Ms.
Claypool, Seattle
Paul
H. Kennedy, Seattle
Elmer
Cobb, Seattle
Mrs.Marguerite
E. Cole, M.D., Seattle
Robert
Bigelow, Seattle
John
Johnson, Seattle
Frank
Adolph Gruhn, Seattle
Mrs.
Jan Twight, Seattle
Ms.
D. Ford, Bellevue
Loren
R. Cornell, Seattle
Gary
Percy B. Bell, Seattle
TASK FORCE IV REGION I KING COUNTY
(Vocational Training and Technical Changes)
V. Low, Bellevue
Cecil
Aurora Temple, Seattle
Ms.
Mrs. Tusguo Ikeda, Seattle
S. Leckenby, Seattle
William
O...Stewart, Seattle
Louis
John Bakke, Kirkland
Mrs.
DeBell, Bellevue
George
J. Schierberl, Seattle
Edward
Pattison, Seattle
Warren
Marian Hedgecock, Seattle
Miss
R. Dunham, Seattle
Jerome
T. Spencer, Seattle
John
G. Olsen, Seattle
Jack
Puckett, Seattle
Gordon
Wilson, Seattle
Lloyd
A. Allan, Ed.D., Midway
M.
L. C. Hoover, Edmonds
Dr.
Phillip Heggen, Seattle
TASK FORCE V REGION I KING COUNTY
(Barriers to Employment of the Handicapped)
Johnson, Chairman,
Charles
Seattle
Donald Brazier, Seattle
Mrs.
Carol DeVry, Seattle
Miss
Hayashi, Auburn
Richard
Myla Koch, Seattle
Mrs.
Raklios, Seattle
John
D. Smith, Federal Way
Vincent
284
Steinberg, Seattle
Herb
Stricker, Bellevue
Gus
Taft, Seattle
William
Evans Wyckoff, Seattle
Mrs.
Stolov, M.D., Seattle
Walter
Pontius, Seattle
Lester
Silverman,M.D., Seattle
Donald
Arland Bratnold, Seattle
Mrs.

TASK FORCE I REGION II
ISLAND, JEFFERSON, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, AND
CLALLAM,
COUNTIES
WHATCOM
Patterson, Co-chairman,
Mark
Everett
Gilmore, Ph.D.,
Harold
Everett
Co-chairman,
Hazel Venables, Everett
Mrs.
Beryl Manley, Everett
Mrs.
Wirt, Monroe
Robert
L. Miller, Bellingham
Keith
Kanarr, Port Townsend
John
Buse, Marysville
August
(Prevalence of Disability)
Hugh Cantelon, Bellingham
Rev.
Verna Frees, Edmonds
Mrs.
Alice White, Chimacum
Ms.
Dignum, Port Townsend
Daine
Trudi Heffern, Mt. Vernon
Ms.
F. Rodenberga, Mukilteo
Robert
H. Merritt, Mt. Vernon
Robert
C. Studry, Mt. Vernon
N.
Mrs. Helen Pemberton, Port Angeles
TASK FORCE II REGION II
ISLAND, JEFFERSON, SAN JUAN' SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, AND
CLALLAM,
COUNTIES
WHATCOM
Jacobsen, Co-chairman,
Carl
Everett
Hatch, Co-chairman
Michael
Lynnwood
Olson, Bellingham
Charles
F. Thompson, Ph.D.,
E.
Woolley
Sedro
Shirley Benke,
Mrs.
Terrace
Mountlake
Gladys Eckhart, Edmonds
Ms.
Ms. Reda E. Albright, Bellingham
(Workshops, Facilities, & Resources)
K. Fort, Mt. Vernon
Richard
H. Holmes, Marysville
C.
Ruthruff, Port Angeles
Harold
G. Thorlakson, Mt. Vernon
Richard
E. Harris, Anacortes
Roy
Donat, Mt. Vernon
Dan
Frasier, Oak Harbor
George
L. White, Everett
Allan
E. Sharp, Mt. Vernon
John
Wrobel, Burlington
Charles
Strong, Burlington
Adrian
Eggert, Bellingham
Marvin
TASK FORCE III REGION II
ISLAND, JEFFERSON, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, AND
CLALLAM,
COUNTIES
WHATCOM
D. White, Chairman,
Charles
Olympia
H. Ostling, Co-chairman,
Edward
Everett
J. Bourns, Bellingham
B.
A. Elmore, Monroe
R.
R. Truax, Mr. Vernon
W.
F. Feldmann, Bellingham
Lester
Earnest D. Byers, Everett
(Interagency Coordination)
285
W. Ford, Anacortes
Jesse
Bernice Duvall, Mt. Vernon
Mrs.
Vera Hays, Bellingham
Mrs.
Margaret DeBore, Alderwood Manor
Mrs.
J. Dodson, Snohomish
Robert
M. Quaranta, Everett
Joe
Clifford Anderson, Everett
Dr.
Thompson, Ph.D., Sedro Woolley
Fred

TASK FORCE IV REGION II
ISLAND, JEFFERSON, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, AND
CLALLAM,
COUNTIES
WHATCOM
Engman, Chairman,
Kenneth
Everett
(Vocational Training and Technical Changes)
Clement, Co-chairman,
William
Bellingham
Pruiett, Mt. Vernon
Ray
Smith, Bellingham
Ray
Pierce, Mt. Vernon
Vernon
Leathers, Mt. Vernon
Sam
Langenhorst, Mt. Vernon
Hubert
Pittman, Mt. Vernon
Robert
Ernie Fox, Monroe
TASK FORCE V REGION II
Ludwick, Mukilteo
Ernie
Edith Wicker, Sedro Woolley
Mrs.
Libby Matthias, Everett
Ms.
Wilma Smith, Burlington
Ms.
Vera Fuhrman, Mountlake Terrace
Ms.
Bliss, Bellingham
Ed
Anna Cowles, Lake Stevens
Mrs.
Ednis Dunbar, Port Townsend
Miss
ISLAND, JEFFERSON, SAN JUAN, SKAGIT, SNOHOMISH, AND
CLALLAM,
COUNTIES.
WHATCOM
(Barriers to Employment of the Handicapped)
Carle, Chairman,
Harry
Everett
Farnham, Everett
L.
Holmes, Port Townsend
John
Lucille Jones,
Ms.
Woodinville
TASK FORCE I REGION III
E. Sternberg, Seattle
Louis
Evelyn M. Hylton, Olympia
Ms.
Mary Long, Lynnwood
Mrs.
Grace Hunter, Edmonds
Ms.
CLARK, COWLITZ, LEWIS, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES
Foley, Longview
Ray
A. Johnson, Longview
Joe
Dean Gregorius, Longview
J.
Gennette, Kelso
Tom
Betty Jones, Chehalis
Mrs.
Marilyn Hoehne, Longview
Mrs.
(Prevalence of Disability)
286
Betty Steinke, Vancouver
Mrs.
Leone Sunderland, Longview
Ms.
Ruth Ford, Longview
Ms.
M. Woodworth, Vancouver
Lionel
Mr. Marshall Fernandez, Camas

TASK FORCE II REGION III
CLARK, COWLITZ, LEWIS, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES
& Mrs. James Gould,.
Mr.
Vancouver
Co-chairmen,
Thoreson, Centralia
Jerry
Joe Dixon, Vancouver
Mrs.
Duke, Vancouver
Fred
C. Smith, Vancouver
Ray
& Mrs. Edward E..Staley,
Mr.
Vancouver
(Workshops, Facilities, & Resources)
White, Portland
Floyd
Jeynes, Olympia
Payson
& Mrs. Glen R. Hull,
Mr.
Chehalis
Doris Johnston, Centralia
Ms.
Mary I. Robinson, Centralia
Ms.
Mary Lou Harris, Chehalis
Mrs.
Nadine Williams, Longview
Ms.
TASK FORCE III REGION III
CLARK, COWLITZ, LEWIS, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES
Tegarden, Chairman,
Donald
Kelso
Tinker, Longview
William
H. Horne, Longview
Harold
Dusenbery, Vancouver
Harris
Bonnie Easley, Longview
Ms.
C. Hall, Longview
Herb
Peterson, Kelso
Wesley
E. Hoehne, Longview
Mark
Holloman, Chehalis
David
(Interagency Coordination)
Mary W. Silk, Vancouver
Mrs.
Linda Miller, Vancouver
Miss
Steffen, Vancouver
Daryle
Cooper, Toutle
Bob
Martin Lee, Castle Rock
Rev.
B. McFadden, Stevenson
C.
Howard Murphy, Wahkiakum County
Mrs.
Druschel, Skamania County
Floyd
Richard Adlard, Skamania County
I.
Esther Lines, Chehalis
Miss
TASK FORCE IV REGION III
CLARK, COWLITZ, LEWIS, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES
(Vocational Training and Technical Changes)
Tucker, Chairman,
William
Edmonds
Virgil W. Epperson,
Dr.
Vancouver
R. Kelly, Vancouver
Hobart
Orpha Christianson,
Ms.
Longview
M. Josephine Moore,
Mr.
Longview
287
R. Martinson, Chehalis
Luddy
R. Spagen, Chehalis
David
Virginia Champion, Camas
Mrs.
C. L. Bauer, Vancouver
Mrs.
Agar, Stevenson
Dennis
Toews, Longview
Harry

TASK FORCE V REGION III
CLARK, COWLITZ, LEWIS, SKAMANIA, AND WAHKIAKUM COUNTIES
Berhow, Chairman,
Byron
Vancouver
Wever, Napavine
Rick
S. Allen, Centralia
Hugh
Mary Ellen Trostad,
Ms.
Longview
Elizabeth Meharg,
Mrs.
Kelso
Barbara M. Walker,
Ms.
Vancouver
Dale P. Burr, Vancouver
(Barriers to Employment of the Handicapped)
TASK FORCE I REGION IV
F. McDonnell, Vancouver
J.
Marie C. Lloyd, Vancouver
Ms.
H. Gorton M.D., Kelso
S.
D. Quant, Chehalis
R.
Betty Horne, Longview
Mrs.
W. Schafer, Chehalis
Marvin
J. C. Aitchison, Washougal
GRAYS HARBOR, KITSAP, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, AND THIDRSTON COUNTIES
Johns, Ph.D.,
Donald
Olympia
Chairman,
Peach, Tacoma
Tom
Oliver, Tacoma
Joe
Sam Ebinger, Shelton
(Prevalence of Disability)
TASK FORCE II REGION IV
N. Weaver, Olympia
William
Genevieve Bruggerman, Olympia
Ms.
Hindman, Aberdeen
George
Ross, Tacoma
Lawrence
Mrs. GeorgeGilman, Tacoma
GRAYS HARBOR, KITSAP, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES
Shields, Chairman,
Doyle
Olympia
C. Flowers, Olympia
Clarence
R. Nelson, Gig
Dolaine
Harbor
Abbie Meach, Olympia
Mrs.
Florence Swope,
Ms.
Bremerton
Flanagan, Lacey
Warren
Fred V. Russell,
Captain
Bremerton
(Workshops, Facilities, & Resources)
288
Acklin York, Silverdale
Mrs.
Jan Loutzenhiser, Olympia
Mrs.
Johnson, Olympia
Norman
Gibbs, Aberdeen
Mrs.
Weber, Ocean Shores
Richard
McElvain, Tumwater
Lloyd
G. Walker, Tacoma
Herman
Nelson, Olympia
Atley
Gentry, Tacoma
James
Jeynes, Olympia
PaysonH.

TASK FORCE III REGION IV
GRAYS HARBOR, KITSAP, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES
Meurer, Chairman,
Jack
Olympia
Blanche Griswold,
Ms.
Bremerton
Alice I. Helenius,
Mrs.
Olympia
R. McDougall,
Gordon
Tacoma
P. Holden, Olympia
Donald
Ruth R. Kane,
Mrs.
Steilacoom
Lenore Simonsen,
Ms.
Bremerton
Laukkanen, Aberdeen
Ron
Paul Ellis, Ph.D., Olympia
(Interagency Coordination)
TASK FORCE IV REGION IV
Eleanor Brown, Bremerton
Ms.
P. FQrd, Ed.D., Tacoma
Thornton
Mantz, Shelton
Bud
Adams, Tacoma
Charles
J. Larsen, Seattle
Ervin
Norton, Renton
John
Jean Gay, Aberdeen
Ms.
W. Mears, Bremerton
Robert
W. Mourray, Tumwater
L.
G. Lloyd, Olalla
Robert
Evelyn Wright, Bremerton
Ms.
Alice Sandvick, Bremerton
Ms.
Carol Hazelrigg, Tacoma
Ms.
Hazel A. Hestley, Bremerton
Ms.
Ms. Shirley Atwater, Bremerton
GRAYS HARBOR, KITSAP, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES
(Vocational Training and Technical Changes)
H. Thoemke, Chairman,
Wallace
Olympia
L. Geyer, Tacoma
Virgil
Donna Baurickter,
Ms.
Puyallup
Fred Miner, Lakewood
Dr.
Center
D. Williams, Ed.D.,
Robert
Bremerton
Irons, Bremerton
Joe
Murphy, Tacoma
John
Brennan, Tacoma
Bruce
M. Gramann, Spanaway
Fred
Carl Stegman, Tacoma
W.
Spilseth, Shelton
Ray
Margaret Howland,
Mrs.
Bremerton
Nolt, Tacoma
Roy
Baird, Tacoma
Ralph
Eva Katzenberger,
Mrs.
Bremerton
289
Dorothy C. Asplund, Olympia
Miss
Jean Olds, Tacoma
Miss
L. Pederson, Aberdeen
Fred
L. Switzer, Tacoma
R.
B. Kluge, Tacoma
Karl
George Warren, Olympia
F.
O. Ireland, Buckley
John
Ellingson, Ph.D., Gig Harbor
Floyd
M. Goodpaster, Shelton
J.
J. Orlando, Tacoma
Robert
Helena G. Adamson, Olympia
Mrs.
Willmarth, Olympia
John
Solvang, Tacoma
Paul
S. Hooper, Bremerton
E.
J. Robinson, Bremerton
M.
L. S. Lewis, Tacoma
Mrs.
Gustafson, Tacoma
Frank
Hamlette, Olympia
Clyde
Catherine Dana, Olympia
Miss
Jacob, Olympia
Sam
Mrs. V. Ringe!, Tacoma

TASK FORCE V REGION IV
GRAYS HARBOR, KITSAP, MASON, PACIFIC, PIERCE, AND THURSTON COUNTIES
(Barriers to Employment of the Handicapped)
Johnson, Chairman,
Bruce
Olympia
L. Lee, Tacoma
Clarence
A. Price, Olympia
Cecil
Jo Anderson, Ph.D.,
Frederic
Tacoma
Leo E. Schmiege, Shelton
TASK FORCE I REGION V
Bernard Saibel, Olympia
Dr.
Auseth, Shelton
Martin
Beals, Tacoma
Crowell
R. Lazare, Tacoma
Daniel
William Buell, Tacoma
CHELAN, DOUGLAS, AND OKANOGAN COUNTIES
John McCaw, Chairman,
Mrs.
Wenatchee
East
Florence Holterhoff,
Ms.
Wenatchee
H. Anderson, Coulee
Elmer
Dam
L. Krens, 0kanogan
Larry
L. Prewitt,
Robert
Wenatchee
Schafer, Wenatchee
David
(Prevalence of Disability)
TASK FORCE II REGION V
Harry D. Hunter, Wenatchee
Dr.
W. Woods, Wenatchee
Robert
Kloes, Wenatchee
Harold
C. Schoeneman, Wenatchee
E.
Maude Craven, East
Ms.
Wenatchee
A. A. Morrison, Wenatchee
CHELAN, DOUGLAS, AND OKANOGAN COUNTIES
Henry Struck, Chairman,
Mrs.
Wenatchee
East
Andrist, Omak
John
Grubich, Wenatchee
Nick
Wagner, Coulee Dam
Joseph
Barbara Starkey,
Ms.
Wenatchee
(Workshops, Facilities, & Resources)
290
Penfold, Wenatchee
Jess
R. Kingston, Wenatchee
George
Allen, Wenatchee
Kenneth
Craven, Wenatchee
Lev
Payson H. Jeynes, Olympia

Eleanor N. Snyder,
Dr.
Wenatchee
Chairman,
Carolyn Warman,
Mrs.
Wenatchee
Co-chairman,
& Mrs. Win Baker,
Mr.
Wenatchee
L. J. Schoentrup,
Mrs.
Wenatchee
Co F. McNeal,
Mrs.
Wenatchee
Carol K. Anderson,
Miss
Wenatchee
Milne, Chairman,
AI
Cashmere
TASK FORCE III REGION V
CHELAN, DOUGLAS, AND OKANOGAN COUNTIES
(Interagency Coordination)
TASK FORCE IV REGION V
Joan Erickson, Wenatchee
Mrs.
Meredith arris, Entiat
Mrs.
Hartley, Wenatchee
Robert
Larson, Wenatchee
Howard
Kuntz, Wenatchee
Mrs.Frank
Stanford, Wenatchee
Glenn
Hood, Cashmere
Bill
Bradford, Wenatchee
Robert
V. Ramsey, Wenatchee
Clyde
Dan McMonagle, Wenatchee
Mrs.
Mrs. Barbara Bonifaci, Wenatchee
CHELAN, DOUGLAS, AND OKANOGAN COUNTIES
(Vocational Training and Technical Changes)
A. Bauer, Co-chairman,
Henry
Wenatchee
V. Breckenridge,
L.
Wenatchee
Wardle, Wenatchee
Wayne
Eva Anderson,
Mrs.
Wenatchee
Frances B. Stanton,
Mrs.
Waterville
TASK FORCE V REGION V
Lee, Wenatchee
Vance
G. Campbell, Wenatchee
Donald
Shirley R. Bossen, Wenatchee
Ms.
AdelineConner, Wenatchee
Mrs.
Pauline Isaminger, Wenatchee
Mrs.
Clark, Omak
Foster
Schmidt, Omak
Wayne
Eller, Wenatchee
Jay
James E. Moran, Wenatchee
CHELAN, DOUGLAS, AND OKANOGAN COUNTIES
(Barriers to Employment of the Handicapped)
Hedeen, Chairman,
Gerald
Wenatchee
East
Richardson, Wenatchee
Claude
C. T. Cedergreen,
Mrs.
Wenatchee
Madland, Wenatchee
Mike
291
Eugene E. Gnagy, Wenatchee
Rev.
C. Kuchenreuther, Wenatchee
I.
Curtis, East Wenatchee
Bob
W. Bryant, Wenatchee
Harley
George, Orondo
Myrl
Avery, Wenatchee
Warren
Kirby Billingsley, Wenatchee

F. Redmond, Ph.D.,
John
Yakima
TASK FORCE I REGION VI
KITTITAS, KLICKITAT, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES
Marchant, Grandview
Lonnie
Follett, Yakima
Don
H. Foster, Yakima
Keith
M. Hayden, Yakima
Paul
G. A. Dierdorff,
Mrs.
Sunnyside
Jeannette S. Johnson,
Ms.
Richland
A. Porter, Ellensburg
Durward
(Prevalence of Disability)
TASK FORCE II REGION Vl
Helen E. Peterson, Yakima
Ms.
Eleanor Heffernan, Yakima
Ms.
C. Smith, akima
Don
Stanley Coffin, Yakima
Mrs.
N. Dickinsen, Yakima
Neil.
Conrad, Yakima
Les
Cliff Onsgard, Grandview
KITTITAS, KLICKITAT, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES
Cook, Chairman, Yakima
Rene
Coppers, Co-chairman,
Bud
Yakima
C. Van Rooy, Yakima
Donald
H. Jeynes, Olympia
Payson
Seago, Yakima
Carl
Roy Brown, Yakima
J.
Dwarshuis, Yakima
Fred
Kathryn Safford, Selah
Miss
J. Rolstad, Yakima
Donald
Boley, Chairman,
Jack
Yakima
Mary Wingate, Yakima
Mrs.
Smith, Yakima
Horace
Pat Erickson,
Mrs.
Ellensburg
(Workshops, Facilities, & Resources)
TASK FORCE III " REGION Vl
L. LaDue, Ellensburg
Walter
Nancy Mears, Mabton
Mrs.
Audrey Bontrager, Yakima
Ms.
Staley, Toppenish
LeRoy
Betty Brunner, Ellensburg
Ms.
Marie Cross, Yakima
Ms.
D. Bennett, Yakima
Earle
Leland S. Harris, Yakima
Dr.
S. Buckman, Yakima
H.
Ruth Adams, Yakima
Ms.
KITTITAS, KLICKITAT, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES
Catherine Brown, Selah
Miss
H. Hendricks, Yakima
LaVar
S. Barnard, Sunnyside
W.
C. Werner, Yakima
Hubert
Garret Horsley, Wapato
(Interagency Coordination)
292
Fram, Selah
Joseph
E. Baldwin, Toppenish
Charles
Ingalsbe, Yakima
Bliss
A. Clarke, Yakima
RoBert
J. Megivern, Toppenish
Richard.
L. Wilson, Ellensburg
Kenneth
Louise M. Murdock, Goldendale
Ms.
O. Field, Yakima
Edward
P. Smith, Yakima
Stanley
Swenson, Yakima
Bill

Wilson, Chairman,
John
Yakima
Knutsen, Grandview
Earl
A. 0'Reilly, Yakima
H.
TASK FORCE IV REGION VI
KITTITAS, KLICKITAT, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES
(Vocational Training and Technical Changes)
S. Henderson, Ellensburg
Hyrum
Effie Mae Lofgren,
Ms.
Goldendale
Bunnell, Yakima
Marion
Driscoll, Yakima
Lee
Gannon, Wapato
Harlan
Blaine C. Hardy, Wapato
TASK FORCE V REGION VI
Cope, Yakima
Wesley
Jaquysh, Yakima
William
V. Lombardi, Union Gap
George
Mamie Morrison, Yakima
Mrs.
Friedline, Jr., Yakima
Martin
Frye, Ed.D., Ellensburg
Ronald
McDowell, Yakima
Don
Mould, Yakima
Richard
Zehr, Yakima
Les
Corless, Sunnyside
Bob
KITTITAS, KLICKITAT, AND YAKIMA COUNTIES
(Barriers to Employment of the Handicapped)
W. Scott, Sr.,
James
Yakima
Chairman,
Knowles, Co-chairman,
Clayton
Yakima
F. Naumann, Ph.D., Ellensburg
T.
Joy, Yakima
Mel
C. Griffith, Yakima
Harold
Kass, Yakima
Ted
Lindgren, Yakima
Olaf
Wilson, Yakima
Mort
Wehde, Yakima
Fred
Hoshauer, Yakima
Dan
Carter, Yakima
Don
Davis, Yakima
Hugh
James Nolan, Yakima
TASK FORCE I REGION VII
FERRY, GRANT, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, AND
ADAMS,
COUNTIES
STEVENS
Abey, Chairman, Spokane
Les
Priebe, Co-chairman,
Melcher
Spokane
R. Francisco, Spokane
Barney
Dr. Donald C. Scott, Spokane
(Prevalence of Disability)
293
Florence Hansen, Spokane
Mrs.
Jeanne Gladder, Spokane
Mrs.
Milan
Charles-Jasper,
B. Craig, M.D., Spokane
Arthur

TASK FORCE II REGION Vll
FERRY, GRANT, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, AND
ADAMS,
COUNTIES
STEVENS
(Workshops, Facilities, & Resources)
Maxene Freeman, Chairman,
Miss
Spokane
Dunning, Co-chairman,-
Arthur
Spokane
R. Slavens, Spokane
Morris
Messerschmidt, Ph.D.,
Ramona
Spokane
R. Graybeal, Olympia
Earl
Robert Burdick, Spokane
C.
W. Harris, M.D., Spokane
Milo
Hester Hutsinpiller, Spokane
Mary Ann Jhnson, Spokane
Ms.
Higgins, Spokane
Charles
Judge, Spokane
Thomas
W LaMunyon, Spokane
W.
W. Emerson, Spokane
Van
Runberg, Spokane
Ted
Max Taylor, Spokane
TASK FORCE III REGION VII
FERRY, GRANT, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, AND
ADAMS,
COUNTIES
STEVENS
Olmstead, Chairman,
Vernon
Spokane
Goodwin, Co-chairman,
Robert
Spokane
L. Gerla, Deer Park
Benjamin
Charneski, Spokane
Larry
Coyle, Spokane
Dan
Ruby Dubois, Colville
Ms.
H. L. Bunch, Spokane
Mrs.
Eleanor Clifton, Spokane
Mrs.
(Interagency Coordination)
TASK FORCE IV REGION Vll
Helen Stensgaard, Spokane
Ms.
Dorothy Matthews, Spokane
Mrs.
Gertrude A. Ray, Spokane
Mrs.
Robert Hanson, Spokane
Mrs.
T. Freeman, Spokane
Clarence
Gerald Fallgren, Spokane
Mrs.
FERRY, GRANT, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, AND
ADAMS,
COUNTIES
STEVENS
Snider, Chairman,
James
Spokane
McKenzie, Co-chairman,
Alex
Spokane
C. J. Mueller, Spokane
Mrs.
Flory, Spokane
Jack
(Vocational Training and Technical Changes)
Hutsell, Spokane
Robert
Eleanor Peterson, Spokane
Ms.
L. Purdy, Spokane
J.
G. Minord, Spokane
L.
294
O. Adams, M.D., Spokane
Alfred
H. Manzer, Deer Park
Lewis
Jessie L. Webb, Colville
Mrs.
L. Harris, Spokane
Eugene
Van Wey, Spokane
Hank
L. Hodin, Spokane
Lillian
Esther Zurbrugg, Spokane
Ms.
R. LaCasse, Spokane
Mrs.

TASK FORCE V REGION Vll
FERRY, GPT, LINCOLN, PEND OREILLE, SPOKANE, AND
ADAMS,
COUNTIES
STEVENS
(Barriers to Employment of the Handicapped)
McCarthy, Chairman,
Charles
Spokane
Hammond, Spokane
Paul
Moyer, Spokane
Michael
McKie, Spokane
Clair
W. Brannon, Colville
Ernest
Virginia J. McCreight,
Ms.
Spokane
J. Archie Morice, Spokane
TASK FORCE I REGION VIII
Crutcher,'Spokane
Mack
Naomi Sawins, Spokane
Ms.
L. C. Taylor, Spokane
Mrs.
Hazel I. Wynkoop, Spokane
Ms.
Marion Thomas, Spokane
Miss
Long, Spokane
Leonard
S. Casebolt, Spokane
Victor
C. Stebbins, Spokane
Darrel
BENTON, COLUMBIA, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, WALLA WALLA,
ASOTIN,
WHITMAN COUNTIES
AND
Robert Bennett, Chairman,
Mrs.
Richland
Brock, Acting Chairman,
George
Pasco
Omer Carey, Pullman
Dr.
C. A. Barnes, Clarkston-
Rev.
Donald R. McGee, Pomeroy
(Prevalence of Disability)
TASK FORCE II REGION VIII
James Aylward, Walla Walla
Mrs.
Gislesen, Pasco
Harold
William H. Coston, Walla Walla
Dr.
E. Robinson, Walla Walla
John
James Cheatham, WallaWalla
Dr.
Catherine Rew, Walla Walla
Mrs.
Ms. Polly James, Clarkston
BENTON, COLUMBIA, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, WALLA WALLA,
ASOTIN,
WHITMAN COUNTIES
AND
Byron Hunt, Chairman,
Dr.
Walla
Walla
(Workshops, Facilities, & Resources)
Lester Mills, Co-chairman,
Mrs.
LaCrosse
Clapp, Walla Walla
Melvin
Kegley, Walla Walla
Vernon
Mrs. Laura Stratton, Richland
295
Patricia E. McMahon, Kennewick
Mrs.
Jeynes, Olympia
Payson
Helen King, Walla Walla
Mrs.
Christianson, Walla Walla
John
Law Risken, Walla Walla

TASK FORCE III REGION Vlll
BENTON, COLUMBIA, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, WALLA WALLA,
ASOTIN,
WHITMAN COUNTIES
AND
Harry Cobain, Chairman,
Mrs.
Walla
Walla
Rutledge, Co-chairman
Dean
Walla
Walla
Reynolds, Walla Walla
Allen
James Cheatham, Walla
Mrs.
Walla
K. Glaze, Clarkston
Gary
G. Clifton, Colfax
Carroll
Harman, Pullman
Eugene
(Interagency Coordination)
Cadman, Dayton
Roy
W. Bryant, Richland
R.
P. Brown, Prosser
Wesley
Helen Harris, Walla Walla
Mrs.
Julia Leva, Pasco
Mrs.
Frankie Day, Richland
Mrs.
Paysse, Pasco
George
Soper, Walla Walla
Keith
Marking, Ed.D., Pasco
Kenneth
Willis E. Sibley
Mrs.
TASK FORCE IV REGION VIII
BENTON, COLUMBIA, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, WALLA WALLA,
ASOTIN,
WHITMAN COUNTIES
AND
(Vocational Training and Technical Changes)
Virginia Hunsaker,
Mrs.
Chairman, Walla Walla
Acting
M. Webb, Co-chairman,
Everett
Pullman
McCloskey, Ph.D.,
Gordon
Pullman
Bowers, Clarkston
Curtis
Dona Todd, Richland
Mrs.
Mary Gallwey, Pullman
Mrs.
Eickum, Connell
John
O' Bryan, Pullman
Mick
Ray, Richland
Donald
Blessinger, Walla Walla
Douglas
Frances Conway, Walla Walla
Ms.
296
Jeanine Turner, Walla Walla
Ms.
Jordan, Walla Walla
Dale
Matthews, Walla Walla
Thearn
MacFarlan, Kennewick
Robert
Corinne K. Parsons, Richland
Mrs.
M. Robison, Richland
Frank
Jane A. Baker, Colfax
Ms.
Violet R. Lane, Walla. Walla
Ms.
Brownlee, Pasco
Phil
K. Shaber, Lewiston, Idaho (LCNS)
G.
Powell, Prosser
Glenn
Housel, Prosser
Charles
Jesse Bender, Pomeroy

TASK FORCE V REGION Vlll
BENTON, COLUMBIA, FRANKLIN, GARFIELD, WALLA WALLA,
ASOTIN,
WHITMAN COUNTIES
AND
(Barriers to Employment of the Handicapped)
Charles Malody, Chairman,
Mrs.
Pasco
E. Baker, Co-chairman,
Clarence
Walla
Walla
Eunice E. Redshaw,
Mrs.
Clarkston
Co-chairman,
C. Adams, Walla Walla
Jack
Denniston, Kennewick
Vernon
Margaret Racy, Kennewick
Mrs.
A. Bates, Pasco
Dale
J. Locati, Walla Walla
Joe
A. Kramer, Richland
Harry
J. Baker, Walla Walla
Carl
A. Norris, Dayton
Thomas
297
Barbara J. Kirschner, Pullman
Mrs.
P. Halbert, Pasco
C.
David Scott, Pullman
Dr.
Perrine, Clarkston
Scott
Ingram, Clarkston
Robert
& Mrs. Don Adams, Clarkston
Mr.
Feucht, Clarkston
Carroll
Anderson, Clarkston
Fred
Hayes, Clarkston
Oliver
Spring, Clarkston
Norman
Clarkston
AntoneMauhar,
Dunaway, Lewiston, Idaho
Jack
Jack Reed, Lewiston, Idaho

APPENDIX D
document has been prepared as a proposal by Percy Bell,
This
Federal Offenders Program, with the help of Cecil A.
Coordinator,
State Supervisor of Correctional Services, both of the Division
Price,
Vocational Rehabilitation, to illustrate the complexity of providing
of
services to all the offenders in Washington State by
rehabilitation
1975.
I. Purposeof Plan
(PROPOSED)
OF WASHINGTON
STATE
CORRECTIONAL REHABILITATION PLAN
COMPREHENSIVE
FOR PUBLIC OFFENDERS
plan is to be the framework upon which a comprehensive
This
for correctional rehabilitation can be built in the State of
plan
As time passes it is expected that changes will be
Washington.
It is hoped this plan will be flexible enough to allow
made.
changes without losing emphasis on and need for major ele-
these
This document will be in the. nature of policy statement.
ments.
will be followed by procedural manuals required to set policy
This
action.
in
implementation of the plan will take time. Funding,
The
of suitable personnel and the establishment of adequate
training
will all influence the speed withwhich implementation
priorities
take place.
can
evaluation and intuitive perceptions may all be used
Research
a basis for making changes in this plan or the procedural
as
manuals.
II. Statement of Principles for Developing this Plan
A. Assumptions
Eventually a program will be in operation that will
i.
major needs of all the clients classified as
meet
public offenders.
Meeting these needs will aid materially in developing
2.
responsible citizenry.
more
3. This will aid in reducing crime and delinquency.
The sooner the counselor can contact the client the
4.
better.
Providing rehabilitation services will enhance and
5.
resources.
conservehuman
298

There are not enough trained persons now to staff
6.
plan.
thefull
B. Other principles
Motivational activities will have to be included in
I.
for services.
planning
Not all clien6s can be reached on an individual basis.
2.
group activity will have to be provided prior to
Some
referral and during .service.
Disinterest in service cannot be used as an excuse
3.
discontinueefforts to provide service. Lack of
to
is part of the disability (deviant behavior)
interest
needs treatment as such.
and
Necessary emergent services need to be supplied during
4.
evaluation period prior to eligibility certification.
the
State rather than district supervision of correctional
5.
services will be continued.
rehabilitation
Most services will be provided by the district in which
6.
correctional facility is located.
the
Correctional rehabilitation counselors will be assigned
7.
caseloads.
specialized
Caseloads will be small enough to allow the counselor
8.
opportunity to provide expeditious service. (not
an
to exceed 50-65 initially)
Nature of Problems Involved.in Developing a Correctional Rehabili-
III.
Plan
tation
Definition of a public offender: A public offender is any
No
or adult convicted or adjudicated by a court of
juvenile
jurisdiction, whether federal, state, or local,
competent
persons institutionalized, probated, paroled or
including
otherwise released.
B. Magnitude of the problem.
State rehabilitation district organization. It is anti-
i.
that housekeeping services, supplies, reports,
cipated
case services will be routinely handled through the
and
organization. Policy decisions, appointment of
district
and decisions regarding questionable case
counselors,
will be made through the State Supervisor of
srvices
Rehabilitation. In-service training will
Correctional
provided by the State Supervisor of Training in
be
299

with the State Supervisor of Correctional
collaboration
Rehabilitation.
2. Crime rates
3. Federal offenders
a. Federal Courts, Probation and Parole officers
Western District, Seattle and north
(i)
Western District, Tacoma and south
(2)
(3) Eastern District, Spokane
b. U. S. Penitentiary, McNeil Island, Steilacoom
c. U. S. Prison Camp, McNeil Island, Steilacoom
d. Indian Tribal Courts
4. State offenders
a. Board of Prison Terms and Parole
b. State Department of Institutions
Division of Probation and Parole
(i)
Division of Adult Correction
(2)
Washington Corrections Center, Shelton
(a
Reception center
i.
Training center
2.
Washington Penitentiary, Walla Walla
(b
Washington State Reformatory, Monroe
(c
Honor Camps at Clearwater, Larch Mountain,
(d
Okan0gan,Washougal
Honor Farms at Monroe and Walla Walla
(e
Women'sPrison, now at Walla Walla
(f
facility under construction at Purdy)
(New
Division of Juvenile Rehabilitation
(3)
Facilities and schools
(a
Cascadia Juvenile Reception and
i.
Center, Tacoma
Diagnostic
Fort Worden Treatment Center, POrt
2.
Townsend
Greenhill School (male), Chehalis
3.
Maple Lane School (female), Grand Mound
4.
Echo Glen School, Preston
5.
Youth Camps
(b
Spruce Canyon, Colville
I.
Cedar Creek, Little Rock
2.
300

Youth Camps (continued)
(b
Mission.Creek, Belfair
3.
Naselle
4.
Indian Ridge (Older Boys), Arlington
5.
Group Homes
(c
Woodinville
i.
Riverside, Tacoma
2.
Ephrata (boys)
3.
Oak Ridge (girls),Lakewood
4.
Canyon View (boys), East Wenatchee
5.
(d Juvenile Parole Offices
5. County-city youth facilities, detention homes
6. County courts and adult jails
Probation and Parole service
a.
Cedar Hills Alcoholism Program
b.
c. Jail services
7. Municipal courts and adult jails
a.
Work release
Probation and parole services
b.
Jail services
c.
8. Tribal Courts, Neah Bay, Taholah, Toppenish, Spokane
School/Vocational Rehabilitation Cooperative Programs
9.
needs
Seattle
I0. Citizen Involvement
a.
Facilities
Halfway houses
(i)
Work and study release facilities
(2)
M-2 Program job therapy
(3)
First Avenue Service Center
(4)
Pioneer Industries
(5)
Friends of Youth
(6)
Jewish Homes
(7)
Catholic Homes
(8)
Lutheran Homes
(9)
Atlantic Street Center
(I0)
Other programs including Model Cities
(ii)
IV. Eligibility Case Finding, Referral Sources
Characteristics of the Public Offender: Most public offenders
Ao
meet the criteria for services as provided by the 1965
can
to the Vocational Rehabilitation Act. However,
Amendments
eligibility does have to be documented, using medical,
this
301

Bo
Co
DQ
No
or psychological reports. Most of these clients
psychiatric
exhibit a behavioral disorder, persisting over a period
will
time and manifesting itself in various settings, such as
of
on the job, before the courts and the family. In
schools,
instances it may be necessary to supplement psychiatric
some
psychological evaluations with reports from a variety
and/or
examiners and observers, such as teachers, employers,
of
officers, official service agencies or law enforce-
probation
agencies, It is anticipated that a report of the Insti-
ment
for Rehabilitation Services, being held in May 1969 at
tute
Nebraska, will form a solid basis for assisting in
Lincoln,
determination of eligibility in accordance with the 1968
the
Amendments to the Vocational Rehabilitation Act.
Finding: It is anticipated that procedures will be
Case
out in each district to facilitate the identification
worked
those persons, adult, juvenile, felon, or misdemeanant,
of
would profit by services of the rehabilitation counselor
that
with correctional rehabilitation responsibilities.
charged
lack of interest in selfimprovement is often character-
Since
of this clientele, motivational activities will be posi-
istic
pursued.
tively
Sources: Most active referrals will be correctional
Referral
courts at several levels and the probation and
institutions,
services in the adult and juvenile field. It is not
parole
that these be the only referral sources. Both
intended
and private agencies often are working with these
public
either specifica-ly about illegal activities or in
clients,
with some other problems. If it is appropriate,
connection
clients may be referred to the correctional rehabili-
such
counselors. There may be times when the general case-
tation
counselor would more appropriately receive referrals.
load
for Diagnostic Services: It is assumed that most
Eligibility
have eligibility for diagnostic servicesand the
referrals
needs for diagnosis should be identified immediately.
specific
services are identified as needed for diagnostic purposes.
Many
any of the needs as identified are prohibited by the state
If
the possibility of supplying these needs through
manual,
15 funds as discussed in paragraph V-F below or from
Section
agencies should be explored. Providing needed
private
services immediately is crucial with these clients.
for services under rehabilitation plan: Since
Eligibility
basic eligibility for services needed in a rehabilitation
the
is a requirement for any extensive services, it is impera-
plan
that this determination be made at the earliest possible
tive
For those cases which are referred from the institution,
date.
often there will be up-to-date medical, psychiatric,
quite
psychological data which will support a finding of eligibility.
302

Fo
Go
not, this information will be obtained prior to release
If
the institution. This then provides a basis for the
from
receiving the case in the community to provide
counselor
immediate services. Eligibility for those received
almost
the community will not usually be as easy to determine
from
there is more likelihood that the necessary reports
because
not be available for making the determination. Proce-
will
for obtaining a necessary documentation will be worked
dures
to expedite its determination. If extended evaluation
out
required, determination will be made early and documented
is
so that needed services may be provided for expeditiously.
for rehabilitation services: Once basic eligi-
Feasibility
has been determined the next consideration is the
bility
of providing rehabilitation services. Since
feasibility
of interest or lack of follow-through on the part of the
lack
for services arranged is one of the characteristics
client
the disability and will be treated similarly to any other
of
This characteristic will not be used as the
disability.
basis for terminating services.
sole
for rehabilitation services: Need for rehabilitation
Need
will be determined as provided by the manual. The
services
in cooperation with the client will determine total
counselor
and then a decision and an agreement with the client
needs
be made as to what part of these needs will be furnished
will
the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation and which will
by
furnished by the client himself, or other agency. The
be
of the whole family of the client will be taken into
needs
consideration in making these determinations.
State of Washington
Need
Estimated
for
RehabilitationProfessional Personnel
Correctional
1975
in
following estimates of need for correctional rehabilitation
The
are based on the following assumptions:
personnel
Vocational Rehabilitation wants to have a comprehensive
i)
rehabilitation (CR) program in operation
correctional
by 1975.
303

Counselors will not be required to accept unmanageable
2)
(Until further experience has been gained,
caseloads.
is believed a counselor should have no more than
it
[50] active cases at one time.)
fifty
A definite functional responsibility will be assigned to
3)
Vocational Rehabilitation district for the correc-
each
tional rehabilitation within the district.
Specialized personnel will handle offender caseloads
4)
the district, usually with this being the major
within
responsibility of that personnel.
Until firmly established, the CR program will be super-
5)
at the state level.
vised
Any program expanded on a comprehensive statewide basis
6)
have to be flexible in staff assignments and funding
will
support.
Priorities will have to be set at the state level with
7)
of the Directorof the Department of Institu-
concurrence
tions and the Director of Vocational Rehabilitation.
Vocational Rehabilitation District I
served: Grays Harbor, Mason, Thurston, Lewis, Wahkiakum,
Counties
Skamania, Klickitat, Clark
Cowlitz,
served: Federal,- state.and nuvenile probation and parole;
Institutions
Corrections Center; Maple Lane School, Green Hill
Washington
Staff Required:
Larch Mountain and Washougal Honor Camps; District
School;
Juvenile Courts; Skokomish Indian Reservation; Shoal-
Courts;
water Indian Reservation
Assistant District Supervisor for Correctional Rehabili-
(i)
tation
Counselor for federal offenders (Vancouver)
()
Counselor for federal offenders (Olympia)
(i)
Counselor for juveniles and misdemeanants (Vancouver)
(i)
Counselor for juveniles and misdemeanants (Olympia)
(i)
Counselor for all offenders (Aberdeen)
(i)
Counselors for Washington Corrections Center (Shelton)
(3)
Counselor for Maple Lane and Green Hill Schools (Chehalis)
(i)
Counselor for •uvenile delinquency prevention (Olympia)
(i)
304

Vocational Rehabilitation Districtll
Counties served: Jefferson, Clallam, Kitsap, Pierce
served: Federal, state and juvenile probation andparole;
Institutions
S. Penitentiary and Prison Camp, McNeil Island; Cascadia
U.
Staff Required:
Center; Fort Worden, Mission Creek Forest Camp;
Diagnostic
Canyon; oakridge (Lakewood); Pioneer (Tacoma); River-
Spruce
Women's Corrections Center (Purdy); Neah Bay Tribal
side;
Clearwater Tribal Court; Hoh Indian Reservation; Ozette
Court;
Reservation; Quillayute Indian Reservation; U. S.
Indian
District Courts.
Court;
Assistant District Supervisor for Correctional
(I)
Rehabilitation
Counselor for federal offenders (Tacoma)
(I)
Counselors for McNeil Island Penitentiary and Prison
(5)
Camp
Counselors for State probation and parole (Tacoma)
(2)
Counselor for juvenile probation and parole (Tacoma)
(1)
Counselors for district courts (misdemeanants) (Tacoma,
(2)
Bremerton)
Counselor for Cascadia (Tacoma)
(i)
Counselor for Oakridge, Pioneer and Riverside (Tacoma)
(i)
Counselor for juvenile delinquency prevention (Tacoma)
(i)
Counselor for all offenders, including Neah Bay Tribal
(i)
(Port Angeles)
Court
Vocational Rehabilitation District III
County served: King
Served: Federal, state, juvenile and King County ro-
Institutions
and parole; King County Jail, Seattle City Jail;
bation
Staff Required:
municipal, district and U. S. Courts; halfway
juvenile,
Central Area Vocational Rehabilitation Office;
houses;
Center; Model Cities; Woodinville Group Home;
Miti-Service
Glen Children's Center; Cedar Hills Alcoholism Treat-
Echo
ment Center.
Assistant District Supervisor for Correctional
(i)
Rehabilitation
Counselors for federal probation and parole (located
(2)
Chief U. S. @robation Officer)
with
Counselor for federal parolees (McNeil Island and
(i)
Seattle)
305

Counselors for State probationers and parolees
(3)
Counselor for juvenile probation and parole
(i)
Counselor for Juvenile court
(i)
Counselor for Echo Glen
(i)
Counselor for Cedar Hills
(i)
Counselor for juvenile delinquency prevention
(i)
Counselor for Central Area Vocational Rehabilitation and
(i)
Cities
Model
Vocational Rehabilitation District IV
Counties served: Snohomish, Skagit, Island, San Juan, Whatcom
served: Federal, state and juvenile probation and parole;
Institutions
State Reformatory; district and juvenile courts;
Washington
Staff required:
Indian Reservation; Lummi Tribal Court; Indian Ridge
Tulalip
Camp (Arlington July 1969).
Youth
Assistant District Supervisor for Correctional
(i)
Rehabilitation
Counselor for federal offenders (Everett)
(i)
Counselors for state.probation and parole, including
(2)
Indian Reservation (Everett and Bellingham)
Tulalip
Counselors for Washington State Reformatory (Monroe)
(3)
Counselors for juvenile probation and parole (Everett
(2)
Bellingham)
and
Counselor for juvenile delinquency prevention (Everett)
(i)
Counselor for all offenders (Skagit, Whatcom and San
(i)
Juan Counties) (Bellingham)
Vocational Rehabilitation District V
served: Chelan, Okanogan, Douglas, Ferry, Adams, Pend Oreille,
Counties
Spokane, Stevens Whitman Grant
Lincoln,
served: Okanogan Honor Camp; Federal, state and juvenile
Institutions
and parole; Canyon View (boys East Wenachee,
probation
Staff Required:
Ephrata Group Home; U. S. Courts; District Courts;
1969);
Tribal Court; Colville Indian Reservation; Kalispel
Spokane
Indian Reservation
Assistant District Supervisor for Correctional Rehabili-
(i)
tation
Counselor for federal offenders
(I)
Counselorsfor state probation and parole (Spokane and
(2)
Wenatchee)
306

Counselors for uvenile probation and parole (Spokane
(2)
Wenatchee)
and
Counselor for misdemeanants (Spokane)
(i)
Counselor for Indian courts and reservations (Spokane)
(i)
Counselor for all offenders (Grant, Adams and Whitman
(i)
(Pullman)
Counties)
Vocational RehabilitationDistrictVl
served: Kittitas, Columbia, Yakima, Walla Walla, Benton,
Counties
Franklin, Asotin
Garfield,
Served: Federal, state and juvenile probation and parole;
Institutions
State Penitentiary (Walla Walla); District Courts,
Washington
Staff Required
Juvenile Courts; Yakima Tribal Court
Assistant District Supervisor for Correctional
(i)
ion
Rehabilitat
Counselor for federal offenders, including Yakima
(i)
Court (Yakima)
Tribal
Counselors for Washington State Penitentiary (Walla Walla)
(3)
Counselors for juvenile probation and parole (Yakima
(2)
Tri-Cities)
and
Counselors for state probation and parole (Yakima and
(2)
Tri-Cities)
STATE SUPERVISORY STAFF
State Supervisor of Correctional Rehabilitation Services
Consultant for Adult Correctional Programs
i.
Consultant for Juvenile Correctional Programs
2.
Consultant for Federal Correctional Programs,
3.
Tribal Courts
including
Supervisor of Vocational Rehabilitation Services (.Institutions)
307

State of Washington
CORRECTIONAL REHABILITATION SERVICES
TOTAL ESTIMATEDPERSONNEL NEEDS IN 1975
State Level Vocational Rehabilitation 4
State Level Institutions
District I counselors II
District II counselors 16.
District III counselors 13
District IV counselors ii
District V dounselors
District VI 9
TOTAL 74
308

of Washington
State
STATEWIDE PLANNING COMMISSION FOR VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION
GOVERNOR'S
Olympia
MEETING OF RESEARCH PERSONNEL
A
of Washington September 8, 1967
University
APPENDIX E
of State agencies and departments of the Univer-
Representatives
of Washington had an opportunity to exchange information about research
sity
in progress, program needs and services in a meeting arranged by
currently
C. Carson, Project Director, and held at the University of Washington
David
on Friday, September 8.
meeting was called by David W. Peyton, Administrative Assistant
The
Governor Evans, and Chairman of the Commission, and Mr. Carson, Commission
to
Project Director.
a common concern and interest in areas of service related
Sharing
vocational rehabilitation were the following persons who attended the
to
meeting
Attending from the University of Washington:
Jerald Forster, University of Washington Rehabilitation Counseling Education
Dr.
Irwin G. Sarason, Project Director, University of Washington Department of Psychol.
Dr.
Manzer John Griswold, Research Director, Rehab. Research Institute, U. of W.
Dr.
John M. Palmer, Speech and Hearing Clinic
Dr.
Henry W. Maier, Professor, School of Social Work
Dr.
Jerome R. Miller, School of Social Work
Dr.
Elizabeth C. Giblin, Professor, School of Nursing
Dr.
Laurie M. Gunter, School of Nursing
Dr.
Harold L. Fish, Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, Seattle, and U. of W.
Mr.
Norris Go Haring, MRCD Center
Dr.
Dr. Thomas F. Lewis, School of SocialWork
Attending from State Agencies Olympia
Valerie Brakel, Supervisor, State Services for the Blind, Public Assistance
Mrs.
Wallace Lane, Deputy Director, Washington State Department of Health
Dr.
Tom Anderson,State Department of Health
Dr.
Alan W. Metcalf, Director of Research, Superintendent of Public Instruction's Off.
Dr.
Merlyn S. Matthews, Federal Offenders Rehabilitation Program
Dr.
Mack Knutsen, Supervisor, Division of Planning, Department of Institutions
Dr.
Irvin F. Bryan, upervisor of Planning, Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
Mr.
John M. Willits, Supervisor, Youth Development & Conservation Corps, State Parks &
Mr.
Recreation
Payson Jeynes, District Supervisor, Vocational Adjustment Services, Division of
Mr.
Rehabilitation
Vocational
John D. Lane, Chief Medical Consultant, Medical Section, Dept. of Labor & Industries
Dr.
Duane S. Stookey, Supervisor of Industrial Insurance, Dept. of Labor & Industries
Mr.
Robert H. Leahy, State Medical Director, Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
Dr.
Robert A. Anderson, Manager, Business & Economic Research Div. Dept. of Commerce &
Mr.
Development
Economic
310

Attending om State Agencies Olympia (cont'd)
Jean Mead, Research Analyst, Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
Mrs.
Maurice Powers, Planning and Procedures, Department of Public Assistance
Mr.
Ernest Kramer, Director, Division of Vocational Education
Mr.
Edward E. Ryan, Department of Public Assistance
Mr.
Norman N. Gibson, Research Analyst, Division of Vocational Rehabilitation
Mr.
Norman C. Richardson, Director, Community College Board
Dr.
Mr. L. P. Kirry, Acting Director, Planning and Community Affairs Agency
Others:
Sherman Pinto, Member, Planning Commission for Vocational Rehabilitation
Mrs.
W. Phillip Strawn, Washington State Research Council, Director
Mr.
Orego.n
Mr. Cleveland Anschell, Consulting Services Corporation
Mr. Dan W. Schausten, Project Director, Oregon Planning Committee for Voc. Rehab.
Mr. Carson presided at the meeting.
University, in its schools.and colleges, is developing or already
The
educational degrees at bachelor, master and doctoral levels to meet
offering
demand for training personnel in the fields of rehabilitation and allied
the
of service. Research projects of great range and variety are part of a
areas
continuing search for program innovations.
agencies, i.e., the various departments of state government,
Service
to benefit from programs at the University. They employ the trained
stand
use the research findings, and seek technical assistance for their
graduates,
research undertakings. By a feedback of their own needs and staffing
own
they tend to influence program planning and curriculum at the Uni-
problems
in a mutually profitable exchange of service and information.
versity
discussions developed at the meeting centered around general
The
of existing or planned programs.
descriptions
-O-
Department of Psychology at the University is currently developing
The
training program, according to Dr. Sarason, to which it hopes to admit students
a
doctoral degrees in 1968. The program which will prepare students to work
for
the areas of crime, delinquency, and physical handicaps is finding qualified
in
staff in very short supply. Another stumbling block is the lack of
teaching
personnel in workshops and rehabilitation facilities which would
supervisory
be used in the student training programs.
Forster commented that the University can turn out graduates,
Dr,
if salaries in the state are not improved, Washington will continue to
but
people for California and other states. Graduates with M.A. Degrees
train
coming out of the counselor training program, but never in sufficient
are
numbers to fill the need in WashingtonState. He introduced the subject of
311

people who have been used successfully in various programs
subprofessional
teacher aides, hospital helpers, and in community programs of the Office
as
Economic Opportunity. Surveys of professional people frequently show
of
using their time in activities that untrained people could do for them.
them
Jeynes said that the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation had
Mr.
training teacher aides in small numbers through courses set up in one
been
of the community colleges.
Knutson, in reply to a question, said that the Department of
Dr.
has some 12,000 employees, most of them with high school di-
Institutions
plomas, but some with less.
Sarason thought research in the employment of subprofessionals
Dr.
be helpful and cited examples from a research project at the Cascade
would
and Research Center where youthful offenders are being schooled
Disagnostic
socially acceptable behavior. Research might be helpful in defining the
in
kind of subprofessional most useful in a therapeutic situation, he suggested.
Mathews described the vocational rehabilitation program dealing
Mrs.
federal offenders and some of the research methods being followed to see
with
the services of a vocational rehabilitation counselor will reduce re-
whether
among adult offenders. In at least two instances, subprofessionals
cidivism
are helping the trained counselors in this program.
Kramer said that the vocational education program which trains
Mr.
people is aware that these subprofessionals are able to make
subprofessional
substantial contributions in the area of rehabilitation.
Griswold is using graduate students with experience in voca-
Dr.
rehabilitation in a study and evaluation of the usefulness of family
tional
for vocational rehabilitation clients in state programs. Students
counseling
looking at family involvement, at the experiences of clients from different
are
of family life, and data from agency R-300 reporting forms to show
cycloes
has happened to the client during the last fiscal year. He feels that
what
study, is producing a great deal of useful information and that the results
the
the project should be helpful to agencies by helping them understand their
of
operations. Dr. Griswold said he is also interested in how agency con-
own
should be evaluated. Some graduate students are looking into this
tributions
one of the questions being explored is why a number of excellent demon-
and
have not "caught fire" and been put to use by agencies.
strations
Forster agreed that failure to use research findings was a
Dr.
He cited Tacoma Goodwill as an excellent example of applied research.
problem.
designed research abstracts, he thought, have a place in carrying useful
Well
to the executive level. Innovations often involve considerable
information
risk.
Metcalf pointed to this as a key issue in programs supported
Dr.
public funds. The risk factor is closely related to research findings and
by
their use by agencies.
Hating described the new mental retardation and child development
Dr.
where basic research will become applied research in settings very much
center
312

natural classrooms used from preschool through high school. Here inno-
like
from basic research laboratories will be refined, developed and applied
vations
a controlled experimental situation. Teachers, counselors and psychologists
in
work in the facility. Last year, in temporary quarters 200 college stu-
will
from undergraduate to doctoral levels, participated in the program.
dents,
observed. Others conducted research projects° They came from a variety
Some
disciplines pediatrics, psychology, medicine, special education, nursing
of
and others.
education
Lane asked how. research could be implemented, and hoped some
Dr.
would be forthcoming.
answers
Forster thought that locating research functions directly under
Dr.
head of the'state agency was a helpful step and mentioned that the division
the
research in the department of institutions reported to that agency's director,
of
Conte.
Dr.
Kirry described the functions of the new State Planning and
Mr.
Affairs Agency, created by the 1967 Legislature as a staff agency
Community
the office of the Governor. A prime function of the new agency will be
in
assist the Governor in pulling together the planning and programming
to
state government and to serve in a liaison and coordinating capacity
within
state and local government planning activities. A small staff will call
for
state boards and agencies for help in reducing and digesting specialized
on
for use by the Governor. Within the new agency a State Planning
information
will be concerned with plans and programs within state government;
Division
Community Affairs Division will look to interrelationships between state
a
local government; and a Research Division will take on the functions of
and
State Census Board.
the
Elizabeth Giblin spoke of research projects in the School of
Dr.
Of particular interest to rehabilitation workers is a program
Nursing.
prepares teachers, supervisors, andothers to work with the mentally
which
and another training program in rehabilitation nursing financed
retarded,
by a Federal grant, for teachers, administrators and consultants.
Gunter added that putting research into practice is.a problem
Dr.
the School of Nursing as it is with other programs.
in
Richardson mentioned two-year RN training programs which are
Dr.
in the community colleges and said that almost all of the estab-
available
community,colleges have LPN courses. Students may also attend com-
lished
colleges for their first year of nurses' training and transfer to
munity
the University for the four-year course.
Fish said that the Seattle Office of the Division of Voca-
Mr.
Rehabilitation worked very. closely with programs at the University,
tional
those of the School of Nursing and the Department of Physical
especially
and Rehabilitation.
Medicine
Division of the Blind, Mrs. Brakel said, is looking toward
The
closer relationship with Dr. Forster's program in the Fall.
a
313

Stookey of the Department of Labor and Industry described
Mr.
agency's concern with physical disability and the rehabilitation of the
that
workman. Physical restoration measures used at the Dr. Buckner Center
injured
largely successful. The interest of the Department in the vocational re-
are
habilitation program is assured, he said.
Anderson saw a comprehensive health services center as a real
Dr.
in the rehabilitation process for Labor and Industries and others
need
a rehabilitation team would evaluate the extent of services needed to
where
disability and return clients to employment. Such a facility is in
overcome
planning stages now. When asked about job information for clients with
the
handicaps, Dr. Anderson said he thought this was available through
specific
the Employment Security Department.
Carson called on Mr. Willits who described the State Parks
Mr.
which has as its primary concern the provision of opportunities for
program
recreation for the people of the State,. the handicapped among them.
outdoor
the beginning of the poverty program a statewide youth corps program
Since
been providing job opportunities to approximately 1500 young men and
has
many of them clients of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation.
women,
new MDTA program is to provide career training in recreation for disabled
A
people.
Bryan referred back to the morning session of the meeting, saying
Mr.
what he heard there reminded him of something that used to be called
that
rehabilitation" and which involved the entire family. He saw a client
"total
service agency, such as the Division, experiencing difficulties in
oriented
the Federal program within the DVR state plan, state law, and
accommodating
State Constitution itself.
the
Metcalf expressed the belief that one of the Commission's
Dr.
is defining the scope of their study. Dr. Haring added the need
problems
determine the incidence of the handicapped. Dr. Forster asked what
to
of the handicapped was being used. Dr. Palmer called attention
definition
the published Rehabilitation Codes prepared by Maya Riviere under a
to
grant and which define impairments and disabilities.
Federal
Schausten reported on the work of the Oregon Statewide Planning
Mr.
and on the cooperative agreement which exists between Oregon and
Commission
Washington.
in a second meeting of the group was expressed, possibly
Interest
specific areas of discussion defined in an agenda prepared and circu-
with
lated before the meeting.
the close of the meeting, Mrs. Pinto, as the only representative
At
the Statewide Planning Commission present, said she hoped a second session
of
of the group would be attended by more Commission members.
report of the meeting was prepared by Jean Mead from notes
This
by Mary Simila, Administrative Secretary of the Planning Commission.
taken
314